Pcbnew_zh_CN - en to zh_CN translation catalogue (867 entries)

note: Note to translators: you do not need to translate this table by hand. It is generated from KiCad using the Dump Hotkeys button that is shown in the hotkeys editor if you add the line `HotkeysDumper=1` to your advanced config file (`kicad_advanced` file in the config directory) type: Title ===
en: PCB Editor
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器

note: type: Plain text
en: _Reference manual_
zh_CN: _参考手册_

note: type: Plain text
en: This manual is in the process of being revised to cover the latest stable
          release version of KiCad.  It contains some sections that have not yet
          been completed.  We ask for your patience while our volunteer technical
          writers work on this task, and we welcome new contributors who would like
          to help make KiCad's documentation better than ever.
zh_CN: 本手册正在修订中，以涵盖KiCad的最新稳定发布版本。 它包含一些内容尚未编写完成。
    我们希望您能耐心等待我们的志愿技术作者完成这项工作。
    同时我们也欢迎新的贡献者加入我们的行列，帮助我们使 KiCad 的文档比以前更好。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Copyright*
zh_CN: *版权*

note: type: Plain text
en: This document is Copyright (C) 2010-2023 by its contributors as listed below. You may distribute it and/or modify it under the terms of either the GNU General Public License (http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html), version 3 or later, or the Creative Commons Attribution License (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/), version 3.0 or later.
zh_CN: 本文件的版权 (C)2010-2023 由下列贡献者拥有。您可以根据 GNU 通用公共许可证（http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html）第 3 版或更高版本，或知识共享署名许可证（http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/）第 3.0 版或更高版本的条款发布它和/或修改它。

note: type: Plain text
en: All trademarks within this guide belong to their legitimate owners.
zh_CN: 本指南中的所有商标均属于其合法所有者。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Contributors*
zh_CN: *贡献人员*

note: type: Plain text
en: *Feedback*
zh_CN: *反馈*

note: type: Plain text
en: The KiCad project welcomes feedback, bug reports, and suggestions related to the software or its documentation. For more information on how to sumbit feedback or report an issue, please see the instructions at https://www.kicad.org/help/report-an-issue/
zh_CN: KiCad 项目欢迎与本软件或其文档相关的反馈、错误报告和建议。关于如何提交反馈意见或报告问题的更多信息，请参见 https://www.kicad.org/help/report-an-issue/ 的说明

note: type: Title ==
en: Actions reference
zh_CN: 操作参考

note: type: Plain text
en: Below is a list of every available *action* in the PCB Editor: a command that can be assigned to a hotkey.
zh_CN: 下面是 “PCB 编辑器” 中可用的 *操作* 的列表：可以为这些命令分配给快捷键。

note: NOTE: this text between the section header and the table is *required* or asciidoctor-web-pdf will not insert page breaks in the table correctly and the PDF will be truncated. type: Plain text
en: The actions below are available in the PCB Editor. Hotkeys can be assigned to any of these actions in the **Hotkeys** section of the preferences.
zh_CN: 可以在 “PCB 编辑器” 中使用以下操作。可以在偏好设置中的 **快捷键** 部分为以下任何操作分配快捷键。

note: type: Table
en: | Action | Default Hotkey | Description
    | Align to Bottom
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the bottom edge
    | Align to Horizontal Center
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the horizontal center
    | Align to Vertical Center
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the vertical center
    | Align to Left
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the left edge
    | Align to Right
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the right edge
    | Align to Top
      |
      | Aligns selected items to the top edge
    | Distribute Horizontally
      |
      | Distributes selected items along the horizontal axis
    | Distribute Vertically
      |
      | Distributes selected items along the vertical axis
    | Place Off-Board Footprints
      |
      | Performs automatic placement of components outside board area
    | Place Selected Footprints
      |
      | Performs automatic placement of selected components
    | Flip Board View
      |
      | View board from the opposite side
    | Sketch Graphic Items
      |
      | Show graphic items in outline mode
    | Decrease Layer Opacity
      | kbd:[{]
      | Make the current layer more transparent
    | Increase Layer Opacity
      | kbd:[}]
      | Make the current layer less transparent
    | Switch to Copper (B.Cu) layer
      | kbd:[PgDn]
      | Switch to Copper (B.Cu) layer
    | Switch to Inner layer 1
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 1
    | Switch to Inner layer 10
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 10
    | Switch to Inner layer 11
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 11
    | Switch to Inner layer 12
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 12
    | Switch to Inner layer 13
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 13
    | Switch to Inner layer 14
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 14
    | Switch to Inner layer 15
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 15
    | Switch to Inner layer 16
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 16
    | Switch to Inner layer 17
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 17
    | Switch to Inner layer 18
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 18
    | Switch to Inner layer 19
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 19
    | Switch to Inner layer 2
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 2
    | Switch to Inner layer 20
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 20
    | Switch to Inner layer 21
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 21
    | Switch to Inner layer 22
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 22
    | Switch to Inner layer 23
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 23
    | Switch to Inner layer 24
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 24
    | Switch to Inner layer 25
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 25
    | Switch to Inner layer 26
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 26
    | Switch to Inner layer 27
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 27
    | Switch to Inner layer 28
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 28
    | Switch to Inner layer 29
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 29
    | Switch to Inner layer 3
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 3
    | Switch to Inner layer 30
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 30
    | Switch to Inner layer 4
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 4
    | Switch to Inner layer 5
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 5
    | Switch to Inner layer 6
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 6
    | Switch to Inner layer 7
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 7
    | Switch to Inner layer 8
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 8
    | Switch to Inner layer 9
      |
      | Switch to Inner layer 9
    | Switch to Next Layer
      | kbd:[+]
      | Switch to Next Layer
    | Switch to Previous Layer
      | kbd:[-]
      | Switch to Previous Layer
    | Toggle Layer
      | kbd:[V]
      | Switch between layers in active layer pair
    | Switch to Component (F.Cu) layer
      | kbd:[PgUp]
      | Switch to Component (F.Cu) layer
    | Net Inspector
      |
      | Show the net inspector
    | Local Ratsnest
      |
      | Toggle ratsnest display of selected item(s)
    | Net Color Mode (3-state)
      |
      | Cycle between using net and netclass colors for all nets, just ratsnests, and none
    | Sketch Pads
      |
      | Show pads in outline mode
    | Curved Ratsnest Lines
      |
      | Show ratsnest with curved lines
    | Ratsnest Mode (3-state)
      |
      | Cycle between showing ratsnests for all layers, just visible layers, and none
    | Repair Board
      |
      | Run various diagnostics and attempt to repair board
    | Show Appearance Manager
      |
      | Show/hide the appearance manager
    | Show pad numbers
      |
      | Show pad numbers
    | Show Properties Manager
      |
      | Show/hide the properties manager
    | Scripting Console
      |
      | Show the Python scripting console
    | Show Ratsnest
      |
      | Show board ratsnest
    | Sketch Text Items
      |
      | Show footprint texts in line mode
    | Sketch Tracks
      | kbd:[K]
      | Show tracks in outline mode
    | Sketch Vias
      |
      | Show vias in outline mode
    | Draw Zone Outlines
      |
      | Show only zone boundaries
    | Draw Zone Fills
      |
      | Show filled areas of zones
    | Toggle Zone Display
      |
      | Cycle between showing zone fills and just their outlines
    | Create Arc from Selection
      |
      | Creates an arc from the selected line segment
    | Create Rule Area from Selection...
      |
      | Creates a rule area from the selection
    | Create Lines from Selection
      |
      | Creates graphic lines from the selection
    | Create Polygon from Selection...
      |
      | Creates a graphic polygon from the selection
    | Create Tracks from Selection
      |
      | Creates tracks from the selected graphic lines
    | Create Zone from Selection...
      |
      | Creates a copper zone from the selection
    | Design Rules Checker
      |
      | Show the design rules checker window
    | Open in Footprint Editor
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | Opens the selected footprint in the Footprint Editor
    | Edit Library Footprint…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+E]
      | Opens the selected footprint in the Footprint Editor
    | Append Board...
      |
      | Open another board and append its contents to this board
    | Assign Netclass...
      |
      | Assign a netclass to nets matching a pattern
    | Board Setup...
      |
      | Edit board setup including layers, design rules and various defaults
    | Clear Net Highlighting
      | kbd:[~]
      | Clear any existing net highlighting
    | Drill/Place File Origin
      |
      | Place origin point for drill files and component placement files
    | Export Specctra DSN...
      |
      | Export Specctra DSN routing info
    | BOM...
      |
      | Create bill of materials from board
    | IPC-D-356 Netlist File…
      |
      | Generate IPC-D-356 netlist file
    | Drill Files (.drl)...
      |
      | Generate Excellon drill file(s)
    | Gerbers (.gbr)...
      |
      | Generate Gerbers for fabrication
    | Component Placement (.pos)...
      |
      | Generate component placement file(s) for pick and place
    | Footprint Report (.rpt)...
      |
      | Create report of all footprints from current board
    | Group
      |
      | Group the selected items so that they are treated as a single item
    | Enter Group
      |
      | Enter the group to edit items
    | Leave Group
      |
      | Leave the current group
    | Hide Net in Ratsnest
      |
      | Hide the selected net in the ratsnest of unconnected net lines/arcs
    | Highlight Net
      | kbd:[`]
      | Highlight net under cursor
    | Highlight Net
      |
      | Highlight all copper items on the selected net(s)
    | Import Netlist...
      |
      | Read netlist and update board connectivity
    | Import Specctra Session...
      |
      | Import routed Specctra session (*.ses) file
    | Lock
      |
      | Prevent items from being moved and/or resized on the canvas
    | Add Footprint
      | kbd:[A]
      | Add a footprint
    | Remove Items
      |
      | Remove items from group
    | Switch to Schematic Editor
      |
      | Open in schematic editor
    | Show Net in Ratsnest
      |
      | Show the selected net in the ratsnest of unconnected net lines/arcs
    | Constrain to H, V, 45
      | kbd:[Shift+Space]
      | Limit actions to horizontal, vertical, or 45 degrees from the starting point
    | Toggle Last Net Highlight
      |
      | Toggle between last two highlighted nets
    | Toggle Lock
      | kbd:[L]
      | Lock or unlock selected items
    | Toggle Net Highlight
      | kbd:[Alt+`]
      | Toggle net highlighting
    | Switch Track Width to Previous
      | kbd:[Shift+W]
      | Change track width to previous pre-defined size
    | Switch Track Width to Next
      | kbd:[W]
      | Change track width to next pre-defined size
    | Ungroup
      |
      | Ungroup any selected groups
    | Unlock
      |
      | Allow items to be moved and/or resized on the canvas
    | Decrease Via Size
      | kbd:[\]
      | Change via size to previous pre-defined size
    | Increase Via Size
      | kbd:[']
      | Change via size to next pre-defined size
    | Duplicate Zone onto Layer…
      |
      | Duplicate zone outline onto a different layer
    | Merge Zones
      |
      | Merge zones
    | Change Footprint…
      |
      | Assign a different footprint from the library
    | Change Footprints...
      |
      | Assign different footprints from the library
    | Cleanup Graphics...
      |
      | Cleanup redundant items, etc.
    | Cleanup Tracks & Vias...
      |
      | Cleanup redundant items, shorting items, etc.
    | Edit Text & Graphics Properties...
      |
      | Edit Text and graphics properties globally across board
    | Edit Track & Via Properties...
      |
      | Edit track and via properties globally across board
    | Global Deletions...
      |
      | Delete tracks, footprints and graphic items from board
    | Remove Unused Pads...
      |
      | Remove or restore the unconnected inner layers on through hole pads and vias
    | Swap Layers...
      |
      | Move tracks or drawings from one layer to another
    | Update Footprint…
      |
      | Update footprint to include any changes from the library
    | Update Footprints from Library...
      |
      | Update footprints to include any changes from the library
    | Clearance Resolution...
      |
      | Show clearance resolution for the active layer between two selected objects
    | Constraints Resolution...
      |
      | Show constraints resolution for the selected object
    | Show Board Statistics
      |
      | Shows board statistics
    | Add Aligned Dimension
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+H]
      | Add an aligned linear dimension
    | Draw Arc
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+A]
      | Draw an arc
    | Switch Arc Posture
      | kbd:[/]
      | Switch the arc posture
    | Add Center Dimension
      |
      | Add a center dimension
    | Draw Circle
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+C]
      | Draw a circle
    | Close Outline
      |
      | Close the in progress outline
    | Decrease Line Width
      | kbd:[Ctrl+-]
      | Decrease the line width
    | Delete Last Point
      | kbd:[Back]
      | Delete the last point added to the current item
    | Draw Graphic Polygon
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+P]
      | Draw a graphic polygon
    | Increase Line Width
      | kbd:[Ctrl++]
      | Increase the line width
    | Add Leader
      |
      | Add a leader dimension
    | Draw Line
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+L]
      | Draw a line
    | Add Orthogonal Dimension
      |
      | Add an orthogonal dimension
    | Add Board Characteristics
      |
      | Add a board characteristics table on a graphic layer
    | Add Image
      |
      | Add bitmap image
    | Import Graphics...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+F]
      | Import 2D drawing file
    | Add Stackup Table
      |
      | Add a board stackup table on a graphic layer
    | Add Radial Dimension
      |
      | Add a radial dimension
    | Draw Rectangle
      |
      | Draw a rectangle
    | Add Rule Area
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+K]
      | Add a rule area (keepout)
    | Place the Footprint Anchor
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+N]
      | Set the coordinate origin point (anchor) of the footprint
    | Add a Similar Zone
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+.]
      | Add a zone with the same settings as an existing zone
    | Add Text
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+T]
      | Add a text item
    | Add Text Box
      |
      | Add a wrapped text item
    | Add Vias
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+V]
      | Add free-standing vias
    | Add Filled Zone
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+Z]
      | Add a filled zone
    | Add a Zone Cutout
      | kbd:[Shift+C]
      | Add a cutout area of an existing zone
    | Get and Move Footprint
      | kbd:[T]
      | Selects a footprint by reference designator and places it under the cursor for moving
    | Change Track Width
      |
      | Updates selected track & via sizes
    | Create Array…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+T]
      | Create array
    | Delete Full Track
      | kbd:[Shift+Del]
      | Deletes selected item(s) and copper connections
    | Duplicate and Increment
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+D]
      | Duplicates the selected item(s), incrementing pad numbers
    | Fillet Lines
      |
      | Adds arcs tangent to the selected lines
    | Fillet Tracks
      |
      | Adds arcs tangent to the selected straight track segments
    | Change Side / Flip
      | kbd:[F]
      | Flips selected item(s) to opposite side of board
    | Mirror Horizontally
      |
      | Mirrors selected item across the Y axis
    | Mirror Vertically
      |
      | Mirrors selected item across the X axis
    | Move Exactly…
      | kbd:[Shift+M]
      | Moves the selected item(s) by an exact amount
    | Pack and Move Footprints
      | kbd:[P]
      | Sorts selected footprints by reference, packs based on size and initiates movement
    | Properties…
      | kbd:[E]
      | Displays item properties dialog
    | Rotate Counterclockwise
      | kbd:[R]
      | Rotates selected item(s) counterclockwise
    | Rotate Clockwise
      | kbd:[Shift+R]
      | Rotates selected item(s) clockwise
    | Skip
      | kbd:[Tab]
      | Skip item
    | Swap
      | kbd:[Shift+S]
      | Swaps selected items' positions
    | Copy with Reference
      |
      | Copy selected item(s) to clipboard with a specified starting point
    | Move
      | kbd:[M]
      | Moves the selected item(s)
    | Move Individually
      | kbd:[Ctrl+M]
      | Moves the selected items one-by-one
    | Move with Reference
      |
      | Moves the selected item(s) with a specified starting point
    | Attempt Finish
      | kbd:[F]
      | Attempts to complete current route to nearest ratsnest end.
    | Attempt Finish Selected (Autoroute)
      | kbd:[Shift+F]
      | Sequentially attempt to automatically route all selected pads.
    | Break Track
      |
      | Splits the track segment into two segments connected at the cursor position.
    | Route From Other End
      | kbd:[E]
      | Commits current segments and starts next segment from nearest ratsnest end.
    | Custom Track/Via Size…
      | kbd:[Q]
      | Shows a dialog for changing the track width and via size.
    | Cycle Router Mode
      |
      | Cycle router to the next mode
    | Route Differential Pair
      | kbd:[6]
      | Route differential pairs
    | Differential Pair Dimensions...
      |
      | Open Differential Pair Dimension settings
    | Drag (45 degree mode)
      | kbd:[D]
      | Drags the track segment while keeping connected tracks at 45 degrees.
    | Drag (free angle)
      | kbd:[G]
      | Drags the nearest joint in the track without restricting the track angle.
    | Finish Track
      | kbd:[End]
      | Stops laying the current track.
    | Router Highlight Mode
      |
      | Switch router to highlight mode
    | Place Blind/Buried Via
      | kbd:[Alt+Shift+V]
      | Adds a blind or buried via at the end of currently routed track.
    | Place Microvia
      | kbd:[Ctrl+V]
      | Adds a microvia at the end of currently routed track.
    | Place Through Via
      | kbd:[V]
      | Adds a through-hole via at the end of currently routed track.
    | Route Selected
      | kbd:[Shift+X]
      | Sequentially route selected items from ratsnest anchor.
    | Route Selected From Other End
      | kbd:[Shift+E]
      | Sequentially route selected items from other end of ratsnest anchor.
    | Select Layer and Place Blind/Buried Via…
      | kbd:[Alt+<]
      | Select a layer, then add a blind or buried via at the end of currently routed track.
    | Select Layer and Place Micro Via...
      |
      | Select a layer, then add a micro via at the end of currently routed track.
    | Select Layer and Place Through Via…
      | kbd:[<]
      | Select a layer, then add a through-hole via at the end of currently routed track.
    | Set Layer Pair...
      |
      | Change active layer pair for routing
    | Interactive Router Settings…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+<]
      | Open Interactive Router settings
    | Router Shove Mode
      |
      | Switch router to shove mode
    | Route Single Track
      | kbd:[X]
      | Route tracks
    | Switch Track Posture
      | kbd:[/]
      | Switches posture of the currently routed track.
    | Track Corner Mode
      | kbd:[Ctrl+/]
      | Switches between sharp/rounded and 45°/90° corners when routing tracks.
    | Undo Last Segment
      | kbd:[Back]
      | Walks the current track back one segment.
    | Router Walkaround Mode
      |
      | Switch router to walkaround mode
    | Deselect All Tracks in Net
      |
      | Deselects all tracks & vias belonging to the same net.
    | Filter Selected Items...
      |
      | Remove items from the selection by type
    | Grab Nearest Unconnected Footprints
      | kbd:[Shift+O]
      | Selects and initiates moving the nearest unconnected footprint on each selected net.
    | Select/Expand Connection
      | kbd:[U]
      | Selects a connection or expands an existing selection to junctions, pads, or entire connections
    | Select All Tracks in Net
      |
      | Selects all tracks & vias belonging to the same net.
    | Select on Schematic
      |
      | Selects corresponding items in Schematic editor
    | Sheet
      |
      | Selects all footprints and tracks in the schematic sheet
    | Items in Same Hierarchical Sheet
      |
      | Selects all footprints and tracks in the same schematic sheet
    | Select All Unconnected Footprints
      | kbd:[O]
      | Selects all unconnected footprints belonging to each selected net.
    | Unroute Selected
      |
      | Unroutes selected items to the nearest pad.
    | Decrease Amplitude
      | kbd:[4]
      | Decrease meander amplitude by one step.
    | Increase Amplitude
      | kbd:[3]
      | Increase meander amplitude by one step.
    | End Track
      | kbd:[End]
      | Stops laying the current meander.
    | Length Tuning Settings…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+L]
      | Sets the length tuning parameters for currently routed item.
    | Decrease Spacing
      | kbd:[2]
      | Decrease meander spacing by one step.
    | Increase Spacing
      | kbd:[1]
      | Increase meander spacing by one step.
    | New Track
      | kbd:[X]
      | Starts laying a new track.
    | Tune length of a differential pair
      | kbd:[8]
      | Tune length of a differential pair
    | Tune skew of a differential pair
      | kbd:[9]
      | Tune skew of a differential pair
    | Tune length of a single track
      | kbd:[7]
      | Tune length of a single track
    | Add Microwave Polygonal Shape
      |
      | Create a microwave polygonal shape from a list of vertices
    | Add Microwave Gap
      |
      | Create gap of specified length for microwave applications
    | Add Microwave Line
      |
      | Create line of specified length for microwave applications
    | Add Microwave Stub
      |
      | Create stub of specified length for microwave applications
    | Add Microwave Arc Stub
      |
      | Create stub (arc) of specified size for microwave applications
    | Footprint Checker
      |
      | Show the footprint checker window
    | Copy Footprint
      |
      | Copy Footprint
    | Create Footprint...
      |
      | Create a new footprint using the Footprint Wizard
    | Cut Footprint
      |
      | Cut Footprint
    | Delete Footprint from Library
      |
      | Delete Footprint from Library
    | Duplicate Footprint
      |
      | Make a copy of the selected footprint
    | Edit Footprint
      |
      | Show selected footprint on editor canvas
    | Export Footprint...
      |
      | Export footprint to file
    | Footprint Properties...
      |
      | Edit footprint properties
    | Hide Footprint Tree
      |
      | Hide Footprint Tree
    | Import Footprint...
      |
      | Import footprint from file
    | New Footprint...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+N]
      | Create a new, empty footprint
    | Paste Footprint
      |
      | Paste Footprint
    | Rename Footprint...
      |
      | Rename the selected footprint
    | Repair Footprint
      |
      | Run various diagnostics and attempt to repair footprint
    | Show Footprint Tree
      |
      | Show Footprint Tree
    | Paste Default Pad Properties to Selected
      |
      | Replace the current pad's properties with those copied earlier
    | Copy Pad Properties to Default
      |
      | Copy current pad's properties
    | Push Pad Properties to Other Pads...
      |
      | Copy the current pad's properties to other pads
    | Default Pad Properties…
      |
      | Edit the pad properties used when creating new pads
    | Renumber Pads…
      |
      | Renumber pads by clicking on them in the desired order
    | Edit Pad as Graphic Shapes
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | Ungroups a custom-shaped pad for editing as individual graphic shapes
    | Add Pad
      |
      | Add a pad
    | Finish Pad Edit
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | Regroups all touching graphic shapes into the edited pad
    | Create Corner
      | kbd:[Ins]
      | Create a corner
    | Keep arc center, adjust radius
      |
      | Switch arc editing mode to keep center, adjust radius and endpoints
    | Keep arc endpoints or direction of starting point
      |
      | Switch arc editing mode to keep endpoints, or to keep direction of the other point
    | Remove Corner
      |
      | Remove corner
    | Position Relative To…
      | kbd:[Shift+P]
      | Positions the selected item(s) by an exact amount relative to another
    | Geographical Reannotate...
      |
      | Reannotate PCB in geographical order
    | Refresh Plugins
      |
      | Reload all python plugins and refresh plugin menus
    | Open Plugin Directory
      |
      | Opens the directory in the default system file manager
    | Draft Fill Selected Zone(s)
      |
      | Update copper fill of selected zone(s) without regard to other interacting zones
    | Fill All Zones
      | kbd:[B]
      | Update copper fill of all zones
    | Unfill Selected Zone(s)
      |
      | Remove copper fill from selected zone(s)
    | Unfill All Zones
      | kbd:[Ctrl+B]
      | Remove copper fill from all zones
zh_CN: | 操作 | 默认快捷键 | 描述
    | 底端对齐
      |
      | 将所选项目与底部边缘对齐
    | 水平居中
      |
      | 将所选项目与水平中心对齐
    | 垂直居中
      |
      | 将所选项目垂直居中对齐
    | 左对齐
      |
      | 将所选项目与左边缘对齐
    | 右对齐
      |
      | 将所选项目与右边缘对齐
    | 顶端对齐
      |
      | 将所选项目与上边缘对齐
    | 横向分布
      |
      | 沿水平轴分布所选项目
    | 垂直分布
      |
      | 沿垂直轴分布所选项目
    | 放置电路板外封装
      |
      | 执行电路板区域外元件的自动放置
    | 放置选择的封装
      |
      | 执行选择的元件的自动放置
    | 翻转电路板视图
      |
      | 从反面看电路板
    | 草图图形项目
      |
      | 以轮廓模式显示图形对象
    | 降低图层不透明度
      | kbd:[{]
      | 增加当前图层的透明度
    | 增加图层不透明度
      | kbd:[}]
      | 降低当前图层的透明度
    | 切换到底层 (B.Cu) 
      | kbd:[PgDn]
      | 切换到底层 (B.Cu)
    | 切换到内层 1
      |
      | 切换到内层 1
    | 切换到内层 10
      |
      | 切换到内层 10
    | 切换到内层 11
      |
      | 切换到内层 11
    | 切换到内层 12
      |
      | 切换到内层 12
    | 切换到内层 13
      |
      | 切换到内层 13
    | 切换到内层 14
      |
      | 切换到内层 14
    | 切换到内层 15
      |
      | 切换到内层 15
    | 切换到内层 16
      |
      | 切换到内层 16
    | 切换到内层 17
      |
      | 切换到内层 17
    | 切换到内层 18
      |
      | 切换到内层 18
    | 切换到内层 19
      |
      | 切换到内层 19
    | 切换到内层  2
      |
      | 切换到内层  2
    | 切换到内层  20
      |
      | 切换到内层  20
    | 切换到内层  21
      |
      | 切换到内层  21
    | 切换到内层  22
      |
      | 切换到内层  22
    | 切换到内层  23
      |
      | 切换到内层  23
    | 切换到内层  24
      |
      | 切换到内层  24
    | 切换到内层  25
      |
      | 切换到内层  25
    | 切换到内层  26
      |
      | 切换到内层  26
    | 切换到内层  27
      |
      | 切换到内层  27
    | 切换到内层  28
      |
      | 切换到内层  28
    | 切换到内层  29
      |
      | 切换到内层  29
    | 切换到内层  3
      |
      | 切换到内层  3
    | 切换到内层  30
      |
      | 切换到内层  30
    | 切换到内层 4
      |
      | 切换到内层 4
    | 切换到内层 5
      |
      | 切换到内层 5
    | 切换到内层 6
      |
      | 切换到内层 6
    | 切换到内层 7
      |
      | 切换到内层 7
    | 切换到内层 8
      |
      | 切换到内层 8
    | 切换到内层 9
      |
      | 切换到内层 9
    | 切换到下一层
      | kbd:[+]
      | 切换到下一层
    | 切换到上一层
      | kbd:[-]
      | 切换到上一层
    | 切换图层
      | kbd:[V]
      | 在活动的层对中切换层
    | 切换到顶层(F.Cu) 
      | kbd:[PgUp]
      | 切换到顶层(F.Cu)
    | 网络查看器
      |
      | 显示网络查看器
    | 本地飞线
      |
      | 切换选中对象飞线的显示
    | 网络颜色模式 (3种状态)
      |
      | 在所有网络，仅飞线以及不显示3种状态下切换使用网络及网络类的颜色。
    | 草图焊盘
      |
      | 在轮廓模式下显示焊盘
    | 曲线显示飞线
      |
      | 用曲线显示飞线
    | 飞线模式 (3种状态)
      |
      | 对所有层，仅可见层及不显示3种状态下切换显示飞线。
    | 修复电路板
      |
      | 运行各种诊断程序并尝试修复电路板
    | 显示外观管理器
      |
      | 显示/隐藏外观管理器
    | 显示焊盘编号
      |
      | 显示焊盘编号
    | 显示属性管理器
      |
      | 显示/隐藏属性管理器
    | 脚本控制台
      |
      | 显示 Python 脚本控制台
    | 显示飞线
      |
      | 显示电路板飞线
    | 草图文本对象
      |
      | 用线条模式显示封装的文本
    | 草图布线
      | kbd:[K]
      | 在轮廓模式下显示布线
    | 草图过孔
      |
      | 用轮廓模式显示过孔
    | 绘制敷铜轮廓
      |
      | 仅显示敷铜边界
    | 绘制敷铜填充
      |
      | 显示敷铜的填充区域
    | 切换敷铜显示
      |
      | 在显示敷铜填充与仅显示轮廓之间切换
    | 从选中创建圆弧
      |
      | 将选定的线段转换为圆弧
    | 从所选创建规则区域...
      |
      | 从所选创建规则区域
    | 从所选创建线条
      |
      | 从所选创建图形线条
    | 从所选创建多边形...
      |
      | 从所选创建图形多边形
    | 从所选创建布线
      |
      | 将选中的图形线转换为布线
    | 从所选创建敷铜...
      |
      | 从所选创建敷铜区域
    | 设计规则检查
      |
      | 显示设计规则检查窗口
    | 在封装编辑器中打开
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | 在封装编辑器中打开选定的封装
    | 编辑库封装…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+E]
      | 在封装编辑器中打开选定的封装
    | 附加电路板...
      |
      | 打开另一个电路板并将其内容附加到此电路板上
    | 分配网络类...
      |
      | 将网络类分配给匹配模式的网络
    | 电路板设置...
      |
      | 编辑电路板设置，包括层、设计规则和各种默认设置
    | 清除网络高亮
      | kbd:[~]
      | 清除任何现有网络高亮
    | 钻孔/拾放文件原点
      |
      | 放置钻孔文件和元件拾放文件的原点
    | 导出 Specctra DSN...
      |
      | 导出 Specctra DSN 布线信息
    | BOM...
      |
      | 从电路板创建 BOM 表
    | IPC-D-356 网表文件…
      |
      | 生成 IPC-D-356 网表文件
    | 钻孔文件 (.drl)...
      |
      | 生成 Excellon 钻孔文件
    | Gerbers (.gbr)...
      |
      | 为制造生成 Gerbers
    | 元件拾放 (.pos)...
      |
      | 为贴片SMT生成元件拾放文件
    | 封装报告 (.rpt)...
      |
      | 从当前电路板创建所有封装的报告
    | 组合
      |
      | 对所选项目进行组合, 以便将其作为一个单一项目处理
    | 进入组合
      |
      | 进入组合编辑项目
    | 离开组合
      |
      | 离开当前组合
    | 隐藏飞线中的网络
      |
      | 在未连接的线形/圆弧线飞线中, 隐藏选中的网络
    | 高亮网络
      | kbd:[`]
      | 高亮光标下的网络
    | 高亮网络
      |
      | 高亮所选网络中的所有铜箔项目
    | 导入网表...
      |
      | 读取网表并更新电路板连接
    | 导入 Specctra 会话...
      |
      | 导入布线完成的 Specctra 会话(*.ses) 文件
    | 锁定
      |
      | 防止项目在画布上移动和/或调整大小
    | 添加封装
      | kbd:[A]
      | 添加封装
    | 删除项目
      |
      | 从组合中删除项目
    | 切换到原理图编辑器
      |
      | 在原理图编辑器中打开
    | 在飞线中显示网络
      |
      | 在未连接的线形/圆弧线飞线中, 显示选中的网络
    | 限制在水平, 垂直及45度
      | kbd:[Shift+Space]
      | 从起点开始，将操作限制在水平, 垂直或45度
    | 切换上一个网络高亮
      |
      | 在最近的两个高亮网络中切换
    | 切换锁定
      | kbd:[L]
      | 锁定或取消锁定项目
    | 切换网络高亮
      | kbd:[Alt+`]
      | 切换网络高亮
    | 将布线宽度切换到上一个
      | kbd:[Shift+W]
      | 将布线宽度更改为上一个的预定义大小
    | 将布线宽度切换到下一个
      | kbd:[W]
      | 将布线宽度更改为下一个的预定义大小
    | 取消组合
      |
      | 取消任何选中的组合
    | 取消锁定
      |
      | 允许在画布上移动和/或调整项目大小
    | 减小过孔尺寸
      | kbd:[\] 
      | 将过孔尺寸更改为上一个的预定义尺寸
    | 增大过孔尺寸
      | kbd:[']
      | 将过孔尺寸更改为下一个预定义尺寸
    | 将区域复制到图层上…
      |
      | 将区域轮廓复制到另一个层上
    | 合并区域
      |
      | 合并区域
    | 更改封装…
      |
      | 从库中分配不同的封装
    | 更改封装...
      |
      | 从库中分配不同的封装
    | 清理图形项目...
      |
      | 清理冗余项目等
    | 清理布线和过孔...
      |
      | 清理冗余项目、短路项目等
    | 编辑文本和图形属性...
      |
      | 在电路板上全局编辑文本和图形属性
    | 编辑布线及过孔属性...
      |
      | 在电路板上全局编辑布线和过孔属性
    | 全局删除...
      |
      | 从电路板中删除布线、封装和图形项目
    | 移除未使用的焊盘...
      |
      | 移除或恢复内层上未连接的通孔焊盘和过孔
    | 交换层...
      |
      | 将布线或绘图从一个层移动到另一个层
    | 更新封装…
      |
      | 更新封装以包括库中的任何更改
    | 从库中更新封装...
      |
      | 更新封装以包括库中的任何更改
    | 电气间隙解析...
      |
      | 显示活动层上，两个选中对象的电气间隙
    | 约束解析...
      |
      | 显示选定对象的电气约束
    | 显示电路板信息
      |
      | 显示电路板信息
    | 添加对齐标注
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+H]
      | 添加对齐的线性标注
    | 绘制圆弧
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+A]
      | 绘制圆弧
    | 切换圆弧方式
      | kbd:[/]
      | 切换圆弧方式
    | 添加中心标注
      |
      | 添加中心标注
    | 绘制圆
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+C]
      | 绘制圆
    | 闭合轮廓
      |
      | 闭合绘制中的轮廓
    | 减小线宽
      | kbd:[Ctrl+-]
      | 减小线宽
    | 删除上一个一点
      | kbd:[Back]
      | 删除最后一个添加到当前项目的点
    | 绘制图形多边形
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+P]
      | 绘制图形多边形
    | 增大线宽
      | kbd:[Ctrl++]
      | 增大线宽
    | 添加引线
      |
      | 添加引线标注
    | 绘制线
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+L]
      | 绘制线
    | 添加正交标注
      |
      | 添加正交尺寸标注
    | 添加电路板特性
      |
      | 在图形层上添加电路板特性表格
    | 添加图片
      |
      | 添加位图图片
    | 导入图形...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+F]
      | 导入 2D 图形文件
    | 添加层叠表
      |
      | 在图形层上添加电路板层叠表
    | 添加径向尺寸标注
      |
      | 添加径向尺寸标注
    | 绘制矩形
      |
      | 绘制矩形
    | 添加规则区域
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+K]
      | 添加规则区域 (keepout)
    | 放置封装锚点
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+N]
      | 设置封装的坐标原点 (锚点)
    | 添加相似区域
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+.]
      | 添加一个区域，其设置与现有区域相同
    | 添加文本
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+T]
      | 添加文本项
    | 添加文本框
      |
      | 添加一个自动换行的文本对象
    | 添加过孔
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+V]
      | 添加独立过孔
    | 添加填充敷铜
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+Z]
      | 添加填充敷铜
    | 添加敷铜挖空
      | kbd:[Shift+C]
      | 在现有敷铜中添加一个挖空区域
    | 获取并移动封装
      | kbd:[T]
      | 通过位号选择封装，并将其放置在光标下进行移动
    | 更改布线宽度
      |
      | 更新选定的布线和过孔尺寸
    | 创建阵列…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+T]
      | 创建阵列
    | 删除整条布线
      | kbd:[Shift+Del]
      | 删除选定对象和相连的铜
    | 复制并递增
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+D]
      | 复制所选项目，递增焊盘编号
    | 圆角线
      |
      | 添加与所选直线条线相切的圆弧
    | 圆角导线
      |
      | 添加与所选直线布线相切的圆弧
    | 更改所在面/翻转
      | kbd:[F]
      | 将所选项目翻转到电路板的另一侧
    | 水平镜像
      |
      | 将选定的项目在Y轴上进行镜像
    | 垂直镜像
      |
      | 将选定的项目在X轴上进行镜像
    | 精确移动…
      | kbd:[Shift+M]
      | 按精确的距离移动所选项目
    | 打包并移动封装
      | kbd:[P]
      | 根据位号对选定封装进行排序，基于尺寸打包并发起移动
    | 属性…
      | kbd:[E]
      | 显示项目属性对话框
    | 逆时针旋转
      | kbd:[R]
      | 逆时针旋转所选项目
    | 顺时针旋转
      | kbd:[Shift+R]
      | 顺时针旋转所选项目
    | 跳过
      | kbd:[Tab]
      | 跳过项目
    | 交换
      | kbd:[Shift+S]
      | 交换所选项目的位置
    | 带位号复制
      |
      | 将具有指定起点的选定项目复制到剪贴板
    | 移动
      | kbd:[M]
      | 移动选定项目
    | 单独移动
      | kbd:[Ctrl+M]
      | 逐一移动选定项目
    | 随位号移动
      |
      | 从指定的起点移动选定项目
    | 尝试完成(连接)
      | kbd:[F]
      | 尝试完成当前布线到最近飞线端(的连接)
    | 尝试完成所选 (自动布线)
      | kbd:[Shift+F]
      | 按顺序尝试自动完成所选焊盘的布线
    | 分割布线
      |
      | 将布线拆分为在光标位置连接的两个段
    | 从另一端进行布线
      | kbd:[E]
      | 完成当前线段，并从最近的飞线端开始下一段布线。
    | 自定义布线/过孔尺寸…
      | kbd:[Q]
      | 显示用于更改布线宽度和过孔大小的对话框。
    | 在布线器模式间循环
      |
      | 将布线器循环到下一个模式
    | 差分对交互布线
      | kbd:[6]
      | 差分对布线
    | 差分对尺寸...
      |
      | 打开差分对尺寸设置
    | 拖动 (45 度模式)
      | kbd:[D]
      | 在保持连接布线45度的情况下拖动布线线段。
    | 拖动 (自由角度)
      | kbd:[G]
      | 在不限制布线布线角度的情况下，拖动布线中最近的连接点。
    | 完成布线
      | kbd:[End]
      | 停止当前布线。
    | 布线高亮模式
      |
      | 将布线切换到高亮模式
    | 放置盲孔或埋孔
      | kbd:[Alt+Shift+V]
      | 在当前布线的末端添加盲孔或埋孔。
    | 放置微孔
      | kbd:[Ctrl+V]
      | 在当前布线的末端添加微孔。
    | 放置通孔
      | kbd:[V]
      | 在当前布线的末端添加通孔。
    | 为选中飞线布线
      | kbd:[Shift+X]
      | 从飞线锚点按顺序为选中的项目布线。
    | 从选中飞线另一端布线
      | kbd:[Shift+E]
      | 从飞线的另一端按顺序为选中的项目布线。
    | 选择层并放置盲孔/埋孔…
      | kbd:[Alt+<]
      | 选择一个层，然后在当前布线的末端添加盲孔或埋孔。
    | 选择层并放置微孔...
      |
      | 选择一个层，然后在当前布线的末端添加微孔。
    | 选择层并放置通孔…
      | kbd:[<]
      | 选择一个层，然后在当前布线的末端添加通孔。
    | 设置层对...
      |
      | 更改布线的活动层对
    | 交互式布线设置…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+<]
      | 打开交互式布线设置
    | 布线推挤模式
      |
      | 将布线切换到推挤模式
    | 单轨交互式布线
      | kbd:[X]
      | 布线
    | 切换布线形态
      | kbd:[/]
      | 切换当前交互式布线的形态。
    | 布线拐角模式
      | kbd:[Ctrl+/]
      | 布线时在尖/圆角及及 45°/90° 角之间切换。
    | 撤销上一段布线
      | kbd:[Back]
      | 将当前布线往回走一段。
    | 布线绕走模式
      |
      | 将布线切换到绕走模式
    | 取消选择网络中的所有布线
      |
      | 取消选择属于同一网络的所有布线和过孔。
    | 过滤选中项...
      |
      | 按类型从选区删除项目
    | 获取最近的未连接封装
      | kbd:[Shift+O]
      | 选择并开始移动每个所选网络上距离最近的未连接的封装。
    | 选择/扩展连接
      | kbd:[U]
      | 选择连接或将现有选择扩展到结点、焊盘或整个连接
    | 选择网络中的所有布线
      |
      | 选择所有属于同一网络的布线与过孔。
    | 在原理图上选择
      |
      | 选择原理图编辑器中相应的项目
    | 原理图页
      |
      | 选择原理图页中所有的封装及布线
    | 同一层次化原理图页中的项目
      |
      | 选择同一个原理图页中所有的封装及布线
    | 选择所有未连接的封装
      | kbd:[O]
      | 选中所有属于每个所选网络的未连接的封装。
    | 取消所选项目的布线
      |
      | 取消所选项目到最近焊盘的布线。
    | 减小幅度
      | kbd:[4]
      | 将弯曲幅度降低一级。
    | 增大幅度
      | kbd:[3]
      | 将弯曲幅度增加一级。
    | 结束布线
      | kbd:[End]
      | 当前转折处停止布线。
    | 长度调整设置…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+L]
      | 设置当前布线对象长度调整参数。
    | 减小间距
      | kbd:[2]
      | 将弯曲间距降低一级。
    | 增大间距
      | kbd:[1]
      | 将弯曲间距增加一级。
    | 开始新的布线
      | kbd:[X]
      | 开始新的布线。
    | 调整差分对布线长度
      | kbd:[8]
      | 调整差分对布线长度
    | 调整差分对的偏移
      | kbd:[9]
      | 调整差分对的偏移
    | 调整单轨布线长度
      | kbd:[7]
      | 调整单轨布线长度
    | 添加微波多边形
      |
      | 从顶点列表创建微波多边形形状
    | 添加微波间隙
      |
      | 为微波应用创建指定长度的高频设计间隙
    | 添加微波线
      |
      | 为微波应用创建指定长度的高频设计线
    | 添加微波短截线 (Stub)
      |
      | 为微波应用创建指定长度的高频设计短截线 (Stub)
    | 添加微波弧形短截线 (Stub)
      |
      | 为微波应用创建指定尺寸的高频设计短截线 (弧线)
    | 封装检查器
      |
      | 显示封装检查器窗口
    | 复制封装
      |
      | 复制封装
    | 创建封装...
      |
      | 使用封装向导创建一个新的封装
    | 剪切封装
      |
      | 剪切封装
    | 从库中删除封装
      |
      | 从库中删除封装
    | 复制封装
      |
      | 为选中封装创建一个副本
    | 编辑封装
      |
      | 在编辑器画布中显示选中的封装
    | 导出封装...
      |
      | 导出封装到文件
    | 封装属性...
      |
      | 编辑封装属性
    | 隐藏封装树形工作区
      |
      | 隐藏封装树形工作区
    | 导入封装...
      |
      | 从文件导入封装
    | 新建封装...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+N]
      | 创建一个新的空封装
    | 粘贴封装
      |
      | 粘贴封装
    | 重命名封装...
      |
      | 重名民所选封装
    | 修复封装
      |
      | 运行各种诊断程序并尝试修复封装
    | 显示封装树形工作区
      |
      | 显示封装树形工作区
    | 将默认焊盘属性粘贴到选定项
      |
      | 将先前复制的属性替换当前焊盘属性
    | 将焊盘属性复制到默认值
      |
      | 复制当前焊盘属性
    | 将焊盘属性推送到其他焊盘...
      |
      | 复制当前焊盘属性到其他焊盘
    | 默认焊盘属性…
      |
      | 编辑创建新焊盘时使用的焊盘属性
    | 焊盘重新编号…
      |
      | 按所需顺序单击它们重新编号
    | 以图形形状方式编辑焊盘
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | 取消自定义形状焊盘的分组，以便作为单个图形形状进行编辑
    | 添加焊盘
      |
      | 添加焊盘
    | 完成焊盘编辑
      | kbd:[Ctrl+E]
      | 将所有图形形状重新组合到编辑的焊盘中
    | 创建拐角
      | kbd:[Ins]
      | 创建拐角
    | 保持圆弧中心，调整半径
      |
      | 切换圆弧编辑模式到保持中心，调整半径和端点
    | 保持圆弧端点或起点方向
      |
      | 切换圆弧编辑模式到保持端点，或保持另一点的方向
    | 移除拐角
      |
      | 移除拐角
    | 相对位置…
      | kbd:[Shift+P]
      | 使所选项目相对于另一个项目有一个精确的位置。
    | 按位置重新批注...
      |
      | 按位置顺序重新批注PCB
    | 刷新插件
      |
      | 重新加载所有 Python插件并刷新插件菜单
    | 打开插件目录
      |
      | 在默认系统文件管理器中打开目录
    | 对选区域实验性敷铜
      |
      | 更新所选区域的敷铜，不考虑其他互相作用的敷铜区域
    | 填充所有敷铜区域
      | kbd:[B]
      | 更新所有敷铜区域
    | 取消选中的敷铜区域
      |
      | 删除选中区域的敷铜
    | 取消所有区域敷铜
      | kbd:[Ctrl+B]
      | 删除所有区域的敷铜

note: type: Title ===
en: 3D Viewer
zh_CN: 3D 查看器

note: NOTE: this text between the section header and the table is *required* or asciidoctor-web-pdf will not insert page breaks in the table correctly and the PDF will be truncated. type: Plain text
en: The actions below are available in the 3D Viewer. Hotkeys can be assigned to any of these actions in the **Hotkeys** section of the preferences.
zh_CN: 以下动作可在 3D 浏览器中使用。快捷键可以分配给偏好设置中的 **快捷键** 部分的任何这些操作。

note: type: Table
en: | Action | Default Hotkey | Description
    | Toggle 3D models not in pos file
      | kbd:[P]
      | Toggle 3D models not in pos file
    | Toggle unspecified 3D models
      | kbd:[V]
      | Toggle 3D models for 'unspecified' type components
    | Toggle SMD 3D models
      | kbd:[S]
      | Toggle 3D models for 'Surface mount' type components
    | Toggle Through Hole 3D models
      | kbd:[T]
      | Toggle 3D models for 'Through hole' type components
    | Flip Board
      | kbd:[F]
      | Flip the board view
    | Home view
      | kbd:[Home]
      | Home view
    | Render CAD Colors
      |
      | Use a CAD color style based on the diffuse color of the material
    | Render Solid Colors
      |
      | Use only the diffuse color property from model 3D model file
    | Render Realistic Materials
      |
      | Use all material properties from each 3D model file
    | Move board Down
      | kbd:[Down]
      | Move board Down
    | Move board Left
      | kbd:[Left]
      | Move board Left
    | Move board Right
      | kbd:[Right]
      | Move board Right
    | Move board Up
      | kbd:[Up]
      | Move board Up
    | No 3D Grid
      |
      | No 3D Grid
    | Center pivot rotation
      | kbd:[Space]
      | Center pivot rotation (middle mouse click)
    | Reset view
      | kbd:[R]
      | Reset view
    | Rotate X Clockwise
      |
      | Rotate X Clockwise
    | Rotate X Counterclockwise
      |
      | Rotate X Counterclockwise
    | Rotate Y Clockwise
      |
      | Rotate Y Clockwise
    | Rotate Y Counterclockwise
      |
      | Rotate Y Counterclockwise
    | Rotate Z Clockwise
      |
      | Rotate Z Clockwise
    | Rotate Z Counterclockwise
      |
      | Rotate Z Counterclockwise
    | 3D Grid 10mm
      |
      | 3D Grid 10mm
    | 3D Grid 1mm
      |
      | 3D Grid 1mm
    | 3D Grid 2.5mm
      |
      | 3D Grid 2.5mm
    | 3D Grid 5mm
      |
      | 3D Grid 5mm
    | Show 3D Axis
      |
      | Show 3D Axis
    | Show Model Bounding Boxes
      |
      | Show Model Bounding Boxes
    | Toggle adhesive display
      |
      | Toggle display of adhesive layers
    | Toggle board body display
      |
      | Toggle board body display
    | Toggle comments display
      |
      | Toggle display of comments and drawings layers
    | Toggle ECO display
      |
      | Toggle display of ECO layers
    | Toggle orthographic projection
      |
      | Enable/disable orthographic projection
    | Toggle realistic mode
      |
      | Toggle realistic mode
    | Toggle silkscreen display
      |
      | Toggle display of silkscreen layers
    | Toggle solder mask display
      |
      | Toggle display of solder mask layers
    | Toggle solder paste display
      |
      | Toggle display of solder paste layers
    | Toggle zone display
      |
      | Toggle zone display
    | View Back
      | kbd:[Shift+Y]
      | View Back
    | View Bottom
      | kbd:[Shift+Z]
      | View Bottom
    | View Front
      | kbd:[Y]
      | View Front
    | View Left
      | kbd:[Shift+X]
      | View Left
    | View Right
      | kbd:[X]
      | View Right
    | View Top
      | kbd:[Z]
      | View Top
zh_CN: | 操作 | 默认快捷键 | 描述
    | 切换不在位置文件中的3D模型
      | kbd:[P]
      | 切换不在位置文件中的3D模型
    | 切换未指定的3D模型
      | kbd:[V]
      | 为 '未指定' 类型的元件切换3D模型
    | 切换贴片3D模型
      | kbd:[S]
      | 为 '表贴' 类型元件切换3D模型
    | 切换直插通孔3D模型
      | kbd:[T]
      | 为 '通孔' 类型元件切换3D模型
    | 翻转电路板
      | kbd:[F]
      | 翻转电路板视图
    | 主视图
      | kbd:[Home]
      | 主视图
    | 渲染 CAD 颜色
      |
      | 使用基于材料的漫反射颜色的CAD颜色样式
    | 渲染纯色
      |
      | 只使用3D模型文件中的漫反射颜色属性
    | 渲染真实的材料
      |
      | 使用每个三维模型文件的所有材料属性
    | 下移电路板
      | kbd:[Down]
      | 下移电路板
    | 左移电路板
      | kbd:[Left]
      | 左移电路板
    | 右移电路板
      | kbd:[Right]
      | 右移电路板
    | 上移电路板
      | kbd:[Up]
      | 上移电路板
    | 不显示 3D 网格
      |
      | 不显示 3D 网格
    | 中心轴旋转
      | kbd:[Space]
      | 中心轴旋转 (点击鼠标中键)
    | 重置视图
      | kbd:[R]
      | 重置视图
    | 沿 X 轴顺时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 X 轴顺时针旋转
    | 沿 X 轴逆时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 X 轴逆时针旋转
    | 沿 Y 轴顺时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 Y 轴顺时针旋转
    | 沿 Y 轴逆时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 Y 轴逆时针旋转
    | 沿 Z 轴顺时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 Z 轴顺时针旋转
    | 沿 Z 轴逆时针旋转
      |
      | 沿 Z 轴逆时针旋转
    | 3D 网格 10mm
      |
      | 3D 网格 10mm
    | 3D 网格 1mm
      |
      | 3D 网格 1mm
    | 3D 网格 2.5mm
      |
      | 3D 网格 2.5mm
    | 3D 网格 5mm
      |
      | 3D 网格 5mm
    | 显示 3D 轴线
      |
      | 显示 3D 轴线
    | 显示模型边框
      |
      | 显示模型边框
    | 切换胶粘层显示
      |
      | 切换胶粘层显示
    | 切换电路板显示
      |
      | 切换电路板板体显示
    | 切换注释显示
      |
      | 切换注释和绘图层显示
    | 切换 ECO 层显示
      |
      | 切换 ECO 层显示
    | 切换正交投影
      |
      | 启用/禁用正交投影
    | 切换真实模式
      |
      | 切换真实模式
    | 切换丝印层显示
      |
      | 切换丝印层的显示
    | 切换阻焊层显示
      |
      | 切换阻焊层的显示
    | 切换锡膏层显示
      |
      | 切换锡膏层的显示
    | 切换敷铜显示
      |
      | 切换敷铜显示
    | 后视图
      | kbd:[Shift+Y]
      | 后视图
    | 底视图
      | kbd:[Shift+Z]
      | 底视图
    | 正视图
      | kbd:[Y]
      | 正视图
    | 左视图
      | kbd:[Shift+X]
      | 左视图
    | 右视图
      | kbd:[X]
      | 右视图
    | 顶视图
      | kbd:[Z]
      | 顶视图

note: type: Title ===
en: Common
zh_CN: 通用

note: NOTE: this text between the section header and the table is *required* or asciidoctor-web-pdf will not insert page breaks in the table correctly and the PDF will be truncated. type: Plain text
en: The actions below are available across KiCad, including in the PCB Editor. Hotkeys can be assigned to any of these actions in the **Hotkeys** section of the preferences.
zh_CN: 以下操作在整个 KiCad 中都可用，包括在 PCB 编辑器中。快捷键可以分配给偏好设置中的 **快捷键** 部分的任何操作。

note: type: Table
en: | Action | Default Hotkey | Description
    | Exclude Marker
      |
      | Mark current violation in Checker window as an exclusion
    | Next Marker
      |
      | Go to next marker in Checker window
    | Previous Marker
      |
      | Go to previous marker in Checker window
    | Add Library…
      |
      | Add an existing library folder
    | Click
      | kbd:[Return]
      | Performs left mouse button click
    | Double-click
      | kbd:[End]
      | Performs left mouse button double-click
    | Cursor Down
      | kbd:[Down]
      | 
    | Cursor Down Fast
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Down]
      | 
    | Cursor Left
      | kbd:[Left]
      | 
    | Cursor Left Fast
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Left]
      | 
    | Cursor Right
      | kbd:[Right]
      | 
    | Cursor Right Fast
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Right]
      | 
    | Cursor Up
      | kbd:[Up]
      | 
    | Cursor Up Fast
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Up]
      | 
    | Switch to Fast Grid 1
      | kbd:[Alt+1]
      | 
    | Switch to Fast Grid 2
      | kbd:[Alt+2]
      | 
    | Switch to Next Grid
      | kbd:[N]
      | 
    | Switch to Previous Grid
      | kbd:[Shift+N]
      | 
    | Grid Properties...
      |
      | Set grid dimensions
    | Reset Grid Origin
      | kbd:[Z]
      | 
    | Grid Origin
      | kbd:[S]
      | Set the grid origin point
    | Inactive Layer View Mode
      |
      | Toggle inactive layers between normal and dimmed
    | Inactive Layer View Mode (3-state)
      | kbd:[H]
      | Cycle inactive layers between normal, dimmed, and hidden
    | Inches
      |
      | Use inches
    | Millimeters
      |
      | Use millimeters
    | Mils
      |
      | Use mils
    | New...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+N]
      | Create a new document in the editor
    | New Library…
      |
      | Create a new library folder
    | Open...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+O]
      | Open existing document
    | Page Settings...
      |
      | Settings for paper size and title block info
    | Pan Down
      | kbd:[Shift+Down]
      | 
    | Pan Left
      | kbd:[Shift+Left]
      | 
    | Pan Right
      | kbd:[Shift+Right]
      | 
    | Pan Up
      | kbd:[Shift+Up]
      | 
    | Pin Library
      |
      | Keep the library at the top of the list
    | Plot...
      |
      | Plot
    | Print...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+P]
      | Print
    | Quit
      |
      | Close the current editor
    | Reset Local Coordinates
      | kbd:[Space]
      | 
    | Revert
      |
      | Throw away changes
    | Save
      | kbd:[Ctrl+S]
      | Save changes
    | Save All
      |
      | Save all changes
    | Save As…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+S]
      | Save current document to another location
    | Save a Copy...
      |
      | Save a copy of the current document to another location
    | Select Columns
      |
      | 
    | 3D Viewer
      | kbd:[Alt+3]
      | Show 3D viewer window
    | Show Context Menu
      |
      | Perform the right-mouse-button action
    | Footprint Library Browser
      |
      | Browse footprint libraries
    | Footprint Editor
      |
      | Create, delete and edit footprints
    | Symbol Library Browser
      |
      | Browse symbol libraries
    | Symbol Editor
      |
      | Create, delete and edit symbols
    | Draw Bounding Boxes
      |
      | Draw Bounding Boxes
    | Always Show Cursor
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+X]
      | Display crosshairs even in selection tool
    | Full-Window Crosshairs
      |
      | Switch display of full-window crosshairs
    | Show Grid
      |
      | Display background grid in the edit window
    | Polar Coordinates
      |
      | Switch between polar and cartesian coordinate systems
    | Switch units
      | kbd:[Ctrl+U]
      | Switch between imperial and metric units
    | Unpin Library
      |
      | No longer keep the library at the top of the list
    | Update PCB from Schematic…
      | kbd:[F8]
      | Update PCB with changes made to schematic
    | Update Schematic from PCB...
      |
      | Update schematic with changes made to PCB
    | Center on Cursor
      | kbd:[F4]
      | Center on Cursor
    | Zoom to Objects
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Home]
      | Zoom to Objects
    | Zoom to Fit
      | kbd:[Home]
      | Zoom to Fit
    | Zoom In at Cursor
      | kbd:[F1]
      | Zoom In at Cursor
    | Zoom In
      |
      | Zoom In
    | Zoom Out at Cursor
      | kbd:[F2]
      | Zoom Out at Cursor
    | Zoom Out
      |
      | Zoom Out
    | Refresh
      | kbd:[F5]
      | Refresh
    | Zoom to Selection
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F5]
      | Zoom to Selection
    | Cancel
      |
      | Cancel current tool
    | Copy
      | kbd:[Ctrl+C]
      | Copy selected item(s) to clipboard
    | Cut
      | kbd:[Ctrl+X]
      | Cut selected item(s) to clipboard
    | Cycle arc editing mode
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Space]
      | Switch to a different method of editing arcs
    | Delete
      | kbd:[Del]
      | Deletes selected item(s)
    | Interactive Delete Tool
      |
      | Delete clicked items
    | Duplicate
      | kbd:[Ctrl+D]
      | Duplicates the selected item(s)
    | Find
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F]
      | Find text
    | Find and Replace
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Alt+F]
      | Find and replace text
    | Find Next
      | kbd:[F3]
      | Find next match
    | Find Next Marker
      | kbd:[Shift+F3]
      | 
    | Paste
      | kbd:[Ctrl+V]
      | Paste item(s) from clipboard
    | Paste Special...
      |
      | Paste item(s) from clipboard with annotation options
    | Redo
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Y]
      | Redo last edit
    | Replace All
      |
      | Replace all matches
    | Replace and Find Next
      |
      | Replace current match and find next
    | Show Search Panel
      | kbd:[Ctrl+G]
      | Show/hide the search panel
    | Select All
      | kbd:[Ctrl+A]
      | Select all items on screen
    | Undo
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Z]
      | Undo last edit
    | Measure Tool
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+M]
      | Interactively measure distance between points
    | Select item(s)
      |
      | Select item(s)
    | Configure Paths…
      |
      | Edit path configuration environment variables
    | Donate
      |
      | Open "Donate to KiCad" in a web browser
    | Get Involved
      |
      | Open "Contribute to KiCad" in a web browser
    | Getting Started with KiCad
      |
      | Open “Getting Started in KiCad” guide for beginners
    | Help
      |
      | Open product documentation in a web browser
    | List Hotkeys...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F1]
      | Displays current hotkeys table and corresponding commands
    | Preferences...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+,]
      | Show preferences for all open tools
    | Report Bug
      |
      | Report a problem with KiCad
    | Manage Footprint Libraries...
      |
      | Edit the global and project footprint library lists
    | Manage Symbol Libraries…
      |
      | Edit the global and project symbol library lists
zh_CN: | 操作 | 默认快捷键 | 描述
    | 排除标记
      |
      | 将检查器窗口中的当前违规行为标记为排除项
    | 下一个标记
      |
      | 前往检查器窗口中的下一个标记
    | 上一个标记
      |
      | 前往检查器窗口中的上一个标记
    | 添加库…
      |
      | 添加一个现有的库文件夹
    | 点击
      | kbd:[Return]
      | 执行鼠标左键点击
    | 双击
      | kbd:[End]
      | 执行鼠标左键双击
    | 光标下移
      | kbd:[Down]
      | 
    | 光标快速下移
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Down]
      | 
    | 光标左移
      | kbd:[Left]
      | 
    | 光标快速左移
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Left]
      | 
    | 光标右移
      | kbd:[Right]
      | 
    | 光标快速右移
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Right]
      | 
    | 光标上移
      | kbd:[Up]
      | 
    | 光标快速上移
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Up]
      | 
    | 切换到快速网格 1
      | kbd:[Alt+1]
      | 
    | 切换到快速网格 2
      | kbd:[Alt+2]
      | 
    | 切换到下一个网格
      | kbd:[N]
      | 
    | 切换到上一个网格
      | kbd:[Shift+N]
      | 
    | 网格属性...
      |
      | 设置网格尺寸
    | 重置网格原点
      | kbd:[Z]
      | 
    | 网格原点
      | kbd:[S]
      | 设置网格原点
    | 非活动层查看模式
      |
      | 切换非活动图层为正常或暗显
    | 非活动层查看模式 (3种状态)
      | kbd:[H]
      | 将非活动层在正常、暗显和隐藏之间切换
    | 英寸
      |
      | 使用英寸
    | 毫米
      |
      | 使用毫米
    | Mils
      |
      | 使用Mils
    | 新建...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+N]
      | 在编辑器中创建一个新的文件
    | 新建库…
      |
      | 创建一个新的库文件夹
    | 打开...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+O]
      | 打开现有文件
    | 页面设置...
      |
      | 图纸大小和标题块信息的设置
    | 向下平移（触摸板）
      | kbd:[Shift+Down]
      | 
    | 向左平移（触摸板）
      | kbd:[Shift+Left]
      | 
    | 向右平移（触摸板）
      | kbd:[Shift+Right]
      | 
    | 向上平移（触摸板）
      | kbd:[Shift+Up]
      | 
    | 引脚库
      |
      | 将库保持在列表的顶部
    | 绘制...
      |
      | 绘制
    | 打印...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+P]
      | 打印
    | 退出
      |
      | 关闭当前编辑器
    | 重置本地坐标
      | kbd:[Space]
      | 
    | 还原
      |
      | 放弃修改
    | 保存
      | kbd:[Ctrl+S]
      | 保存更改
    | 全部保存
      |
      | 保存所有更改
    | 另存为…
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+S]
      | 将当前文件保存到其他位置
    | 保存副本为...
      |
      | 将当前文档的副本保存到另一个位置
    | 3D 查看器
      | kbd:[Alt+3]
      | 显示 3D 查看器窗口
    | 显示上下文菜单
      |
      | 执行鼠标右键动作
    | 封装库浏览器
      |
      | 浏览封装库
    | 封装编辑器
      |
      | 创建、删除和编辑封装
    | 符号库浏览器
      |
      | 浏览符号库
    | 符号编辑器
      |
      | 创建、删除和编辑符号
    | 始终显示光标
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+X]
      | 即使在选择工具中也显示十字准线
    | 全窗口十字准线
      |
      | 切换全窗口十字准线的显示
    | 显示网格
      |
      | 在编辑窗口中显示网格点或网格线
    | 极坐标
      |
      | 在极坐标系和卡迪尔坐标系之间切换
    | 切换单位
      | kbd:[Ctrl+U]
      | 在英制和公制单位之间切换
    | 取消固定库位置
      |
      | 不再将库保持在列表的顶部
    | 从原理图更新 PCB…
      | kbd:[F8]
      | 将原理图的变化更新到 PCB
    | 从 PCB 更新原理图...
      |
      | 将 PCB 的变化更新到原理图
    | 居中
      | kbd:[F4]
      | 居中
    | 缩放到对象
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Home]
      | 缩放到对象
    | 缩放至适合
      | kbd:[Home]
      | 缩放至适合
    | 放大到适合
      | kbd:[F1]
      | 在光标处放大
    | 放大
      |
      | 放大
    | 在光标处放大
      | kbd:[F2]
      | 在光标处放大
    | 缩小
      |
      | 缩小
    | 刷新
      | kbd:[F5]
      | 刷新
    | 缩放选择
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F5]
      | 缩放选择
    | 取消
      |
      | 取消当前工具
    | 变更编辑方式
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Space]
      | 变更编辑方法约束
    | 复制
      | kbd:[Ctrl+C]
      | 将选定的项目复制到剪贴板上
    | 剪切
      | kbd:[Ctrl+X]
      | 将选定的项目剪贴到剪贴板上
    | 删除
      | kbd:[Del]
      | 删除所选项目
    | 交互式删除工具
      |
      | 删除被点击的项目
    | 复制
      | kbd:[Ctrl+D]
      | 复制选定的项目
    | 查找
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F]
      | 查找文本
    | 查找和替换
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Alt+F]
      | 查找并替换文本
    | 查找下一个
      | kbd:[F3]
      | 查找下一个匹配
    | 查找下一个标记
      | kbd:[Shift+F3]
      | 
    | 粘贴
      | kbd:[Ctrl+V]
      | 从剪贴板上粘贴项目
    | 特殊粘贴...
      |
      | 从剪贴板中粘贴项目（可选项设置）
    | 重做
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Y]
      | 重做最后的编辑
    | 全部替换
      |
      | 替换所有匹配的内容
    | 替换并查找下一个
      |
      | 替换当前匹配项并查找下一个
    | 全选
      | kbd:[Ctrl+A]
      | 选择屏幕上的所有项目
    | 撤消
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Z]
      | 撤消最后的编辑
    | 测量工具
      | kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+M]
      | 交互式测量点之间的距离
    | 选择项目
      |
      | 选择项目
    | 配置路径…
      |
      | 编辑路径配置环境变量
    | 捐赠
      |
      | 在网页浏览器中打开 “捐赠 KiCad”
    | 参与贡献
      |
      | 在网页浏览器中打开 “为 KiCad 做贡献”
    | 开始使用 KiCad
      |
      | 打开 “KiCad 入门” 的初学者指南
    | 帮助
      |
      | 在网络浏览器中打开产品文档
    | 列出快捷键...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+F1]
      | 显示当前的快捷键列表和相应的命令
    | 偏好设置...
      | kbd:[Ctrl+，]
      | 显示所有打开的工具的偏好设置
    | 报告 Bug
      |
      | 报告 KiCad 的问题
    | 管理封装库...
      |
      | 编辑全局和工程封装库列表
    | 管理符号库…
      |
      | 编辑全局和工程的符号库列表

note: type: Title ==
en: Advanced topics
zh_CN: 高级主题

note: type: Title ===
en: Configuration and Customization
zh_CN: 配置和自定义

note: type: Plain text
en: The KiCad PCB Editor has a variety of preferences that can be configured through the Preferences dialog. Like all parts of KiCad, the preferences for the PCB Editor are stored in the user configuration directory and are independent between KiCad minor versions to allow multiple versions to run side-by-side with independent preferences.
zh_CN: KiCad PCB 编辑器有多种偏好设置，可通过偏好设置对话框进行配置。和 KiCad 的所有部分一样，PCB 编辑器的偏好设置存储在用户配置目录中，并且在 KiCad 的小版本之间是独立的，以允许多个版本的偏好设置分别运行。

note: type: Plain text
en: The first sections of the Preferences dialog (Common, Mouse and Touchpad, and Hotkeys) are shared between all KiCad programs. These sections are described in detail in the KiCad manual under the "Common preferences" section.
zh_CN: 偏好设置对话框的第一部分（通用、鼠标和触摸板以及快捷键）是所有 KiCad 程序共享的。这些部分在 KiCad 手册中的 "常规偏好设置" 部分有详细描述。

note: type: Title ====
en: Display options
zh_CN: 显示选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Rendering Engine:** Controls if Accelerated graphics or Fallback graphics are used.
zh_CN: **渲染引擎：** 控制是否使用硬件加速图形或备用图形加速。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Grid style:** Controls how the alignment grid is drawn.
zh_CN: **网格样式：** 控制对齐网格的绘制方式。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Grid thickness:** Controls how thick grid lines or dots are drawn.
zh_CN: **网格粗细：** 控制网格线或网格点的粗细。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Min grid spacing:** Controls the minimum distance, in pixels, between two grid lines. Grid lines
    that violate this minimum spacing will not be drawn, regardless of the current grid setting.
zh_CN: **最小网格间距：** 控制两条网格线之间的最小距离 (以像素为单位)。无论当前的网格设置如何，如果网格线
    违反这个最小间距，将不会被绘制。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Snap to grid:** Controls when drawing and editing operations will be snapped to coordinates on
    the active grid.  "Always" will enable snapping even when the grid is hidden; "When grid shown"
    will enable snapping only when the grid is visible.
zh_CN: **捕捉到网格：** 控制绘图和编辑操作何时会被捕捉到活动网格上的坐标。
    总是 "将启用捕捉功能，即使网格被隐藏；
    "当网格显示时" 将只在网格可见时启用捕捉功能。

note: type: Plain text
en: Grid snapping can be temporarily disabled by holding down kbd:[Ctrl].
zh_CN: 按住 kbd:[Ctrl] 可以暂时禁用网格捕捉。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Cursor shape:** Controls whether the editing cursor is drawn as a small crosshair or a
    full-screen crosshair (a set of lines covering the entire drawing canvas).  The editing cursor
    shows where the next drawing or editing action will occur and will be snapped to a grid location
    if snapping is enabled.
zh_CN: **光标形状：** 控制编辑光标是画成一个小十字线还是全屏十字线（一组覆盖整个画布的线条）。
     编辑光标显示下一个绘图或编辑操作将发生的位置，如果启用了捕捉，则会捕捉到网格位置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Always show crosshairs:** Controls whether the editing cursor is shown all the time or only
    when an editing or drawing tool is active.
zh_CN: **始终显示十字准线：** 控制是始终显示编辑光标，
    还是仅在编辑或绘图工具处于活动状态时才显示编辑光标。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Net names:** Controls whether or not net name labels are drawn on copper objects. These labels
    are guides for editing only and do not appear in fabrication outputs.
zh_CN: **网络名称：** 控制是否在铜对象上绘制网络名称标签。
    这些标签仅作为编辑指南，不会出现在制造输出中。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Show pad numbers:** Controls whether or not pad number labels are drawn on footprint pads.
zh_CN: **显示焊盘编号：**控制是否在封装焊盘上绘制焊盘编号标签。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Show pad <no net> indicator:** Controls whether or not pads with no net are indicated with a
    special marker.
zh_CN: **显示焊盘 <无网络> 指示器：** 控制是否用特殊标记指示没有网络的焊盘。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Track clearance:** Controls whether or not clearance outlines around tracks and vias are shown.
    Clearance outlines are shown as thin shapes around objects that indicate the minimum clearance to
    other objects, as defined by constraints and design rules.
zh_CN: **布线间隙：** 控制是否显示布线和过孔周围的间隙边界。
    间隙边界显示为对象周围的细长形状，表示与其他对象之间的最小间隙，
    如约束和设计规则所定义。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Show pad clearance:** Controls whether or not clearance outlines around pads are shown.
zh_CN: **显示焊盘间隙：** 控制是否显示焊盘周围的间隙边界。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Center view on cross-probed items:** When the Schematic and PCB Editors are
    both running, controls whether clicking a component or pin in Eeschema will
    center the PCB Editor view on the corresponding footprint or pad.
zh_CN: **交叉探测项目的中心视图：** 当原理图和 PCB 编辑器同时运行时，控制在原理图中点击一个元件或引脚是否会将 PCB 编辑器的视图集中在相应的封装或焊盘上。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Zoom to fit cross-probed items:** Controls whether the view will be zoomed to show a
    cross-probed footprint or pad.
zh_CN: **缩放以适合交叉探测对象：** 控制是否缩放视图以显示交叉探测的
    封装或焊盘。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Highlight cross-probed nets:** Controls whether or not nets highlighted in Eeschema will be
    highlighted in the PCB Editor when the highlight tool is activated in both tools.
zh_CN: **高亮交叉探测网络：** 控制当高亮工具在两个工具中激活时，原理图中高亮的网络是否会在 PCB 编辑器中高亮。

note: type: Title ====
en: Editing options
zh_CN: 编辑选项

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_preferences_editing.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_preferences_editing.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Flip board items L/R:** Controls the direction board items will be flipped when moving them
    between the top and bottom layers.  When checked, items are flipped Left-to-Right (about the
    Vertical axis); when unchecked, items are flipped Top-to-Bottom (about the Horizontal axis).
zh_CN: **翻转电路板项目 L/R：** 控制电路板对象在顶层和底层之间移动时的翻转方向。
      选中时，项目从左向右翻转(垂直轴)；
    取消选中时，项目从上向下翻转(水平轴)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Step for rotate commands:** Controls how far the selected object(s) will be rotated each time the
    Rotate command is used.
zh_CN: **旋转命令的步长：** 控制每次使用旋转命令时选定对象将旋转多远。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Allow free pads:** Controls whether or not the pads of footprints can be unlocked and edited or
    moved separately from the footprint.
zh_CN: **允许自由焊盘：** 控制封装焊盘是否可以解锁并与封装分开编辑或移动。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Magnetic points:** This section controls object snapping, also called magnetic points.  Object
    snapping takes precedence over grid snapping when it is enabled.  Object snapping only works to
    objects on the active layer. Hold kbd:[Shift] to temporarily disable object snapping.
zh_CN: **吸附点：** 这部分控制对象捕捉，也叫吸附点。 启用对象捕捉后，对象捕捉优先于网格捕捉。 对象捕捉只对活动层上的对象起作用。按住 kbd:[Shift] 可以暂时关闭对象捕捉功能。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Snap to pads:** Controls when the editing cursor will snap to pad origins.
zh_CN: **捕捉焊盘：** 控制编辑光标何时捕捉焊盘原点。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Snap to tracks:** Controls when the editing cursor will snap to track segment endpoints.
zh_CN: **捕捉到布线：** 控制编辑光标何时捕捉到布线端点。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Snap to graphics:** Controls when the editing cursor will snap to graphic shape points.
zh_CN: **对齐图形：** 控制编辑光标何时对齐图形形状点。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Always show selected ratsnest:** When enabled, the ratsnest for a selected footprint will always
    be shown even if the global ratsnest is hidden.
zh_CN: **始终显示选定的飞线：**启用后，即使全局飞线被隐藏，
    选定封装的飞线也将始终显示。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Show ratsnest with curved lines:** Controls whether ratsnest lines are drawn straight or curved.
zh_CN: **用曲线显示飞线：**控制飞线是直线绘制还是曲线绘制。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Mouse drag track behavior:** Controls the action that will occur when you drag a track segment
    with the mouse: "Move" will move the track segment independent of any others.  "Drag (45 degree
    mode)" will invoke the push-and-shove router to drag the track, respecting design rules and keeping
    other track segments attached.  "Drag (free angle)" will move the nearest corner of the track
    segment, highlighting collisions with other objects but not moving them out of the way.
zh_CN: **鼠标拖动布线行为：** 控制使用鼠标拖动布线线段时将发生的操作："移动" 将独立于任何其他布线线段移动布线。
      "拖动(45 度模式)" 将调用推挤布线器拖动布线，遵守设计规则并保持其他布线段的连接。
      "拖动(自由角度)" 将移动布线段最近的角点，高亮显示与其他对象的碰撞，但不会将其移开。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Limit actions to 45 degrees from start** Controls whether lines drawn with the graphic
    drawing tools can take on any angle. Note that this only affects drawing new lines: lines can be
    edited to take on any angle.
zh_CN: **将操作限制在从起点开始的45度：** 控制使用图形绘制工具绘制的布线是否可以采用任何角度。
    请注意，这仅影响绘制新的布线：布线可以被编辑成任何角度。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Show page limits:** Controls whether or not the page boundary is drawn as a rectangle.
zh_CN: **显示页面限制：** 控制页面边界是否绘制为矩形。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Refill zones after Zone Properties dialog:** Controls whether or not zones are automatically
    refilled after editing the properties of any zone.  This may be disabled on complicated designs or
    slower computers to improve responsiveness.
zh_CN: **敷铜属性对话框关闭后重新敷铜：** 控制编辑任何敷铜属性后是否自动重新敷铜。
    可以在复杂的设计或速度较慢的计算机上禁用此功能，以提高响应速度。

note: type: Title ====
en: Colors
zh_CN: 颜色

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_preferences_colors.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_preferences_colors.png

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad supports switching between different color themes to match your preferences. Kicad 7.0 comes with two built-in color themes: "KiCad Default" is a new theme designed to have good contrast and balance for most cases and is the default for new installations. "KiCad Classic" is the default theme from KiCad 5.1 and earlier versions. Neither of these built-in themes can be modified, but you can create new themes to customize the look of KiCad as well as install themes made by other users.
zh_CN: KiCad 支持在不同的颜色主题之间切换，以符合你的喜好。Kicad 7.0 内置了两种颜色主题。"KiCad 默认" 是一个新的主题，旨在为大多数情况下提供良好的对比度和平衡，是新安装的默认主题。"KiCad 经典版" 是 KiCad 5.1 和早期版本的默认主题。这两个内置主题都不能被修改，但你可以创建新的主题来定制 KiCad 的外观，也可以安装其他用户制作的主题。

note: type: Plain text
en: Color themes are stored in JSON files located in the `colors` subdirectory of the KiCad configuration directory.  The "Open Theme Folder" button will open this location in your system file manager, making it easy to manage your installed themes. To install a new theme, place it in this folder and restart KiCad. The new theme will be available from the drop-down list of color themes if the file is a valid color theme file.
zh_CN: 颜色主题存储在位于 KiCad 配置目录的 `Colors` 子目录中的 JSON 文件中。“打开主题文件夹” 按钮将在您的系统文件管理器中打开此位置，使您可以轻松地管理已安装的主题。要安装新主题，请将其放在此文件夹中，然后重新启动 KiCad。如果文件是有效的颜色主题文件，则从颜色主题下拉列表中可以看到新主题。

note: type: Plain text
en: To create a new color theme, choose New Theme... from the drop-down list of color themes.  Enter a name for your theme and then begin editing colors.  The colors in the new theme will be copied from whatever theme was selected before you created the new theme.
zh_CN: 要创建一个新的颜色主题，从颜色主题的下拉列表中选择 “新主题...”。  为你的主题输入一个名称，然后开始编辑颜色。  新主题中的颜色将从你创建新主题之前选择的任何主题中复制。

note: type: Plain text
en: To change a color, double-click or middle-click the color swatch in the list.  The "Reset to Default" button will reset that color to its corresponding entry in the "KiCad Default" color theme.
zh_CN: 要更改颜色，请双击或中键单击列表中的色样。“重置为默认值” 按钮会将该颜色重置为 “KiCad 默认” 颜色主题中的相应条目。

note: type: Plain text
en: Color themes are saved automatically; all changes are reflected immediately when you close the Preferences dialog.  The window on the right side of the dialog shows a preview of how the selected theme will look.
zh_CN: 颜色主题会自动保存；当您关闭 "偏好设置" 对话框时，所有更改都会立即反映出来。对话框右侧的窗口显示所选主题外观的预览。

note: type: Title ====
en: Action plugins
zh_CN: 操作插件

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_preferences_action_plugins.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_preferences_action_plugins.png

note: type: Plain text
en: The KiCad PCB editor supports plugins written in Python that can perform actions on the board being edited.  These plugins can be installed using the built-in Plugin and Content Manager (see the KiCad chapter for details) or by placing the plugin files inside the user plugins directory.  See the Scripting section below for details.
zh_CN: KiCad PCB 编辑器支持用 Python 编写的插件，对正在编辑的电路板进行操作。  这些插件可以使用内置的 “插件和内容管理器” 来安装（详见 KiCad 章节），或者将插件文件放在用户的插件目录中。  详见下面的脚本部分。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each plugin that is detected will be shown in a row on this preferences page.  Plugins may show a button on the top toolbar of the PCB editor.  If the "Show button" control is unchecked for a plugin, it may still be accessed from the Tools > External Plugins menu.
zh_CN: 每个被检测到的插件都会在这个偏好设置上显示一排。  插件可以在 “PCB 编辑器” 的顶部工具栏上显示一个按钮。  如果一个插件的 "显示按钮" 控制没有被选中，它仍然可以从 "工具" > "外部插件" 菜单中访问。

note: type: Plain text
en: The arrow controls at the bottom of the list allow changing the order that the plugins appear in the toolbar and menu.  The folder button will launch a file explorer to the plugin folder, to make installing new plugins easier.  The refresh button will scan the plugin folder for any new or removed plugins and update the list.
zh_CN: 列表底部的箭头控制允许改变插件在工具栏和菜单中的显示顺序。  文件夹按钮将启动一个文件资源管理器到插件文件夹，以使安装新的插件更容易。  刷新按钮将扫描插件文件夹中的任何新的或删除的插件，并更新列表。

note: type: Title ====
en: Origin & axes
zh_CN: 原点和轴

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_preferences_origin_axes.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_preferences_origin_axes.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Display origin:** Determines which coordinate origin is used for coordinate display in the
    editing canvas. The page origin is fixed at the corner of the page. The drill/place file origin and
    the grid origin can be moved by the user.
zh_CN: **显示原点：** 决定在编辑画布中坐标显示使用哪个坐标原点。
    页面原点固定在页面的角落。
    用户可以移动钻孔/拾放文件原点和网格原点。

note: type: Plain text
en: **X axis:** Controls whether X-coordinates increase to the right or to the left.
zh_CN: **X 轴：** 控制 X 坐标向右还是向左增加。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Y axis:** Controls whether Y-coordinates increase upwards or downwards.
zh_CN: **Y 轴：** 控制 Y 坐标是向上还是向下增加。

note: type: Title ===
en: Text variables
zh_CN: 文本变量

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad supports text variables, which allow you to substitute the variable name with a defined text string. This substitution happens anywhere the variable name is used inside the variable replacement syntax of `${VARIABLENAME}`.
zh_CN: KiCad支持文本变量，允许你用定义的文本字符串替换变量名称。  这种替换发生在变量名称在 `${VARIABLENAME}` 的变量替换语法内的任何地方。

note: type: Plain text
en: You can define your own text variables in the xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup-text-variables[schematic] or <<board-setup-text-variables,board setup>> dialogs, but there are also a number of built-in system text variables. System text variables may be available in some contexts and not others.
zh_CN: 你可以在 xref:./eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup-text-variables[原理图]或 <<board-setup-text-variables,电路板设置>> 对话框中定义自己的文本变量，但也有一些内置的系统文本变量。系统文本变量可能在某些情况下可用，而在其他情况下不可用。

note: type: Plain text
en: The following variables can be used in PCB text, footprint text, and footprint fields. There are also a number of xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#text-variables[variables that can be used in the Schematic Editor].
zh_CN: 以下变量可以在PCB文本、封装文本和封装字段中使用。还有一些 xref:./eeschema/eeschema.adoc#text-variables[可以在原理图编辑器中使用的变量]。

note: type: Table
en: | Variable name | Description
    | `ISSUE_DATE`
      | Contents of drawing sheet's `Issue Date` field.
    | `CURRENT_DATE`
      | Today's date, in ISO format.
    | `REVISION`
      | Contents of drawing sheet's `Revision` field.
    | `TITLE`
      | Contents of drawing sheet's `Title` field.
    | `COMPANY`
      | Contents of drawing sheet's `Company` field.
    | `COMMENT1` - `COMMENT9`
      | Contents of drawing sheet's `Comment<n>` field.
    | `<variablename>`
      | Contents of <<board-setup-text-variables,project text variable>>
      `<variablename>`.
    | `<fieldname>`
      | Contents of footprint field `<fieldname>`. Fields can only be
        accessed from within of their parent object, so footprint fields can be
        accessed from other text or fields within the footprint.    
    
        Both built-in footprint fields and user-defined fields from the
        corresponding symbol are available. Built-in footprint fields use all
        uppercase letters: for example, to access the value of `U1`, use
        `${U1:VALUE}`.
    
        Built-in footprint fields are `REFERENCE`, `VALUE`, `LAYER`,
        `FOOTPRINT_LIBRARY`, `FOOTPRINT_NAME`, `NET_NAME(<pad_number>)`,
        `NET_CLASS(<pad_number>)`, `PIN_NAME(<pad_number>)`.
    
    | `<refdes>:<fieldname>`
      | Contents of field `<fieldname>` in footprint `<refdes>`.
        
        Both built-in footprint fields and user-defined fields from the
        corresponding symbol are available. Built-in footprint fields use all
        uppercase letters: for example, to access the value of `U1`, use
        `${U1:VALUE}`.
        
        Built-in footprint fields are `REFERENCE`, `VALUE`, `LAYER`,
        `FOOTPRINT_LIBRARY`, `FOOTPRINT_NAME`, `NET_NAME(<pad_number>)`,
        `NET_CLASS(<pad_number>)`, `PIN_NAME(<pad_number>)`.
zh_CN: | 变量名称 | 描述
    | `发布日期`
      | 图纸的 `发布日期` 字段的内容。
    | `当前日期`
      | 今天的日期，采用ISO格式。
    | `版本`
      | 图纸的 `版本` 字段的内容。
    | `标题`
      | 图纸的 `标题` 字段的内容
    | `公司`
      | 图纸的 `公司` 字段的内容
    | `注释1` - `注释`
      | 图纸的 `注释<n>` 字段的内容
    | `<变量名>`
      | <<board-setup-text-variables,工程文本变量>> 的内容
      `<变量名>`。
    | `<字段名>`
      | 封装字段 `<fieldname>` 的内容。 字段仅可以从
        它们父对象内部访问，因此封装字段
        可以从封装中的其它文本或字段访问。   
    
        内置的封装字段和来自相应符号的用户定义
        字段都可以使用。内置封装字段使用所有大写字母：
        例如，要访问 `U1` 的值，使用
        `${U1:VALUE}` 。.
    
        内置封装字段包括 `REFERENCE`, `VALUE`, `LAYER`,
        `FOOTPRINT_LIBRARY`, `FOOTPRINT_NAME`, `NET_NAME(<pad_number>)`,
        `NET_CLASS(<pad_number>)`, `PIN_NAME(<pad_number>)`.
    
    | `<refdes>:<fieldname>`
      | 封装 `<refdes>` 字段 `<fieldname>` 的内容.
        
        内置的封装字段和来自相应符号的用户定义
        字段都可以使用。内置封装字段使用所有大写字母：
        例如，要访问 `U1` 的值，使用
        `${U1:VALUE}` 。
        
        内置封装字段包括 `REFERENCE`, `VALUE`, `LAYER`,
        `FOOTPRINT_LIBRARY`, `FOOTPRINT_NAME`, `NET_NAME(<pad_number>)`,
        `NET_CLASS(<pad_number>)`, `PIN_NAME(<pad_number>)`.

note: type: Title ===
en: Custom design rules
zh_CN: 自定义设计规则

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad's custom design rule system allows creating design rules that are more specific than the generic rules available in the Constraints page of the Board Setup dialog.  Custom design rules have many applications, but in general they are used to apply certain rules to a portion of the board, such as a specific net or netclass, a specific area, or a specific footprint.
zh_CN: KiCad 的自定义设计规则系统允许创建比电路板设置对话框的 "约束" 页面中的通用规则更具体的设计规则。 自定义设计规则有很多应用，但一般来说，它们被用来对电路板的一部分应用某些规则，如特定的网络或网络类、特定的区域或特定的封装。

note: type: Plain text
en: Custom design rules are stored in a separate file with the extension `kicad_dru`.  This file is created automatically when you start adding custom rules to a project.  If you are using custom rules in your project, make sure to save the `kicad_dru` file along with the `kicad_pcb` and `kicad_pro` files when making backups or committing to a version control system.
zh_CN: 自定义设计规则存储在一个扩展名为 `kicad_dra` 的单独文件中。当您开始向项目添加自定义规则时，会自动创建此文件。如果您在项目中使用自定义规则，请在备份或提交到版本控制系统时，确保将 `kicad_dra` 文件与 `kicad_pcb` 和 `kicad_pro` 文件一起保存。

note: type: Plain text
en: The `kicad_dru` file is managed automatically by KiCad and should not be edited with an
          external text editor.  Always use the Custom Rules page of the Board Setup dialog to edit
          custom design rules.
zh_CN: `kicad_dra` 文件由 KiCad 自动管理，不应使用外部文本编辑器进行编辑。
    始终使用电路板设置对话框的自定义规则页面编辑自定义设计规则。

note: type: Title ====
en: The Custom Rules editor
zh_CN: 自定义规则编辑器

note: type: Plain text
en: The custom rules editor is located in the Board Setup dialog and provides a text editor for entering custom rules, a syntax checker that will test your custom rules and note any errors, and a syntax help dialog that contains a quick reference to the custom rules language and some example rules.
zh_CN: 自定义规则编辑器位于电路板设置对话框中，它提供了一个用于输入自定义规则的文本编辑器，一个语法检查器将测试你的自定义规则并指出任何错误，还有一个语法帮助对话框，其中包含了对自定义规则语言的快速参考和一些规则示例。

note: type: Plain text
en: It is a good idea to use the **Check rule syntax** button after editing custom rules to make sure there are no syntax errors.  Any errors in the custom rules will prevent the design rule checker from running.
zh_CN: 在编辑自定义规则后，最好使用 **检查规则语法** 按钮，确保没有语法错误。 自定义规则中的任何错误将阻止设计规则检查器的运行。

note: type: Title ====
en: Custom rule syntax
zh_CN: 自定义规则语法

note: type: Plain text
en: The custom design rule language is based on s-expressions and allows you to create design constraints that are not possible with the built-in constraints.  Each design rule generally contains a **condition** defining what objects to match, and a **constraint** defining the rule to be applied to the matched objects.
zh_CN: 自定义设计规则语言是基于s表达式的，允许你创建内置约束条件所不能实现的设计约束。 每个设计规则通常包含一个 **条件**，定义要匹配的对象，以及一个 **约束**，定义要应用于匹配对象的规则。

note: type: Plain text
en: The language uses parentheses (`(` and `)`) to define clauses of related tokens and values.  Parentheses must always be matched: for every `(` there must be a matching `)`.  Inside a clause, tokens and values are separated by whitespace.  By convention, a single space is used, but any number of whitespace characters between tokens is acceptable.  In places where text strings are valid, strings without any whitespace may be quoted with `"` or `'`, or unquoted.  Strings that contain whitespace must always be quoted.  Where nested quotes are required, a single level of nesting is possible by using `"` for the outer quote character and `'` for the inner (or vice versa).  Newlines are not required, but are typically used in examples for clarity.
zh_CN: 该语言使用圆括号 (`(` 和 `)`) 来定义相关标记和值的子句。括号必须始终匹配：对于每个 `(` 必须有匹配的 `)`。在子句中，标记和值之间用空格分隔。按照惯例，使用单个空格，但是可以在标记之间使用任意数量的空格字符。在文本字符串有效的地方，没有任何空格的字符串可以用 `"` 或 `'` 引起来，也可以不加引号。包含空格的字符串必须始终用引号引起来。在需要嵌套引号的地方，可以使用 `"` 作为外引号字符，使用 `'` 作为内引号字符 (反之亦然)，从而实现单层嵌套。换行符不是必需的，但为清楚起见，通常在示例中使用。

note: type: Plain text
en: In the syntax descriptions below, items in `<angle brackets>` represent tokens that must be present and items in `[square brackets]` represent tokens that are optional or only sometimes required.
zh_CN: 在下面的语法描述中，`<三角括号>` 中的项目代表必须存在的标记，`[方括号]` 中的项目代表可选的或只是有时需要的标记。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Custom Rules file must start with a version header defining the version of the rules language.  As of KiCad 6.0, the version is `1`.  The syntax of the version header is `(version <number>)`. So in KiCad 6.0 the header should read:
zh_CN: 自定义规则文件必须以定义规则语言的版本头开始。  从 KiCad 6.0 开始，版本是 `1`。  版本头的语法是 `(version<number>)`。因此，在 KiCad 6.0 中，版本头应该是这样的：

note: type: Plain text
en: After the version header, you can enter any number of rules.  Rules are evaluated in reverse order, meaning the last rule in the file is checked first.  Once a matching rule is found for a given set objects being tested, no further rules will be checked. In practice, this means that more specific rules should be later in the file, so that they are evaluated before more general rules.
zh_CN: 在版本头之后，您可以输入任何数量的规则。 规则的评估顺序是相反的，也就是说，文件中的最后一条规则首先被检查。 一旦为一个给定的被测对象找到一个匹配的规则，将不再检查其他规则。在实践中，这意味着更具体的规则应该在文件的后面，以便它们在更通用的规则之前被评估。

note: type: Plain text
en: For example, if you create one rule that limits the minimum clearance between tracks in the net `HV` and tracks in any other net and a second rule that limits the minimum clearance for all objects inside a certain rule area, make sure the first rule appears later in the custom rules file than the second rule.  Otherwise tracks in the `HV` net could have the wrong clearance if they fall inside the rule area.
zh_CN: 例如，如果您创建一条规则来限制 `HV` 网络的布线与任何其他网络的布线之间的最小间距，然后又创建第二条规则来限制特定规则区域内所有对象的最小间距，请确保第一条规则在自定义规则文件中的出现时间比第二条规则晚，否则，如果 `HV` 网络中的布线落在规则区域内，可能会有错误的间距。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each rule must have a name and one or more `constraint` clause.  The name can be any string and is used to refer to the rule in DRC reports.  The `constraint` defines the behavior of the rule.  Rules may also have a `condition` clause that determines which objects should have the rule applied and an optional `layer` clause, which specifies which board layers the rule applies to.
zh_CN: 每条规则必须有一个名称和一个或多个 `约束 (constraint)` 子句。该名称可以是任何字符串，用于在 DRC 报告中引用该规则。`约束 (constraint)` 定义了规则的行为。规则还可以有一个 `条件 (condition)` 子句，决定哪些对象应该应用该规则，以及一个可选的 `层 (layer)` 子句，指定该规则适用于哪些板层。

note: type: Plain text
en: The custom rules file may also include comments to describe rules.  Comments are denoted by any line that begins with the `#` character (not including whitespace).
zh_CN: 定制规则文件还可以包括描述规则的注释。注释由任何以 `#` 字符开头的行表示 (不包括空格)。

note: type: Title =====
en: Layer Clause
zh_CN: 图层子句

note: type: Plain text
en: The `layer` clause determines which layers the rule will work on.  While the layer of objects can be tested in the `condition` clause as described below, using the `layer` clause is more efficient.
zh_CN: `层 (layer)` 子句确定规则将对哪些层起作用。虽然对象层可以在下面介绍的 `约束 (constraint)` 子句中进行测试，但是使用 `层 (layer)` 子句效率更高。

note: type: Plain text
en: The value of the `layer` clause can be any board layer name, or the shortcuts `outer` to match the front and back copper layers (`F.Cu` and `B.Cu`) and `inner` to match any internal copper layers.
zh_CN: `层 (layer)` 子句的值可以是任何板层名称，或者是快捷键 `outer` 来匹配前后铜层（`F.Cu` 和 `B.Cu`），`inner` 来匹配任何内部铜层。

note: type: Plain text
en: If the `layer` clause is omitted, the rule will apply to all layers.
zh_CN: 如果省略 `层 (layer)` 子句，则该规则将适用于所有层。

note: type: Plain text
en: Some examples:
zh_CN: 下面是一些示例：

note: type: Title =====
en: Condition Clause
zh_CN: 条件子句

note: type: Plain text
en: The rule **condition** is an expression contained inside a text string (and therefore usually surrounded by quotes in order to allow whitespace for clarity).  The expression is evaluated against each pair of objects that is being tested by the design rule checker.  For example, when checking for clearance between copper objects, each copper object (track segment, pad, via, etc.) on each net is checked against other copper objects on other nets.  If a custom rule exists where the expression matches the two given copper objects and the constraint defines a copper clearance, this custom rule could be used to determine the required clearance between the two objects.
zh_CN: 规则 **条件** 是一个包含在文本字符串中的表达式（因此通常用引号包围，以便允许留出空白，使之更清晰）。  该表达式是针对设计规则检查器正在测试的每一对对象进行评估的。  例如，当检查铜对象之间的间隙时，每个网络上的每个铜对象（布线段、焊盘、通孔等）都要与其他网络上的其他铜对象进行检查。  如果存在一个自定义规则，其表达式与两个给定的铜对象相匹配，并且约束条件定义了铜的间隙，那么这个自定义规则可以用来确定这两个对象之间所需的间隙。

note: type: Plain text
en: The objects being tested are referred to as `A` and `B` in the expression language.  The order of the two objects is not important because the design rule checker will test both possible orderings.  For example, you can write a rule that assumes that `A` is a track and `B` is a via.  There are some expression functions that test both objects together; these use `AB` as the object name.
zh_CN: 被测对象在表达式语言中称为 `A` 和 `B`。这两个对象的顺序并不重要，因为设计规则检查器将测试这两种可能的顺序。例如，您可以编写一条规则，假设 `A` 为布线，`B` 为过孔。
    有一些表达式函数可以同时测试这两个对象；这些表达式函数使用 `AB` 作为对象名。

note: type: Plain text
en: The expression in a condition must resolve to a boolean value (`true` or `false`).  If the expression resolves to `true`, the rule is applied to the given objects.
zh_CN: 条件中的表达式必须解析为布尔值 ( `true` 或 `false` )。如果表达式解析为 `true`，则规则应用于给定的对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each object being tested has **properties** that can be compared, as well as **functions** that can be used to perform certain tests.  The syntax for using properties and functions is `<object>.<property>` and `<object>.<function>([arguments])` respectively.
zh_CN: 每个被测对象都有可以比较的 **属性**，以及可以执行特定测试的 **函数**。属性和函数的使用语法分别为 `<object>.<property>` 和 `<object>.<function>([arguments])`。译者注： `<对象>.<属性>` 和 `<对象>.<函数>([参数])`。

note: type: Plain text
en: When you type `<object>.` in the text editor (`A.`, `B.`, or `AB.`), an autocomplete list
          will open that contains all the object properties that can be used.
zh_CN: 当你在文本编辑器中输入 `<对象>.`（`A.`、`B.` 或 `AB.`）时，将打开一个自动完成的列表，其中包含所有可以使用的对象属性。

note: type: Plain text
en: The object properties and functions are compared using **boolean operators** to result in a boolean expression.  The boolean operators are based on C/C++ syntax, and the following operators are supported:
zh_CN: 使用 **布尔运算符** 比较对象属性和函数，得到布尔表达式。布尔运算符基于 C/C++ 语法，并支持以下运算符：

note: type: Table
en: | `==`      | Equal to
    | `!=`      | Not equal to
    | `>`, `>=` | Greater than, greater than or equal to
    | `<`, `\<=` | Less than, less than or equal to
    | `&&`      | And
    | `\|\|`      | Or
zh_CN: |`==`      | 等于
    | `!=`      | 不等于
    | `>`, `>=` | 大于、大于或等于
    | `<`, `\<=` | 小于、小于或等于
    | `&&`      | 和
    | `\|\|`      | 或

note: type: Plain text
en: For example, `A.NetClass == 'HV'` will apply to any objects that are part of the "HV" netclass and `A.NetClass != B.NetClass` will apply to any objects that are in different netclasses. Parentheses can be used to clarify the order of operations in complex expressions but they are not required.
zh_CN: 例如，`A.NetClass == 'HV'` 将适用于任何属于 "HV" 网络类的对象，`A.NetClass != B.NetClass` 将适用于任何属于不同网络类的对象。圆括号可以用来澄清复杂表达式中的操作顺序，但并不是必须的。

note: type: Plain text
en: Some properties represent a physical measurement, such as a size, angle, length, position, etc.  On these properties, **unit suffixes** can be used in the custom rules language to specify what units are being used.  If no unit suffix is used, the internal representation of the property will be used instead (nanometers for distances and degrees for most angles).  The following suffixes are supported:
zh_CN: 有些属性表示物理测量，比如尺寸、角度、长度、位置等等。  在这些属性上，**单位后缀** 可以在自定义规则语言中使用，以指定使用什么单位。  如果没有使用单位后缀，属性的内部表示将被使用（距离为纳米，大多数角度为度）。  支持以下后缀：

note: type: Table
en: | `mm`       | Millimeters
    | `mil`, `th` | Thousandths of an inch (mils)
    | `in`, `"`  | Inches
    | `deg`      | Degrees
    | `rad`      | Radians
zh_CN: | `mm` | 毫米
    | `mil`, `th` | 千分之一英寸 (mils)
    | `in`, `"` | 英寸
    | `deg` | 度
    | `rad` | 弧度

note: type: Plain text
en: The units used in custom design rules are independent of the display units in the PCB editor.
zh_CN: 自定义设计规则中使用的单位独立于 PCB 编辑器中的显示单位。

note: type: Title =====
en: Constraints
zh_CN: 约束

note: type: Plain text
en: The **constraint** clause of the rule defines the behavior of the rule on the objects that are matched by the condition.  Each constraint clause has a **constraint type** and one or more arguments that set the behavior of the constraint.  A single rule may have multiple constraint clauses, in order to set multiple constraints (for example, `clearance` and `track_width`) for objects that match the same rule conditions.
zh_CN: 规则的 **约束** 子句定义了规则在条件匹配的对象上的行为。每个约束子句都有一个 **约束类型** 和一个或多个设置约束行为的参数。单个规则可以有多个约束子句，以便为符合相同规则条件的对象设置多个约束 (如 `间隙 (clearance)`、`布线宽度 (trace_width)` 。

note: type: Plain text
en: Many constraints take arguments that specify a physical measurement or quantity.  These constraints support minimum, optimal, and maximum value specification (abbreviated "min/opt/max").  The **minimum** and **maximum** values are used for design rule checking: if the actual value is less than the minimum or is greater than the maximum value in the constraint, a DRC error is created.  The **optimal** value is only used for some constraints, and informs KiCad of a "best" value to use by default.  For example, the optimal `diff_pair_gap` is used by the router when placing new differential pairs.  No errors will be created if the differential pair is later modified such that the gap between the pair is different from the optimal value, as long as the gap is between the minimum and maximum values (if these are specified).  In all cases where a min/opt/max value is accepted, any or all of the minimum, optimal, and maximum value can be specified.
zh_CN: 许多约束条件的参数指定了一个物理测量或数量。  这些约束条件支持最小值、最优值和最大值说明（缩写为 "min/opt/max"）。  **最小** 和 **最大** 值用于设计规则检查：如果实际值小于约束条件中的最小值或大于最大值，将产生一个 DRC 错误。  **最优** 值仅用于某些约束，并通知 KiCad 默认使用的 "最优" 值。  例如，最优的 `diff_pair_gap` 是由布线器在放置新的差分对时使用的。  如果后来修改了差分对，使得差分对之间的间隙与最佳值不同，只要间隙在最小值和最大值之间（如果这些值被指定），就不会产生错误。  在所有接受最小/最大/最优值的情况下，可以指定全部的最小值、最优值和最大值。

note: type: Plain text
en: Min/opt/max values are specified as `(min <value>)`, `(opt <value>)`, and `(max <value>)`. For example, a track width constraint may be written as `(constraint track_width (min 0.5mm) (opt 0.5mm) (max 1.0mm))` or simply `(constraint track_width (min 0.5mm))` if only the minimum width is to be constrained.
zh_CN: 最小/最优/最大值被指定为 `(min<value>)`, `(opt<value>)`, 和 `(max<value>)`。例如，布线宽度约束可以写成 `(constraint track_width (min 0.5mm) (opt 0.5mm) (max 1.0mm))`，如果只约束最小宽度，可以简单写成 `(constraint track_width (min 0.5mm))` 。

note: type: Table
en: | Constraint type | Argument type | Description
    | `annular_width` | min/opt/max   | Checks the width of annular rings on vias.
    | `clearance` | min
      | Checks the clearance between copper objects of different nets.  KiCad's design rule system does
        not permit constraining clearance between objects on the same net at this time.
    
        To allow copper objects to overlap (collide), create a `clearance` constraint with the `min`
        value less than zero (for example, `-1`).
    | `courtyard_clearance` | min
      | Checks the clearance between footprint courtyards and generates an error if any two courtyards
        are closer than the `min` distance.  If a footprint does not have a courtyard shape, no errors
        will be generated from this constraint.
    | `diff_pair_gap` | min/opt/max
      | Checks the gap between coupled tracks in a differential pair.  Coupled tracks are segments that
        are parallel to each other.  Differential pair gap is not tested on uncoupled portions of a
        differential pair (for example, the fanout from a component).
    | `diff_pair_uncoupled` | max
      | Checks the distance that a differential pair track is routed uncoupled from the other polarity
        track in the pair (for example, where the pair fans out from a component, or becomes uncoupled
        to pass around another object such as a via).
    | `disallow`
      | `track +
         via +
         micro_via +
         buried_via +
         pad +
         zone +
         text +
         graphic +
         hole +
         footprint`
      | Specify one or more object types to disallow, separated by spaces.  For example,
        `(constraint disallow track)` or `(constraint disallow track via pad)`.  If an object of this
        type matches the rule condition, a DRC error will be created.  This constraint is essentially
        the same as a keepout rule area, but can be used to create more specific keepout restrictions.
    | `edge_clearance` | min/opt/max
      | Checks the clearance between objects and graphical items on the `Edge.Cuts` layer (the board
        outline, as well as any board cutouts or slots defined on that layer).
    | `length` | min/max
      | Checks the total routed length for the nets that match the rule condition and generates an
        error for each net that is below the `min` value (if specified) or above the `max` value (if
        specified) of the constraint.
    | `hole` | min/max
      | Checks the size (diameter) of a drilled hole in a pad or via.  For oval holes, the smaller
        (minor) diameter will be tested against the `min` value (if specified) and the larger (major)
        diameter will be tested against the `max` value (if specified).
    | `hole_clearance` | min
      | Checks the clearance between a drilled hole in a pad or via and copper objects on a different
        net.  The clearance is measured from the diameter of the hole, not its center.
    | `hole_to_hole` | min
      | Checks the clearance between mechanically-drilled holes in pads and vias.  The clearance is
        measured between the diameters of the holes, not between their centers.  HDI vias (microvias,
        blind vias, and buried vias) are not tested by this constraint.
    | `silk_clearance` | min/opt/max
      | Checks the clearance between objects on silkscreen layers and other objects.
    | `skew` | max
      | Checks the total skew for the nets that match the rule condition, that is, the difference
        between the length of each net and the average of all the lengths of each net that is matched
        by the rule.  If the absolute value of the difference between that average and the length of
        any one net is above the constraint `max` value, an error will be generated.
    | `track_width` | min/opt/max
      | Checks the width of track and arc segments.  An error will be generated for each segment that
        has a width below the `min` value (if specified) or above the `max` value (if specified).
    | `via_count` | max
      | Counts the number of vias on every net matched by the rule condition.  If that number exceeds
        the constraint `max` value on any matched net, an error will be generated for that net.
zh_CN: | 约束类型 | 参数类型 | 描述
    | `圆环宽度` | 最小/最优/最大 | 检查通孔上的环形环的宽度。
    | `间隙` | 最小
      | 检查不同网络的铜对象之间的间隙。 KiCad 的设计规则系统目前还不允许限制同一网络内的对象之间的间隙。要允许铜对象重叠（碰撞），请创建一个 `间隙` 约束，其 `最小` 值小于 0（例如 `-1`）。
    | `封装外框间隙` | 最小
      | 检查封装外框之间的间隙，如果任何两个外框比 `最小` 距离更近，就会产生一个错误。 如果一个封装没有外框的形状，这个约束不会产生错误。
    | `差分对间隙` | 最小/最优/最大
      | 检查差分对中耦合布线之间的间隙。 耦合布线是相互平行的线段。 差分对的间隙不对差分对的非耦合部分进行测试（例如，来自元件的扇出部分）。
    | `差分对未耦合` | 最大
      | 检查差分对布线中一个布线与另一极性布线非耦合的距离（例如，差分对从一个元件中扇出，或由于绕过一个类似过孔的对象而造成的非耦合）。
    | `不允许`
      | `布线 +
         过孔 +
         微孔 +
         埋孔 +
         焊盘 +
         敷铜区域 +
         文本 +
         图形 +
         孔洞 +
         封装`
      | 指定一个或多个不允许的对象类型，用空格分隔。 例如，`(约束不允许布线)` 或 `(约束不允许通过焊盘的布线)`。 如果这种类型的对象符合规则条件，将产生一个 DRC 错误。 这个约束条件本质上与保持规则区相同，但可以用来创建更具体的禁布限制。
    | `边框间隙` | 最小/最优/最大
      | 检查对象和 `Edge.Cuts` 层上的图形项目之间的间隙（板边框，以及该层上定义的任何切口或槽）。
    | `线长` | 最小/最大
      | 检查符合规则条件的网络的总布线长度，如果每个网络低于限制条件的 `最小` 值（如果指定）或高于 `最大` 值（如果指定），则产生错误。
    | `孔洞` | 最小/最大
      | 检查焊盘或通孔中钻孔的大小（直径）。 对于椭圆孔，较小的（次要）直径将根据 `最小` 值（如果指定）进行测试，较大的（主要）直径将根据 `最大` 值（如果指定）进行测试。
    | `孔洞间隙` | 最小
      | 检查焊盘或通孔上的钻孔与不同网络的铜对象之间的间隙。 间隙是从孔洞的直径开始测量的，而不是它的中心。
    | `孔洞与孔洞之间` | 最小
      | 检查焊盘和通孔上的机械钻孔之间的间隙。 间隙是在孔洞的直径之间测量的，而不是在它们的中心之间。 HDI 过孔（微孔、盲孔和埋孔）不受此约束的测试。
    | `丝印间隙` | 最小/最优/最大
      | 检查丝印层上的对象与其他对象之间的间隙。
    | `偏移` | 最大
      | 检查符合规则条件的网络的总偏移，即每个网络的长度与规则所匹配的每个网络的所有长度的平均值之间的差。 如果该平均值与任何一个网络的长度之差的绝对值高于约束条件的 `最大` 值，将产生一个错误。
    | `布线宽度` | 最小/最优/最大
      | 检查布线和弧线的宽度。 如果每个线段的宽度低于 `最小` 值（如果指定）或高于 `最大` 值（如果指定），就会产生错误。
    | `过孔数` | 最大
      | 计算规则条件所匹配的每个网络上的过孔数量。 如果这个数字超过了任何匹配网络的约束 `最大` 值，那么这个网络就会产生一个错误。

note: type: Title ====
en: Object property and function reference
zh_CN: 对象属性和函数参考

note: type: Plain text
en: The following properties can be tested in custom rule expressions:
zh_CN: 可以在自定义规则表达式中测试以下属性：

note: type: Title =====
en: Common Properties
zh_CN: 共有属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to all PCB objects.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于所有 PCB 对象。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Layer`       | string
      | The board layer on which the object exists.  For objects that exist on more than one layer,
        this property will return the first layer (for example, `F.Cu` for most through-hole
        pads/vias).
    | `Locked` | boolean | True if the object is locked.
    | `Parent` | string | Returns the unique identifier of the parent object of this object.
    | `Position_X` | dimension
      | The position of the object's origin in the X-axis. Note that the origin of an object is not
        always the same as the center of the object's bounding box.  For example, the origin of a 
        footprint is the location of the (0, 0) coordinate of that footprint in the footprint editor,
        but the footprint may have been designed such that this location is not in the center of the
        courtyard shape.
    | `Position_Y` | dimension
      | The position of the object's origin in the Y-axis.  Note that KiCad always uses Y-coordinates
        that increase from the top to bottom of the screen internally, even if you have configured your
        settings to show the Y-coordinates increasing from bottom to top.
    | `Type` | string
      | One of "Footprint", "Pad", "Graphic Shape", "Board Text", "Footprint Text", "Zone", "Track",
        "Via", "Zone", or "Group".
zh_CN: |属性    | 数据类型 | 描述
    | `Layer`       | string
      | 对象所在的板层。对于存在于多个层上的对象，
        该属性将返回第一层 (例如，对于大多数通孔焊盘/通孔，返回 `F.Cu` )。
    | `Locked` | boolean | 如果对象已锁定，则为 True。
    | `Parent` | string | 返回此对象的父对象的唯一标识符。
    | `Position_X` | dimension
      | 对象原点在 X 轴上的位置。请注意，对象的原点并不总是与对象边界框的中心相同。
        例如，封装的原点是封装编辑器中该封装的 (0, 0) 坐标的位置，
        但是封装的设计可能使此位置不在外框形状的中心。
    | `Position_Y` | dimension
      | 对象原点在 Y 轴上的位置。请注意，KiCad 始终在内部使用从屏幕顶部到底部递增的 Y 坐标，
        即使您已将设置配置为显示从底部到顶部递增的 Y 坐标。
    | `Type` | string
      | "封装 (Footprint)", "焊盘 (Pad)", "图形形状 (Graphic Shape)", "电路板文本 (Board Text)",
        "封装文本 (Footprint Text)", "区域 (Zone)", "布线 (Track)",
        "过孔 (Via)", "敷铜 (Zone)", 或 "组合 (Group)" 之一。

note: type: Title =====
en: Connected Object Properties
zh_CN: 连接的对象属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to copper objects that can have a net assigned (pads, vias, zones, tracks).
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于可以分配网络的铜对象（焊盘、过孔、敷铜、布线）。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Net` | integer
      | The net code of the copper object.
      
        Note that net codes should not be relied upon to remain
        constant: if you need to refer to a specific net in a rule, use `NetName` instead.  `Net` can
        be used to compare the nets of two objects with better performance, for example
        `A.Net == B.Net` is faster than `A.NetName == B.NetName`.
    | `NetClass` | string | The name of the netclass for the copper object.
    | `NetName` | string | The name of the net for the copper object.
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Net` | integer
      | 铜对象的网络码。
      
        请注意，不能依赖网络码来保持始终如一：如果您需要在规则中引用特定的网络，请使用 `NetName` 替代。
        `Net` 可以用来比较两个对象的网络，性能更好
        例如 `A.Net == B.Net` 比 `A.NetName == B.NetName` 快。
    | `NetClass` | string | 铜对象的网络类的名称。
    | `NetName` | string | 铜对象的网络名称。

note: type: Title =====
en: Footprint Properties
zh_CN: 封装属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to footprints.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于封装。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | The copper clearance override set for the footprint.
    | `Description` | string | The "Description" from the library footprint.
    | `Keywords` | string | The "Keywords" from the library footprint.
    | `Library ID` | string | The link to the library footprint in `library_name:footprint_name` format.
    | `Orientation` | double | The orientation (rotation) of the footprint in degrees.
    | `Reference` | string | The reference designator of the footprint.
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Override` | dimension
      | The solder paste margin override set for the footprint.
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Ratio_Override` | dimension
      | The solder paste margin ratio override set for the footprint.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | The thermal relief gap set for the footprint.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | The thermal relief connection width set for the footprint.
    | `Value` | string | The contents of the "Value" field of the footprint.
zh_CN: | 属性 | 数据类型 | 描述
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | 为封装设置的铜间隙覆盖。
    | `Description` | string | 库封装的 "描述"。
    | `Keywords` | string | 库封装中的 "关键词"。
    | `Library ID` | string | 以 `库名:封装名` 的格式链接到库的封装。
    | `Orientation` | double | 封装的方向（旋转角度）。
    | `Reference` | string | 封装的位号。
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Override` | dimension | 为封装设置的锡膏边缘覆盖。
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Ratio_Override` | dimension | 为封装设置的锡膏边缘比率覆盖。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | 为封装设置的热焊盘间隙。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | 为封装设置的热焊盘连接宽度。
    | `Value` | string | 封装的 "值" 字段的内容。

note: type: Title =====
en: Pad Properties
zh_CN: 焊盘属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to footprint pads.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于封装焊盘。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | The copper clearance override set for the pad.
    | `Fabrication_Property` | string
      | One of "None", "BGA pad", "Fiducial, global to board", "Fiducial, local to footprint",
        "Test point pad", "Heatsink pad", "Castellated pad".
    | `Hole_Size_X` | dimension | The size of the pad's drilled hole/slot in the X axis.
    | `Hole_Size_Y` | dimension | The size of the pad's drilled hole/slot in the Y axis.
    | `Orientation` | double | The orientation (rotation) of the pad in degrees.
    | `Pad_Number` | string | The "number" of a pad, which can be a string (for example "A1" in a BGA).
    | `Pad_To_Die_Length` | dimension
      | The value of the "pad to die length" property of a pad, which is additional length added to
        the pad's net when calculating net length.
    | `Pad_Type` | string | One of "Through-hole", "SMD", "Edge connector", or "NPTH, mechanical".
    | `Pin_Name` | string
      | The name of the pad (usually the name of the corresponding pin in the schematic).
    | `Pin_Type` | string
      | The electrical type of the pad (usually taken from the corresponding pin in the schematic).
        One of "Input", "Output", "Bidirectional", "Tri-state", "Passive", "Free", "Unspecified",
        "Power input", "Power output", "Open collector", "Open emitter", or "Unconnected".
    | `Round_Radius_Ratio` | double
      | For rounded rectangle pads, the ratio of radius to rectangle size.
    | `Shape` | string
      | One of "Circle", "Rectangle", "Oval", "Trapezoid", "Rounded rectangle", "Chamfered rectangle",
        or "Custom".
    | `Size_X` | dimension | The size of the pad in the X-axis.
    | `Size_Y` | dimension | The size of the pad in the Y-axis.
    | `Soldermask_Margin_Override` | dimension | The solder mask margin override set for the pad.
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Override` | dimension | The solder paste margin override set for the pad.
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Ratio_Override` | dimension
      | The solder paste margin ratio override set for the pad.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | The thermal relief gap set for the pad.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | The thermal relief connection width set for the pad.
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的铜间隙覆盖。
    | `Fabrication_Property` | string | "无"、"BGA 焊盘"、"基准, 全局到电路板"、"基准, 本地到封装"、"测试点焊盘"、 "散热片焊盘"、"蜂窝状焊盘" 之一。
    | `Hole_Size_X` | dimension | 焊盘在 X 轴上的通孔/槽的大小。
    | `Hole_Size_Y` | dimension | 焊盘在 Y 轴上的通孔/槽的大小。
    | `Orientation` | double | 焊盘的方向 (旋转角度) (单位：度)。
    | `Pad_Number` | string | 焊盘的 "编号"，可以是字符串 (例如，BGA 中的 "A1")。
    | `Pad_To_Die_Length` | dimension | 焊盘的 "芯片晶圆到焊盘长度" 属性的值，在计算网络长度时添加到焊盘的网络的额外长度。
    | `Pad_Type` | string | "通孔"、"贴片"、"板边连接器" 或 "非导通孔，机械" 之一。
    | `Pin_Name` | string | 焊盘的名称 (通常是原理图中相应接点的名称)。
    | `Pin_Type` | string | 焊盘的电气类型 (通常取自原理图中相应的引脚)。 "输入"、"输出"、"双向"、"三态"、"无源"、"自由"、"未指定"、 "电源输入"、"电源输出"、"集电极开路"、"发射极
    开路" 或 "未连接" 之一。
    | `Round_Radius_Ratio` | double | 对于圆角矩形焊盘，为半径与矩形大小的比率。
    | `Shape` | string | "圆形"、"矩形"、"椭圆形"、"梯形"、"圆角矩形"、"倒角矩形" 或 "自定义" 之一。
    | `Size_X` | dimension | 焊盘在 X 轴上的大小。
    | `Size_Y` | dimension | 焊盘在 Y 轴上的大小。
    | `Soldermask_Margin_Override` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的阻焊边距覆盖。
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Override` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的锡膏边距覆盖。
    | `Solderpaste_Margin_Ratio_Override` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的锡膏边距比率覆盖。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的热焊盘间隙。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | 为焊盘设置的热焊盘连接宽度。

note: type: Title =====
en: Track and Arc Properties
zh_CN: 布线和圆弧属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to tracks and arc tracks.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于布线和弧形布线。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Origin_X`  | dimension | The x-coordinate of the start point.
    | `Origin_Y`  | dimension | The y-coordinate of the start point.
    | `End_X`     | dimension | The x-coordinate of the end point.
    | `End_Y`     | dimension | The y-coordinate of the end point.
    | `Width`     | dimension | The width of the track or arc.
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Origin_X`  | dimension | 起点的 X 坐标。
    | `Origin_Y`  | dimension | 起点的 Y 坐标。
    | `End_X`     | dimension | 终点的 X 坐标。
    | `End_Y`     | dimension | 终点的 Y 坐标。
    | `Width`     | dimension | 布线或圆弧的宽度。

note: type: Title =====
en: Via Properties
zh_CN: 过孔属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to vias.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于过孔。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Diameter`  | dimension | The diameter of the via's pad.
    | `Drill`     | dimension | The diameter of the via's finished hole.
    | `Layer_Bottom` | string | The last layer in the via stackup.
    | `Layer_Top`    | string | The first layer in the via stackup.
    | `Via_Type` | string | One of "Through", "Blind/buried",  or "Micro".
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Diameter`  | dimension | 过孔焊盘的直径。
    | `Drill`     | dimension | 过孔成品通孔的直径。
    | `Layer_Bottom` | string | 过孔层叠中的最后一层。
    | `Layer_Top`    | string | 过孔层叠中的第一层。
    | `Via_Type` | string | "通孔"、"盲孔/埋孔" 或 "微孔" 之一。

note: type: Title =====
en: Zone and Rule Area Properties
zh_CN: 敷铜和规则区域属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to copper and non-copper zones, and rule areas (formerly called keepouts).
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于铜区和非铜区，以及规则区（以前称为禁止布线区）。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | The copper clearance override set for the zone.
    | `Min_Width` | dimension | The minimum allowed width of filled areas in the zone.
    | `Name` | string | The user-specified name (blank by default).
    | `Pad_Connections` | string
      | One of "Inherited", "None", "Thermal reliefs", "Solid", or "Reliefs for PTH".
    | `Priority` | int | The priority level of the zone.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | The thermal relief gap set for the zone.
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | The thermal relief connection width set for the zone.
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Clearance_Override` | dimension | 为敷铜设置的铜间隙覆盖。
    | `Min_Width` | dimension | 敷铜中允许的填充区域的最小宽度。
    | `Name` | string | 用户指定的名称 (默认情况下为空)。
    | `Pad_Connections` | string
      | "继承"、"无"、"热焊盘"、"实心"、"PTH(电镀通孔)使用热焊盘" 之一
    | `Priority` | int | 敷铜的优先级别。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Gap` | dimension | 为敷铜设置的热焊盘间隙。
    | `Thermal_Relief_Width` | dimension | 为敷铜设置的热焊盘连接宽度。

note: type: Title =====
en: Graphic Shape Properties
zh_CN: 图形形状属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to graphic lines, arcs, circles, rectangles, and polygons.
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于图形线、圆弧、圆、矩形和多边形。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `End_X`     | dimension | The x-coordinate of the end point.
    | `End_Y`     | dimension | The y-coordinate of the end point.
    | `Thickness` | dimension | Thickness of the strokes of the shape.
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `End_X`     | dimension | 终点的 X 坐标。
    | `End_Y`     | dimension | 终点的 Y 坐标。
    | `Thickness` | dimension | 形状画笔的粗细。

note: type: Title =====
en: Text Properties
zh_CN: 文本属性

note: type: Plain text
en: These properties apply to text objects (footprint fields, free text labels, etc).
zh_CN: 这些属性适用于文本对象（封装字段、自由文本标签等）。

note: type: Table
en: | Property    | Data type | Description
    | `Bold`      | boolean   | `true` if the text is bold.
    | `Height`    | dimension | Height of a character in the font.
    | `Horizontal_Justification` | string
      | Horizontal text justification (alignment): one of "Left", "Center", or "Right".
    | `Italic` | boolean | `true` if the text is italic.
    | `Mirrored` | boolean | `true` if the text is mirrored.
    | `Text` | string | The contents of the text object.
    | `Thickness` | dimension | Thickness of the stroke of the font.
    | `Width` | dimension | Width of a character in the font.
    | `Vertical_Justification` | string
      | Vertical text alignment: one of "Top", "Center", or "Bottom".
    | `Visible` | boolean | `true` if the text object is visible (displayed).
zh_CN: |     属性     |  数据类型  | 描述
    | `Bold`      | boolean   | 如果文本为粗体，则为 `true`。
    | `Height`    | dimension | 字体中字符的高度。
    | `Horizontal_Justification` | string | 水平文本对齐方式："向左对齐"、"居中对齐" 或 "向右对齐" 之一。
    | `Italic` | boolean | 如果文本为斜体，则为 `true`。
    | `Mirrored` | boolean | 如果文本为镜像，则为 `true`。
    | `Text` | string | 文本对象的内容。
    | `Thickness` | dimension | 字体笔划的粗细。
    | `Width` | dimension | 字体中字符的宽度。
    | `Vertical_Justification` | string | 垂直文本对齐方式："向上对齐"、"居中对齐" 或 "向下对齐" 之一。
    | `Visible` | boolean | 如果文本对象可见 (显示)，则为 `true`。

note: type: Title =====
en: Expression functions
zh_CN: 表达式函数

note: type: Plain text
en: The following functions can be called on objects in custom rule expressions:
zh_CN: 可以对自定义规则表达式中的对象调用以下函数：

note: type: Table
en: | Function | Objects | Description
    | `existsOnLayer('layer_id')` | `A` or `B`
        | Returns true if the object exists on the given board layer.  `layer_id` is a string
          containing the name of a board layer.
    | `fromTo('x', 'y')` | `A` or `B`
        | Returns true if the object exists on the copper path between the given pads.  `x` and `y` are
          the full names of pads in the design, such as `'R1-Pad1'`.
    | `inDiffPair('x')` | `A` or `B`
        | Returns true if the object is part of a differential pair and the base name of the pair
          matches the given argument `x`.  For example, `inDiffPair('/USB_')` or `inDiffPair('/USB')` returns `true` for objects
          in the nets `/USB_P` and `/USB_N`.  `\*` can be used as a wildcard, so `inDiffPair('/USB*')`
          matches `/USB1_P` and `/USB1_N`.  Note this will always return false if the given net is not a
          diff pair, meaning that there isn't a matching net of the opposite polarity.  So, on a board
          with a net named `/USB_P` but no net named `/USB_N`, this function returns false.
    | `insideArea('x')` | `A` or `B`
        | Returns true if any part of the object is inside the named rule area or zone.  Rule area and zone
          names can be set in their respective properties dialogs.  If the given area is a filled copper zone, the
          function tests if the given object is inside any of the filled copper regions of the zone,
          not if the object is inside the zone's outline.
    | `insideCourtyard('x')`
    
      `insideFrontCourtyard('x')`
    
      `insideBackCourtyard('x')`
      | `A` or `B`
      | Returns true if the any part of the object is inside the courtyard of the given footprint reference.  The
        first variant checks both the front or back courtyard and returns true if the object is inside
        either one; the second and third variants check a specific courtyard.  The `\*` wildcard can be
        used in the reference: `insideCourtyard('R*')` would check all footprints with references that
        start with `R`.
    | `isBlindBuriedVia()` | `A` or `B` | Returns true if the object is a blind/buried via.
    | `isCoupledDiffPair()` | `AB`
      | Returns true if the two objects being tested are part of the same differential pair but are
        opposite polarities.  For example, returns true if `A` is in net `/USB+` and `B` is in net
        `/USB-`.
    | `isMicroVia()` | `A` or `B` | Returns true if the object is a microvia.
    | `isPlated()` | `A` or `B` | Returns true if the object is a plated hole (in a pad or via).
    | `memberOf('x')` | `A` or `B` | Returns true if the object is a member of the named group `x`.
zh_CN: | 函数 | 对象 | 描述哦
    | `existsOnLayer('layer_id')` | `A` 或 `B`
        | 如果对象存在于给定的板层上，则返回 true。 `layer_id` 是一个字符串，包含板层的名称。
    | `fromTo('x', 'y')` | `A` 或 `B`
        | 如果对象存在于给定焊盘之间的铜路径上，则返回 true。 `x` 和 `y` 是设计中焊盘的全称，例如 `'R1-Pad1'`。
    | `inDiffPair('x')` | `A` 或 `B`
        | 如果对象是差分对的一部分，并且差分对的基本名称与给定参数 `x` 相匹配，则返回 true。 例如，`inDiffPair('/USB_')` 或 `inDiffPair('/USB')` 对于网络 `/USB_P` 和 `/USB_N` 中的对象返回 `true`。 `\*` 可以作为通配符，所以 `inDiffPair('/USB*')` 匹配 `/USB1_P` 和 `/USB1_N`。 请注意，如果给定的网络不是一个差分对，这将总是返回错误，这意味着没有一个相反极性的匹配网络。 因此，在一个有 `/USB_P` 网络但没有 `/USB_N` 网络的板子上，这个函数返回 false。
    | `insideArea('x')` | `A` 或 `B`
        | 如果对象的任何部分在指定的规则区域或敷铜区域内，返回 true。 规则区域和敷铜区域的名称可以在它们各自的属性对话框中设置。 如果给定的区域是一个敷铜区域，该函数将测试给定的对象是否在该区域的任何一个敷铜区域内，而不是对象是否在该区域的边框内。
    | `insideCourtyard('x')`。
    
      `insideFrontCourtyard('x')`
    
      `insideBackCourtyard('x')`
      | `A` 或 `B`
      | 如果对象的任何部分在给定的封装的外框内，则返回 true。 第一个函数同时检查顶层外框或底层外框，如果对象在其中一个外框里，则返回 true；第二个和第三个函数检查一个特定的外框。 在位号中可以使用 `\*`。`insideCourtyard('R*')` 将检查所有以 `R` 开头的封装。
    | `isBlindBuriedVia()` | `A` 或 `B` | 如果对象是盲孔/埋孔，返回 true。
    | `isCoupledDiffPair()` | `AB` 
      | 如果被测试的两个对象是同一差分对的一部分，但极性相反，则返回 true。 例如，如果 `A` 在 `/USB+` 网中，`B` 在 `/USB-` 网中，则返回 true。
    | `isMicroVia()` | `A` 或 `B` | 如果该对象是一个微孔，则返回 true。
    | `isPlated()` | `A` 或 `B` | 如果该对象是一个电镀孔（在焊盘或通孔中），则返回 true。
    | `memberOf('x')` | `A` 或 `B` | 如果该对象是指定组 `x` 的成员，则返回 true。

note: type: Title ====
en: Custom design rule examples
zh_CN: 自定义设计规则示例

note: type: Title ===
en: Scripting
zh_CN: 脚本

note: type: Plain text
en: Scripting allows you to automate tasks within KiCad using the https://www.python.org/[Python] language. It is possible to add functionality to KiCad through Python "action plugins" that can be added to the top toolbar. It is also possible to write standalone scripts that interact with KiCad files, for example, to generate fabrication outputs from a board file automatically.
zh_CN: 脚本允许您使用 https://www.python.org/[Python] 语言自动执行 KiCad 中的任务。可以通过 Python "操作插件" 向 KiCad 添加功能，这些插件可以添加到顶部工具栏。也可以编写与 KiCad 文件交互的独立脚本，例如，从电路板文件自动生成制造输出。

note: type: Plain text
en: This manual covers general scripting concepts. Users wishing to write or modify scripts should also use the Doxygen documentation located at https://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html[https://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html].
zh_CN: 本手册涵盖了常用的脚本编写概念。希望编写或修改脚本的用户还应使用 https://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html[https://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html] 上的 Doxygen 文档。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad 6 or newer requires Python 3 for scripting support. Python 2 is no longer supported.
zh_CN: KiCad 6 或更新版本需要 Python 3 来支持脚本。Python 2 已不再被支持。

note: type: Title ====
en: Python script locations
zh_CN: Python 脚本位置

note: type: Plain text
en: Plugin scripts for the PCB editor can be installed automatically using the Plugin and Content Manager (PCM), or manually by copying the plugin to a folder.  Each plugin should be in its own folder within the `plugins` folder.  The location of the `plugins` folder is by default:
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器的插件脚本可以通过插件和内容管理器（PCM）自动安装，也可以通过手动将插件复制到一个文件夹中。  每个插件都应该在 `plugins` 文件夹内有自己的文件夹。  `plugins` 文件夹的位置默认为：

note: type: Table
en: | Platform | Path
    | Linx     | `~/.local/share/kicad/6.0/scripting/plugins`
    | macOS    | `~/Documents/KiCad/6.0/scripting/plugins`
    | Windows  | `%HOME%\Documents\KiCad\6.0\scripting\plugins`
zh_CN: | 平台 | 路径
    | Linx     | `~/.local/share/kicad/6.0/scripting/plugins`
    | macOS    | `~/Documents/KiCad/6.0/scripting/plugins`
    | Windows  | `%HOME%\Documents\KiCad\6.0\scripting\plugins`

note: type: Plain text
en: This section of the KiCad documentation has not yet been written.  We
          appreciate your patience as our small team of volunteer documentation
          writers work to update and expand the documentation. (how to install new action plugins)
zh_CN: KiCad文档的这一部分还没有写。 我们 我们感谢您的耐心等待，因为我们的志愿文档编写小队 我们感谢您的耐心等待，因为我们的志愿者团队正在努力更新和扩展文档。(如何安装新的操作插件)

note: type: Title ====
en: Footprint wizards
zh_CN: 封装向导

note: type: Plain text
en: The footprint wizards are a collection of python scripts that can be accessed from the Footprint Editor. If you invoke the footprint dialog you select a given wizard that allows you to see the footprint rendered, and you have some parameters you can edit.
zh_CN: 封装向导是可以从封装编辑器访问的 Python 脚本的集合。 如果调用封装对话框，则选择一个给定的向导，该向导允许您查看渲染的封装，并且您可以编辑一些参数。

note: type: Plain text
en: If the plugins are not properly distributed to your system package, you can find the latest versions in the KiCad source tree at link:https://gitlab.com/kicad/code/kicad/tree/master/pcbnew/python/plugins[gitlab].
zh_CN: 如果插件未正确分发到您的系统软件包，您可以在 KiCad 源代码树中的链接中找到最新版本：link:https://gitlab.com/kicad/code/kicad/tree/master/pcbnew/python/plugins[gitlab]。

note: type: Title ====
en: Using the scripting console
zh_CN: 使用脚本控制台

note: type: Plain text
en: The PCB Editor comes with a built-in Python console that can be used to inspect and interact with the board.  To launch the console, use the image:images/icons/py_script_24.png[Scripting console icon] button in the top toolbar. The PCB Editor Python API is not automatically loaded, so to load it, type `import pcbnew` into the console. The command `pcbnew.GetBoard()` will then return a reference to the board currently loaded in the PCB Editor, which can be inspected and modified through the console.
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器带有一个内置的 Python 控制台，可以用来检查并与电路板互动。 要启动控制台，使用顶部工具栏中的 image:images/icons/py_script_24.png[脚本控制台图标] 按钮。PCB 编辑器的 Python API 不会自动加载，所以要加载它，在控制台中输入 `import pcbnew`。然后 `pcbnew.GetBoard()` 命令将返回当前在 PCB 编辑器中加载的电路板的引用，可以通过控制台进行检查和修改。

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document the other useful PyAlaMode functions
zh_CN: TODO：记录其他有用的 PyAlaMode 函数

note: type: Title ====
en: Writing external scripts
zh_CN: 编写外部脚本

note: type: Plain text
en: This section of the KiCad documentation has not yet been written.  We
          appreciate your patience as our small team of volunteer documentation
          writers work to update and expand the documentation.
zh_CN: KiCad文档的这一部分还没有写。 我们 我们感谢您的耐心等待，因为我们的志愿文档编写小队 撰写者组成的小团队正在努力更新和扩展文档，我们感谢您的耐心等待。

note: type: Title ====
en: Writing action plugins
zh_CN: 编写操作插件

note: type: Title ===
en: Working With IDF Component Outlines
zh_CN: 使用 IDF 元件边框

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can <<idf-exporter,export an IDF representation of the board>> for use in mechanical CAD software. Below is some guidance on attaching IDF component outlines to footprints, creating new IDF component outlines, and a description of the IDF utilities included with KiCad.
zh_CN: KiCad 可以 <<IDF 导出器，导出电路板的 IDF 表示>>，以便在机械 CAD 软件中使用。下面是一些关于将 IDF 元件边框附在封装上、创建新的 IDF 元件边框的指导，以及 KiCad 中包含的 IDF 工具的描述。

note: type: Title ====
en: Specifying component models for use by the exporter
zh_CN: 指定供导出程序使用的元件模型

note: type: Plain text
en: IDF component models are attached to footprints using the <<footprint-attributes,footprint's 3D model properties>>. The IDF exporter uses different filetypes than the 3D viewer and other 3D model exporters, so adding 3D models for the IDF exporter does not conflict with 3D models added to a footprint for other purposes.
zh_CN: IDF 元件模型使用 <<封装属性，封装的 3D 模型属性>> 附加到封装上。IDF 导出器使用的文件类型与 3D 查看器和其他 3D 模型导出器不同，因此为 IDF 导出器添加 3D 模型不会与为其他目的添加到封装的 3D 模型发生冲突。

note: type: Plain text
en: To add an IDF model to a footprint in the footprint or PCB editors, edit the footprint's properties and click on the 3D Models tab.
zh_CN: 要在封装或 PCB 编辑器中把 IDF 模型添加到封装中，编辑封装的属性并点击 3D 模型标签。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: Footprint properties, 3D settings
zh_CN: 封装属性，3D 设置

note: type: Plain text
en: Click the image:images/icons/small_folder_16.png[folder icon] button and select the **IDF (\*.idf;*.IDF)** filetype filter. Browse to the desired outline file.
zh_CN: 点击 image:images/icons/small_folder_16.png[文件夹图标] 按钮，选择 **IDF(\*.idf;*.IDF)** 文件类型筛选器。浏览到所需的边框文件。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: IDF component outline selection
zh_CN: IDF 元件边框选择

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/idf_select.png
zh_CN: images/zh/idf_select.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Once the desired component outline file is selected, enter any necessary values for the offset and rotation. The offsets must be specified using the IDF board output units (mm or mils) and in the IDF coordinate system, which is a right-hand coordinate system with +Z pointing towards the viewer, +X to the viewer's right, and +Y towards the upper edge of the screen. The rotation must be in degrees; positive rotation is a counter-clockwise rotation as described in the IDFv3 specification.
zh_CN: 一旦选择了所需的元件边框文件，输入任何必要的偏移和旋转值。偏移量必须使用 IDF 板的输出单位（毫米或mil）并在 IDF 坐标系中指定，这是一个右手坐标系，+Z 指向观察者，+X 指向观察者的右边，+Y 指向屏幕的上边缘。旋转必须以度为单位；正向旋转是逆时针旋转，如 IDF v3 规范中所述。

note: type: Plain text
en: Multiple outlines may be combined with appropriate offsets to represent simple assemblies such as a DIP package in a socket.
zh_CN: 多个边框可以与适当的偏移量结合起来，以表示简单的装配，如插座中的 DIP 封装。

note: type: Plain text
en: Only the offset values and the Z rotation value are used by the IDF exporter; all other values are ignored.
zh_CN: IDF 导出器只使用偏移值和 Z 旋转值，所有其他数值都被忽略。

note: type: Title ====
en: Creating a component outline file
zh_CN: 创建元件边框文件

note: type: Plain text
en: The component outline file (`*.idf`) consists of a single `.ELECTRICAL` or `.MECHANICAL` section as described in the specification document. The section may be preceded by any number of comment lines; the comment lines are copied by the exporter into the library file and can be used to track metadata such as references to the documents used to determine the component's outline and dimensions.
zh_CN: 元件边框文件（`*.idf`）包括一个单一的 `.ELECTRICAL` 或 `.MECHANICAL` 部分，如规范文件中所述。该部分前面可以有任何数量的注释行；注释行由导出器复制到库文件中，可以用来跟踪元数据，如用于确定元件边框和尺寸的文件的参考。

note: type: Plain text
en: The component outline section contains fields which are strings, integers, or floating point numbers. A string is a combination of characters which may include spaces; if a string contains spaces then it must be quoted. Quotation marks must not appear within a string.  Floating point numbers may be represented using decimal or exponential notations but decimal notation is preferred for human readability. The decimal point must be a dot and not a comma. The IDF file must consist only of 7-bit ASCII characters; use of 8-bit characters will result in undefined behavior.
zh_CN: 元件边框部分包含字符串，整数或浮点数字段。 字符串是可包含空格的字符组合; 如果字符串包含空格，则必须引用它。 引号不得出现在字符串中。 浮点数可以使用十进制或指数表示法表示，但十进制表示法是人类可读性的首选。 小数点必须是点而不是逗号。 IDF 文件必须只包含7位 ASCII 字符; 使用8位字符将导致未定义的行为。

note: type: Plain text
en: An IDF file consists of SECTIONS which consist of RECORDS which consist of FIELDS. For the IDF outline files only one type of section may exist and must be one of `.ELECTRICAL` or `.MECHANICAL`. A record is a single line of text and may contain one or more fields. Fields are sequences of characters separated by one or more spaces which do not appear between quotation marks. All fields of a record must appear on a single line; records may not span lines.
zh_CN: IDF 文件由 SECTIONS 组成，SECTIONS 由 RECORDS(记录) 组成，RECORDS 由 FIELDS(字段) 组成。对于 IDF 边框文件，只有一种类型的部分可以存在，并且必须是 `.ELECTRICAL` 或 `.MECHANICAL` 中的一种。一个记录是一行文本，可能包含一个或多个字段。字段是由一个或多个空格分隔的字符序列，不在引号之间出现。一条记录的所有字段必须出现在单行上；记录不能跨行。

note: type: Plain text
en: The section heading (`.ELECTRICAL` or `.MECHANICAL`) is considered the first record (Record 1) of the section. Record 1 must be followed by Record 2 which has four fields:
zh_CN: Section的标题（`.ELECTRICAL` 或 `.MECHANICAL`）被认为是该节的第一条记录（记录 1）。记录 1 后面必须有记录 2，该记录有四个字段：

note: type: Plain text
en: Geometry Name: a string which in combination with the Part Number must form a unique identifier for the component outline. For standardized packages, the package name is a good value for the geometry name, for example "SOT-23". For unique packages the manufacturer's part number is a good choice for the geometry name.
zh_CN: 几何名称：与元件编号组合的字符串必须形成元件边框的唯一标识符。 对于标准化的封装，封装名称是几何名称的一个很好的值，例如 "SOT-23"。对于独特的封装，制造商的元件编号是几何名称的一个好选择。

note: type: Plain text
en: Part Number: although obviously intended for the part number, for example BS107, it is better to use this string to help describe the package. For example if the geometry name is "TO-92", the part number entry may be used to describe the layout of the pads or the orientation of this particular TO-92 outline file.
zh_CN: 元件编号：虽然明显是为了零件号，例如BS107，但最好使用这个字符串来帮助描述封装。 例如，如果几何名称是 "TO-92"，则零件号条目可用于描述焊盘的布局或该特定 TO-92 边框文件的方向。

note: type: Plain text
en: IDF Unit: this must be one of `MM` or `THOU` and it applies only to the units describing this single component outline.
zh_CN: IDF 单位：必须是 `MM` 或 `THOU` 中的一个，它只适用于描述这个单一元件边框的单位。

note: type: Plain text
en: Height: this is a floating point number representing the nominal height of the component using units specified in Field 3.
zh_CN: 高度：这是一个浮点数，代表元件的名义高度，使用字段 3 中指定的单位。

note: type: Plain text
en: Record 2 must be followed by a number of Record 3 entries which specify the outline of the component. Record 3 consists of four fields:
zh_CN: 记录 2 后面必须跟有许多记录 3 条目，这些条目指定了元件的边框。 记录 3 包含四个字段：

note: type: Plain text
en: Loop Index: `0` (outline points are specified in counter-clockwise order) or `1` (outline points are specified in clockwise order)
zh_CN: 循环索引。`0`（边框点按逆时针顺序指定）或 `1`（边框点按顺时针顺序指定）。

note: type: Plain text
en: X coordinate: a floating point number
zh_CN: X 坐标：浮点数

note: type: Plain text
en: Y coordinate: a floating point number
zh_CN: Y 坐标：浮点数

note: type: Plain text
en: Included Angle: a floating point number. If the value is `0` then a straight line segment is drawn from the previous point to this point.  If the value is `360` then the previous point specifies the center of a circle and this point specifies a point on the circle; never specify a circle using a value of `-360` as at least one major mechanical CAD package does not behave well in that situation. If the value is negative then a clockwise arc is drawn from the previous point to this point and if the value is positive then a counter-clockwise arc is drawn.
zh_CN: 包括角度：一个浮点数。如果该值为 `0`，则从上一点到这一点绘制一条直线段。 如果数值是 `360`，那么前一个点指定一个圆的中心，这个点指定圆上的一个点；千万不要用 `360` 的数值指定一个圆，因为至少有一个主要的机械 CAD 包在这种情况下表现不好。如果该值为负数，则从上一点到这一点将绘制顺时针方向的圆弧；如果该值为正数，则绘制逆时针方向的圆弧。

note: type: Plain text
en: Only one closed loop is permitted and it is not possible to specify a cutout. The last point specified must be the same as the first point unless the outline is a circle.
zh_CN: 只允许一个闭环，并且无法指定切口。 指定的最后一个点必须与第一个点相同，除非边框是圆形。

note: type: Plain text
en: Example IDF File 1:
zh_CN: 示例 IDF 文件 1：

note: type: Plain text
en: Example IDF File 2:
zh_CN: 示例 IDF 文件 2：

note: type: Title ====
en: Guidelines for creating outlines
zh_CN: 创建边框的准则

note: type: Plain text
en: When creating outlines, and especially when sharing the work with others, consistency in the design and naming of files helps people locate files quicker and place the components with minimal hassles.
zh_CN: 在创建边框时，特别是在与他人共享工作时，文件的设计和命名的一致性可以帮助人们更快地找到文件并以最小的麻烦放置元件。

note: type: Title =====
en: Package naming
zh_CN: 封装命名

note: type: Plain text
en: Try to make some information about the outline available in the filename to give the user a general idea of what the outline is. For example axial leaded cylindrical packages may represent some types of capacitors as well as some types of resistors, so it makes sense to identify an outline as a horizontal or vertical axial leaded device and to add some extra information on the relevant dimensions: diameter, length, and pitch are the most important. If a device has a unique outline, the manufacturer's part number and a prefix to indicate the class of device are adequate.
zh_CN: 尽量在文件名中提供一些关于边框的信息，让用户对边框有一个大致的概念。 例如，轴向引线圆柱形封装可能代表某些类型的电容器以及某些类型的电阻，因此将边框识别为水平或垂直轴向引线器件并在相关尺寸上添加一些额外信息是有意义的：直径，长度 和间距是最重要的。 如果元件具有独特的边框，制造商的零件编号和一个前缀来表明元件的类别就足够了。

note: type: Title =====
en: Comments
zh_CN: 注释

note: type: Plain text
en: Use comments in the IDF file to give users more information about the outline, for example a reference to the source used for dimensional information.
zh_CN: 使用 IDF 文件中的注释为用户提供有关边框的更多信息，例如对用于尺寸信息的源的引用。

note: type: Title =====
en: Geometry and Part Number entries
zh_CN: 几何形状和零件编号条目

note: type: Plain text
en: Think carefully about the values to give to the Geometry and Part Number entries. Taken together, these strings act as a unique identifier for the MCAD system. The values of the strings will ideally have some meaning to a user, but this is not necessary: the values are primarily intended for the MCAD system to use as a unique ID. Ideally the values chosen will be unique within any large collection of outlines; choosing values well will result in fewer clashes especially in complex boards.
zh_CN: 仔细考虑要赋予几何形状和零件编号条目的值。 总之，这些字符串作为 MCAD 系统的唯一标识符。 理想情况下，字符串的值对用户有一定的意义，但这不是必需的：这些值主要用于 MCAD 系统用作唯一 ID。 理想情况下，所选择的值在任何大型边框集合中都是唯一的; 选择好的值将导致更少的冲突，特别是在复杂的电路板上。

note: type: Title =====
en: Pin orientation and positioning
zh_CN: 引脚方向和定位

note: type: Plain text
en: Component outlines should be created to match the orientation and position of the corresponding footprints. This avoids the need to specify a non-zero rotation for the IDF component outline. Since the IDF exporter ignores the (X, Y) offset values, it is vital that you use the correct origin in the IDF component outline.
zh_CN: 元件边框的创建应该与相应的封装的方向和位置相匹配。这就避免了为 IDF 元件边框指定非零旋转的需要。由于 IDF 导出器忽略了 (X，Y) 偏移值，所以在 IDF 元件边框中使用正确的原点是至关重要的。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: Sample outlines
zh_CN: 示例边框

note: type: Plain text
en: The image above shows sample outlines generated by the programs `idfcyl` and `idfrect` and rendered in a mechanical CAD program. From left to right are (a)  vertical radial leaded cylinder, (b) vertical axial leaded cylinder with wire on left, (c) vertical axial leaded cylinder with wire on right, (d) horizontal axial leaded cylinder, (e) horizontal radial leaded cylinder, (f) square outline, plain, (g) square outline with chamfer, (h) square outline with axial lead on right. The top outlines were specified in units of millimeters while the bottom outlines were specified in units of inches.
zh_CN: 上图显示了由程序 `idfcyl` 和 `idfrect` 生成并在一个机械 CAD 程序中渲染的样本边框。从左到右分别是 (a) 垂直径向引线圆柱体，(b) 垂直轴向引线圆柱体，左边有线路，(c) 垂直轴向引线圆柱体，右边有线路，(d) 水平轴向引线圆柱体，(e) 水平径向引线圆柱体，(f) 方形边框，普通，(g) 方形边框有倒角，(h) 方形边框有轴向引线在右边。上面的边框以毫米为单位，下面的边框以英寸为单位。

note: type: Title =====
en: Tips on dimensions
zh_CN: 尺寸提示

note: type: Plain text
en: The purpose served by the extruded outlines is to give the mechanical designer some idea of the location and physical space occupied by each component. In a typical scenario the mechanical designer will replace some of the crude outlines with more detailed mechanical models, for example when checking to ensure that a right-angle mounted LED will fit into a hole on a panel. In most situations the accuracy of an outline doesn't matter, but it is good practice to create outlines which convey the best mechanical information possible. In a few instances a user may wish to fit the component into a case with very little excess space, for example in a portable music player. In such a situation, if most extruded outlines are a good enough representation of components then the mechanical designer may only have to replace very few models while designing the case. If the outlines are not a reliable reflection of reality then the mechanical designer will waste a lot of time replacing models to ensure a good fit. After all, if you put garbage in you can expect garbage to come out. If you put in good information, you can be confident of good results.
zh_CN: 拉伸边框的目的是让机械设计者了解每个元件占据的位置和物理空间。在典型情况下，机械设计师将使用更详细的机械模型替换一些粗略边框，例如在检查时确保直角安装的 LED 适合面板上的孔。在大多数情况下，边框的准确性无关紧要，但好的做法是创建可传达最佳机械信息的边框。在少数情况下，用户可能希望将元件装配到空间很小的壳体中，例如装进一个便携式音乐播放器中。在这种情况下，如果大多数拉伸边框是元件的足够好的表示，那么机械设计师可能只需要在设计壳体时替换很少的模型。如果边框不是现实的可靠反映，那么机械设计师将浪费大量时间来更换模型以确保良好的配合。毕竟，如果你把垃圾放进去，你可以预期会有垃圾出来。如果您提供了良好的信息，您可以对良好的结果充满信心。

note: type: Title ====
en: IDF Component Outline Tools
zh_CN: IDF 元件边框工具

note: type: Plain text
en: A number of command-line tools are available to help generate IDF component outlines. The tools are:
zh_CN: 许多命令行工具可用于帮助生成 IDF 元件边框。 工具是：

note: type: Plain text
en: `idfcyl:` creates an outline of a cylinder in vertical or horizontal orientation and with axial or radial leads
zh_CN: `idfcyl:` 创建一个垂直或水平方向的圆柱体边框，并具有轴向或径向引线

note: type: Plain text
en: `idfrect:` creates an outline of a rectangle which may have either an axial lead or a chamfer in the top left corner
zh_CN: `idfrect:` 创建一个矩形的边框，这个矩形可以有一个轴向引线或左上角的倒角

note: type: Plain text
en: `dxf2idf:` converts a drawing in DXF format into an IDF component outline
zh_CN: `dxf2idf:` 将 DXF 格式的图纸转换为 IDF 元件边框

note: type: Plain text
en: `idfcyl` generates outlines for cylindrical components.
zh_CN: `idfcyl` 生成圆柱形元件的边框。

note: type: Plain text
en: When `idfcyl` is invoked with no arguments it prints out a usage note and a summary of its inputs:
zh_CN: 当 `idfcyl` 被调用时，没有参数，它会打印出一个使用说明和输入的摘要：

note: type: delimited block -
en: idfcyl: This program generates an outline for a cylindrical component.
        The cylinder may be horizontal or vertical.
        A horizontal cylinder may have wires at one or both ends.
        A vertical cylinder may have at most one wire which may be
        placed on the left or right side.
zh_CN: idfcyl：该程序生成圆柱形元件的边框。
         圆柱体可以是水平的或垂直的。
         水平圆柱体可以在一端或两端有导线。
         垂直圆柱体最多可以有一条导线
         放在左侧或右侧。

note: type: delimited block -
en: Input:
        Unit: mm, in (millimeters or inches)
        Orientation: V (vertical)
        Lead type: X, R (axial, radial)
        Diameter of body
        Length of body
        Board offset
        *   Wire diameter
        *   Pitch
        **  Wire side: L, R (left, right)
        *** Lead length
        File name (must end in *.idf)
zh_CN: 输入：
        单位：mm, in（毫米或英寸）
        方向：V（垂直）
        引线类型：X，R（轴向，径向）
        柱体直径
        柱体长度
        板偏移
        *   导线直径
        *   间距
        **  线侧：L，R（左，右）
        *** 引线长度
        文件名（必须以 * .idf 结尾）

note: type: delimited block -
en:     NOTES:
            *   only required for horizontal orientation or
                vertical orientation with axial leads
zh_CN:     注意：
             *   仅用于水平方向或
                 带轴向引线的垂直方向

note: type: delimited block -
en:         **  only required for vertical orientation with axial leads
zh_CN:         **  只有轴向引线的垂直方向才需要

note: type: delimited block -
en:         *** only required for horizontal orientation with radial leads
zh_CN:         ***  仅对于带有径向引线的水平方向需要

note: type: Plain text
en: The notes can be suppressed by entering any arbitrary argument on the command line. A user can manually enter information at the command line or create scripts to generate outlines. The following script creates a single cylinder axial leaded outline with the lead on the right hand side:
zh_CN: 可以通过在命令行上输入任意参数来抑制注释。 用户可以在命令行手动输入信息或创建脚本以生成边框。 以下脚本创建一个单圆柱轴向引线边框，右侧为引线：

note: type: Plain text
en: `idfrect` generates outlines for rectangular components.
zh_CN: `idfrect` 生成矩形元件的边框。

note: type: Plain text
en: When `idfrect` is invoked with no arguments it prints out a usage note and a summary of its inputs:
zh_CN: 当 `idfrect` 被调用而没有参数时，它会打印出使用说明和输入摘要：

note: type: delimited block -
en: idfrect: This program generates an outline for a rectangular component.
        The component may have a single lead (axial) or a chamfer on the
        upper left corner.
    Input:
        Unit: mm, in (millimeters or inches)
        Width:
        Length:
        Height:
        Chamfer: length of the 45 deg. chamfer
        *  Leaded: Y,N (lead is always to the right)
        ** Wire diameter
        ** Pitch
        File name (must end in *.idf)
zh_CN: idfrect：该程序生成矩形元件的边框。
         该元件可能有有单引线（轴向）或左上角
         有倒角。
    输入：
         单位：毫米，英寸（毫米或英寸）
         宽度：
         长度：
         高度：
         倒角：45 度倒角的长度
         * 引线：Y，N（引线始终向右边）
         ** 导线直径
         ** 间距
         文件名（必须以 *.idf 结尾）

note: type: delimited block -
en:     NOTES:
            *   only required if chamfer = 0
zh_CN:     注意:
            *   仅当倒角 = 0 时才需要

note: type: delimited block -
en:         **  only required for leaded components
zh_CN:         **  仅对有引线的元件有要求

note: type: Plain text
en: The notes can be suppressed by entering any arbitrary argument on the command line. A user can manually enter information at the command line or create scripts to generate outlines. The following script creates a chamfered rectangle and an axial leaded outline:
zh_CN: 可以通过在命令行上输入任意参数来抑制注释。 用户可以在命令行手动输入信息或创建脚本以生成边框。 以下脚本创建倒角矩形和轴向引线边框：

note: type: Plain text
en: `dxf2idf` creates an IDF component file from a DXF outline.
zh_CN: `dxf2idf` 从 DXF 边框创建一个 IDF 元件文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: The DXF file used to specify the component outline can be prepared with the free software http://librecad.org/[LibreCAD] for best compatibility.
zh_CN: 用于指定元件边框的 DXF 文件可以用免费软件 http://librecad.org/[LibreCAD] 来准备，以获得最佳的兼容性。

note: type: Plain text
en: When `dxf2idf` is invoked with no arguments it prints out a usage note and a summary of its inputs:
zh_CN: 当 `dxf2idf` 被调用而没有参数时，它会打印出一个使用说明和输入的摘要：

note: type: delimited block -
en: dxf2idf: this program takes line, arc, and circle segments
        from a DXF file and creates an IDF component outline file.
zh_CN: dxf2idf：该程序从 DXF 文件中获取线段、圆弧段和圆段，并创建 IDF 元件边框文件。

note: type: delimited block -
en: Input:
        DXF filename: the input file, must end in '.dxf'
        Units: mm, in (millimeters or inches)
        Geometry Name: string, as per IDF version 3.0 specification
        Part Name: as per IDF version 3.0 specification of Part Number
        Height: extruded height of the outline
        Comments: all non-empty lines are comments to be added to
            the IDF file. An empty line signifies the end of
            the comment block.
        File name: output filename, must end in '.idf'
zh_CN: 输入：
         DXF 文件名：输入文件，必须以 '.dxf' 结尾
         单位：毫米，英寸（毫米或英寸）
         几何名称：字符串，根据 IDF 3.0版规范
         元件名称：根据元件号的 IDF 3.0版规范
         高度：边框的拉升高度
         注释：所有非空行都是要添加到IDF 文件
             的注释。 空行表示注释块
             结束。
         文件名：输出文件名，必须以 '.idf' 结尾

note: type: Plain text
en: The notes can be suppressed by entering any arbitrary argument on the command line. A user can manually enter information at the command line or create scripts to generate outlines. The following script creates a 5mm high outline from a DXF file `test.dxf`:
zh_CN: 可以通过在命令行上输入任何任意参数来抑制注释的产生。用户可以在命令行上手动输入信息或创建脚本来生成边框。下面的脚本从 DXF 文件 `test.dxf` 创建了一个 5 毫米高的边框：

note: type: Plain text
en: The `idf2vrml` tool reads a set of one IDF Board (`.emn`) and one IDF Component file (`.emp`) and produces a VRML file which can be viewed with a VRML viewer. This feature is useful for visualization of the board assembly in cases where the user does not have access to MCAD software. Invoking `idf2vrml` without any arguments will result in the display of a usage message:
zh_CN: `idf2vrml` 工具读取一组 IDF 板（`.emn`）和一个 IDF 元件文件（`.emp`）并产生一个 VRML 文件，可以用 VRML 查看器查看。在用户不能使用 MCAD 软件的情况下，这个功能对板件装配的可视化很有用。在没有任何参数的情况下调用 `idf2vrml` 将导致显示用发消息：

note: type: delimited block -
en: >./idf2vrml
    Usage: idf2vrml -f input_file.emn -s scale_factor {-k} {-d} {-z} {-m}
    flags:
       -k: produce KiCad-friendly VRML output; default is compact VRML
       -d: suppress substitution of default outlines
       -z: suppress rendering of zero-height outlines
       -m: print object mapping to stdout for debugging purposes
    example to produce a model for use by KiCad: idf2vrml -f input.emn -s 0.3937008 -k
zh_CN: >./idf2vrml
    用法： idf2vrml -f input_file.emn -s scale_factor {-k} {-d} {-z} {-d} {-z} {-m}
    标志：
       -k: 产生 KiCad 友好的 VRML 输出；默认为紧凑的 VRML
       -d: 抑制对默认边框的替换
       -z: 抑制零高度边框的渲染
       -m: 打印对象映射到标准输出进行调试。
    例子产生一个供 KiCad 使用的模型： idf2vrml -f input.emn -s 0.3937008 -k

note: type: Plain text
en: The `idf2vrml` tool does not correctly render `OTHER_OUTLINE` entities in an `emn` file if that entity is specified on the back layer of the PCB; however you will not noticeable using files exported by KiCad because there is no mechanism to specify such an entity. This is only an issue if you render a third party emn file which does employ an entity on the back side of a board.
zh_CN: `idf2vrml` 工具不能正确渲染 `emn` 文件中的 `OTHER_OUTLINE` 实体，如果该实体被指定在 PCB 的底层；然而你不会注意到使用 KiCad 导出的文件，因为没有机制来指定这样的实体。这如果您渲染的第三方 emn 文件确实在电路板的背面使用了实体，那么这只是一个问题。

note: type: Title ==
en: Creating a PCB
zh_CN: 创建 PCB

note: type: Title ===
en: Basic PCB concepts
zh_CN: PCB 的基本概念

note: type: Plain text
en: A printed circuit board in KiCad is generally made up of *footprints* representing electronic components and their pads, *nets* defining how those pads connect to each other, *tracks*, *vias*, and *filled zones* that form the copper connections between pads in each net, and various graphic shapes defining the board edge, silkscreen markings, and any other desired information.
zh_CN: KiCad 中的印刷电路板通常由代表电子元件及其焊盘的 *封装*、定义这些焊盘如何彼此连接的 *网络*、形成每个网络中焊盘之间的铜连接的 *布线*、*过孔* 和 *敷铜* 以及定义电路板边缘、丝印标记和任何其他所需信息的各种图形形状组成。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad normally keeps the information about nets on a PCB synchronized with an associated schematic, but nets can also be created and edited directly within the PCB editor.
zh_CN: KiCad 通常会将 PCB 上的网络信息与相关的原理图保持同步，但也可以直接在 PCB 编辑器中创建和编辑网络。

note: type: Title ===
en: Capabilities
zh_CN: 性能

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad is capable of creating printed circuit boards with up to 32 copper layers, 14 technical layers (silkscreen, solder mask, component adhesive, solder paste, etc), and 13 general-purpose drawing layers.
zh_CN: KiCad 能够创建多达 32 个铜层、14 个技术层 (丝印、阻焊、元件粘合剂、锡膏等) 和 13 个通用绘图层的印刷电路板。

note: type: Plain text
en: The internal measurement resolution of all objects in KiCad is 1 nanometer, and measurements are stored as 32-bit integers.  This means it is possible to create boards up to approximately 4 meters by 4 meters.
zh_CN: KiCad 中所有对象的内部测量分辨率为 1 纳米，测量值以 32 位整数存储。 这意味着可以创建最大约 4 米乘 4 米的电路板。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad currently supports one board file per project / schematic.
zh_CN: KiCad 目前支持每个工程/原理图一个电路板文件。

note: type: Title ===
en: Starting from a schematic
zh_CN: 从原理图开始

note: type: Plain text
en: Creating a board from a schematic is the recommended workflow for KiCad.  When you create a new project, KiCad will generate an empty board file with the same name as the project.  To start designing the board after you have created a schematic, simply open the board file.  You can do this either from the KiCad project manager, or by clicking the "Open PCB in board editor" button in the schematic editor.  To import the schematic design information into the board editor, including footprints and net connections, use the **Tools** -> **Update Schematic from PCB...** action (kbd:[F8]). You can also use the image:images/icons/update_pcb_from_sch_24.png["Update pcb from schematic icon"] icon in the top toolbar.
zh_CN: 从原理图创建电路板是 KiCad 的推荐工作流程。 当您创建一个新工程时，KiCad 会生成一个与工程名称相同的空板文件。 要在创建原理图后开始设计电路板，只需打开电路板文件。 您可以通过 KiCad 工程管理器，或者点击原理图编辑器中的 "在电路板编辑器中打开 PCB" 按钮来完成。 要将原理图设计信息导入电路板编辑器，包括封装和网络连接，请使用 **工具** -> **从原理图更新PCB...** 操作（kbd:[F8]）。你也可以使用顶部工具栏上的 image:images/icons/update_pcb_from_sch_24.png["Update pcb from schematic icon"] 图标。

note: type: Plain text
en: Update PCB from Schematic is the preferred way to transfer design information from the schematic to the PCB. In older versions of KiCad, the equivalent process was to export a netlist from the Schematic Editor and import it into the Board Editor. It is no longer necessary to use a netlist file.
zh_CN: 从原理图更新 PCB 是将设计信息从原理图转移到 PCB 的首选方法。在旧版本的 KiCad 中，相应的过程是将网表从原理图编辑器中导出并导入到电路板编辑器中。现在已经没有必要使用网表文件了。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: Update PCB from schematic
zh_CN: 从原理图更新 PCB

note: type: Plain text
en: For more information about the Update Schematic from PCB tool, see the <<forward-and-back-annotation,forward annotation section of the manual>>.
zh_CN: 关于从原理图更新PCB工具的更多信息，请参见手册的 <<正向批注，正向批注>> 部分。

note: type: Title ===
en: Starting from scratch
zh_CN: 从头开始

note: type: Plain text
en: It is also possible to create a board with no matching schematic, although this workflow has some limitations and is not recommended for most users.  To do this, you must start the PCB editor standalone (not from the KiCad project manager).  Before beginning your design, it is a good idea to save the board file, which will also create a project file to store board settings.  Use "Save As..." from the File menu to choose where to save your board file.  A project file with the same name will be created in the same location you choose to save the board file in.
zh_CN: 也可以创建一个没有匹配原理图的电路板，不过这种工作流程有一些限制，不建议大多数用户使用。为此，您必须独立启动 PCB 编辑器(而不是从 KiCad 工程管理器启动)。在开始设计之前，最好先保存电路板文件，这也将创建一个项目文件来存储电路板设置。 使用文件菜单中的 "另存为... " 来选择保存电路板文件的位置。一个具有相同名称的项目文件将被创建在你选择保存电路板文件的相同位置。

note: type: Title ===
en: Board setup
zh_CN: 电路板设置

note: type: Plain text
en: Before beginning your board design, use the Board Setup dialog to configure the basic parameters of the board.  To open Board Setup, click the image:images/icons/options_board.png[] icon in the top toolbar or choose "Board Setup..." from the File menu.
zh_CN: 在开始设计电路板之前，使用电路板设置对话框来配置电路板的基本参数。要打开电路板设置，请单击顶部工具栏中的 image:images/icons/options_board.png[] 图标或从文件菜单中选择 "电路板设置..."。

note: type: Title ====
en: Configuring board stackup and physical parameters
zh_CN: 配置电路板层叠和物理参数

note: type: Plain text
en: There are two sections of Board Setup used to configure the stackup and layers of the board.  The Board Editor Layers section is used to enable or disable technical (non-copper) layers, and give custom names to layers if desired.  The Physical Stackup section is used to configure the number of copper layers, as well as the physical parameters of the copper and dielectric layers such as thickness and material type. Dielectric, soldermask, and silkscreen layers can have colors assigned to them, which affects the board's appearance in the 3D viewer.
zh_CN: 在 "电路板设置" 中，有两个部分用于配置电路板的层叠和层。 "电路板编辑器层" 部分用于启用或禁用技术层（非铜层），如果需要的话，还可以给各层自定义名称。 物理层叠部分用于配置铜层的数量，以及铜层和电介质层的物理参数，如厚度和材料类型。介电层、阻焊层和丝印层可以被分配颜色，这将影响电路板在 3D 查看器中的外观。

note: type: Plain text
en: To configure the board stackup, start on the Physical Stackup section:
zh_CN: 要配置电路板的层叠，从物理层叠部分开始：

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_physical_stackup.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_physical_stackup.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Set the number of copper layers in the upper left corner and then enter the physical parameters of the stackup if desired.  These parameters may be left at their default values, but note that the board thickness value will be used when exporting a 3D model of the board.  If you plan to use this feature, it is a good idea to ensure that the stackup thickness is correct.
zh_CN: 在左上角设置铜层的数量，然后根据需要输入层叠的物理参数。  这些参数可以保留其默认值，但请注意，在导出电路板的 3D 模型时，将使用电路板的厚度值，所以如果你打算使用这个功能，最好确保层叠厚度是正确的。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad currently only supports stackups with an even number of copper layers.  To create
          designs with an odd number of layers (for example, flexible printed circuits or metal-core
          printed circuits), simply choose the next highest even number and ignore the extra layer.
zh_CN: KiCad 目前仅支持铜层数为偶数的层叠。
          要创建具有奇数层的设计 (例如，柔性印刷电路板或金属芯印刷电路板)，
          只需选择下一个最高的偶数，而忽略多余的层。

note: type: Plain text
en: Next, if desired, use the Board Editor Layers section to rename layers or hide non-copper layers that you will not be using in the design.  For example, if you will not use a back silkscreen on the design, uncheck the box next to the `B.Silkscreen` layer.
zh_CN: 接下来，如果需要，可以使用电路板编辑器层部分重命名或隐藏您不会在设计中使用的非铜层。例如，如果您不打算在设计中使用底层丝印，请取消选中 `B.Silkcreen` 层旁边的复选框。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_board_editor_layers.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_board_editor_layers.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Copper layers can be designated as signal, power plane, mixed, or jumper in the Board Editor
          Layers section.  This designation is intended as a guide for the user only.  Tracks and zones
          can be routed on any copper layer, no matter what the type is configured to in this dialog.
zh_CN: 在电路板编辑器层部分，可以将铜层指定为信号层、电源层、混合层或跳线层。
          本指南仅供用户参考。
          无论在此对话框中将类型配置为什么，都可以在任何铜层上布线和敷铜。

note: type: Plain text
en: Some additional board stackup settings are found on the Board Finish and Solder Mask/Paste sections of the Board Setup dialog.  The Board Finish section has settings for defining the copper finish and special features such as castellations or edge plating.  Note that these settings only impact the board attributes output as part of Gerber job files at this time.
zh_CN: 在电路板编辑器对话框的电路板表面处理(Board Finish)和阻焊/锡膏部分可以找到一些其他的电路板层叠设置。电路板表面处理部分包含用于定义铜的表面处理和特殊功能 (如刻痕或边缘电镀) 的设置。请注意，这些设置目前只影响作为 Gerber 文件一部分的电路板属性输出。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Solder Mask/Paste section allow global adjustment of the clearance (positive or negative)  between the copper shapes and solder mask / solder paste shapes of pads on the board.  These values will be added to any clearance overrides set on individual footprints or pads.  Positive clearance values will result in the shape of the solder mask or paste opening being _larger_ than the copper shape.  Negative clearance values will result in the opening being _smaller_ than the copper shape.
zh_CN: 阻焊/锡膏部分允许全局调整电路板上焊盘的铜形和阻焊/锡膏形之间的间隙（正或负）。  这些值将被添加到在个别封装或焊盘上设置的任何间隙覆盖。  正的间隙值将导致阻焊层或锡膏开口的形状比铜的形状 _更大_。  负的间隙值将导致开口比铜的形状 _更小_。

note: type: Plain text
en: Most commercial PCB fabricators expect these values to be zero and make their own
             adjustments to solder mask and paste openings as part of their CAM process.  It is usually
             best to leave these values at their default of zero unless you are making the PCB yourself
             or have specific advice from your fabricator to use different values.
zh_CN: 大多数商业 PCB 制造商希望这些值为零，并在 CAM 过程中自行调整阻焊和锡膏开口。
             通常最好将这些值保留为默认值零，
             除非您自己制作 PCB，
             或者您的制造商有具体建议使用不同的值。

note: type: Title ====
en: Configuring default text and graphic settings
zh_CN: 配置默认文本和图形设置

note: type: Plain text
en: The Text & Graphics Defaults section of the Board Setup dialog can be used to configure the properties that will be used for new text and graphic shapes that are placed on the board.
zh_CN: 电路板设置对话框的文本和图形默认值部分可用于配置将用于放置在电路板上的新文本和图形形状的属性。

note: type: Plain text
en: Line thickness, text size, and text appearance can be configured for the six different categories of layers shown in the dialog.  Additionally, the properties for dimension objects can be configured for all layers.  For more details about dimension properties, see the Dimensions section below.
zh_CN: 可以为对话框中显示的六种不同类别的图层配置线粗细、文本大小和文本外观。此外，可以为所有图层配置标注对象的特性。有关标注属性的更多详细信息，请参阅下面的标注部分。

note: type: Plain text
en: Dashed line appearance is controlled in the Formatting section. *Dash length* controls the length of dashes, while *Gap length* controls the spacing between dashes and dots. The dash and gap lengths are relative to the line width: a gap length of `2` means twice the width of the line.
zh_CN: 虚线的外观是在 "格式化" 部分控制的。*虚线长度* 控制虚线的长度，而 *间隔长度* 控制虚线和圆点之间的间距。虚线和间隔的长度是相对于行宽而言的：间隔长度为 `2` 意味着是行宽的两倍。

note: type: Plain text
en: Text replacement variables can be created in the Text Variables section.  These variables allow you to substitute the variable name for any text string.  This substitution happens anywhere the variable name is used inside the variable replacement syntax of `${VARIABLENAME}`.
zh_CN: 文本替换变量可以在文本变量部分创建。  这些变量允许你将变量名称替换为任何文本字符串。  这种替换发生在变量名称在 `${VARIABLENAME}` 的变量替换语法内的任何地方。

note: type: Plain text
en: For example, you could create a variable named `VERSION` and set the text substitution to `1.0`.  Now, in any text object on the PCB, you can enter `${VERSION}` and KiCad will substitute `1.0`.  If you change the substitution to `2.0`, every text object that includes `${VERSION}` will be updated automatically.  You can also mix regular text and variables.  For example, you can create a text object with the text `Version: ${VERSION}` which will be substituted as `Version: 1.0`.
zh_CN: 例如，您可以创建一个名为 `VERSION` 的变量，并将文本替换设置为 `1.0`。  现在，在 PCB 上的任何文本对象中，你可以输入 `${VERSION}`，KiCad 将替代 `1.0`。  如果你把变量改为 `2.0`，每个包括 `${VERSION}` 的文本对象都会自动更新。  你也可以混合使用普通文本和变量。  例如，你可以创建一个文本对象，内容为 `版本：${VERSION}`，它将被替换为 `版本：1.0`。

note: type: Plain text
en: Text variables can also be created in xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup[Schematic Setup].  Text variables are project-wide; variables created in the schematic editor are also available in the board editor, and vice versa.
zh_CN: 文本变量也可以在 xref:./eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup[原理图设置] 中创建。 文本变量是项目范围内的；在原理图编辑器中创建的变量在电路板编辑器中也可用，反之亦然。

note: type: Plain text
en: There are also a number of <<text-variables,built-in system text variables>>.
zh_CN: 还有一些 <<text-variables,内置系统文本变量>>。

note: type: Title ====
en: Configuring design rules
zh_CN: 配置设计规则

note: type: Plain text
en: Design rules control the behavior of the interactive router, the filling of copper zones, and the design rule checker.  Design rules can be modified at any time, but we recommend that you establish all known design rules at the beginning of the board design process.
zh_CN: 设计规则控制交互式布线器的行为、敷铜和设计规则检查器。设计规则可以随时修改，但我们建议您在电路板设计过程开始时建立所有已知的设计规则。

note: type: Plain text
en: Basic design rules are configured in the Constraints section of the Board Setup dialog.  Constraints in this section apply to the entire board and should be set to the values recommended by your board manufacturer.  Any minimum value set here is an _absolute_ minimum and cannot be overridden with a more specific design rule.  For example, if you need the copper clearance on part of a board to be 0.2mm and in the rest 0.3mm, you must enter 0.2mm for the minimum copper clearance in the Constraints section and use a netclass or custom rule to set the larger 0.3mm clearance.
zh_CN: 基本设计规则是在电路板设置对话框的 “约束” 部分中配置。  这一部分的约束条件适用于整个板子，应该设置为板子制造商推荐的值。  这里设置的任何最小值都是一个 _绝对(absolute)_ 的最小值，不能被更具体的设计规则所覆盖。  例如，如果你需要电路板的一部分的铜间隙为 0.2mm，其余部分为 0.3mm，你必须在约束条件部分输入 0.2mm 的最小铜间隙，并使用网络类或自定义规则来设置较大的 0.3mm 间隙。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_constraints.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_constraints.png

note: type: Plain text
en: In addition to setting minimum clearances, a number of features can be configured here:
zh_CN: 除了设置最小间隙外，还可以在此处配置许多功能：

note: type: Table
en: | Setting | Description
    | Arc/circle approximated by segments
      | In some situations, KiCad must use a series of straight line segments to approximate round
        shapes such as those of arcs and circles.  This setting controls the maximum error allowed by
        this approximation: in other words, the maximum distance between a point on one of these line
        segments and the true shape of the arc or circle.  Setting this to a lower number than the
        default value of 0.005mm will result in smoother shapes, but can be very slow on larger boards.
        The default value typically results in arc approximation error that is not detectable in the
        manufactured board due to manufacturing tolerances.
    | Allow fillets outside zone outline
      | Zones can have fillets (rounded corners) added in the Zone Properties dialog.  By default, no
        zone copper, including fillets, is allowed outside the zone outline.  This effectively means
        that inside corners of the zone outline will not be filleted even when a fillet is configured.
        By enabling this setting, inside corners of the zone outline will be filleted even though this
        results in copper from the zone extending outside the zone outline.
    | Min thermal relief spoke count
      | This sets the minimum acceptable number of thermal relief spokes connecting a pad to a
        zone. A DRC violation will be generated if this constraint is violated.
    | Include stackup height in track length calculations
      | By default, the height of the stackup is used to calculate the additional length of a track
        that travels through vias from one layer to another.  This calculation relies on the board
        stackup height being correctly configured.  In some situations, it is preferable to ignore the
        height of vias and just calculate the track length assuming that vias add no length.  Disabling
        this setting will exclude via length from track length calculations.
zh_CN: | 设置 | 描述
    | 弧/圆由线段逼近
      | 在某些情况下，KiCad 必须使用一系列的直线段来逼近圆形，如圆弧形和圆形。 此设置控制了这种近似允许的最大误差：换句话说，这些线段上的一个点与圆弧或圆形的真实形状之间的最大距离。 将此设置为比默认值 0.005 毫米更低的数字将导致更平滑的形状，但在较大的电路板上可能会非常慢。默认值通常会导致圆弧的近似误差，由于制造公差的原因，在制造出来的电路板上是检测不到的。
    | 敷铜可以在敷铜属性对话框中添加圆角
      | 默认情况下，在敷铜边框外不允许有敷铜，包括圆角。 这实际上意味着，即使配置了圆角，敷铜边框的内角也不会被圆角化。通过启用此设置，敷铜边框的内角将被拉丝，即使这导致边框的铜延伸到敷铜边框之外。
    | 最小热焊盘辐条数
      | 这设置了连接焊盘和敷铜的最小可接受的热焊盘辐条数量。如果违反了这个约束，将会产生 DRC 违规。
    | 在布线长度计算中包含层叠高度
      | 默认情况下，层叠的高度被用来计算从一层到另一层通过通孔的布线的额外长度。 这种计算依赖于电路板层叠高度的正确配置。 在某些情况下，最好是忽略过孔的高度，只计算布线的长度，假设过孔不增加长度。 禁用此设置将从布线长度计算中排除过孔长度。

note: type: Title =====
en: Pre-defined Sizes
zh_CN: 预定义大小

note: type: Plain text
en: The pre-defined sizes section allows you to define the track and via dimensions you want to have available while routing tracks.  Net classes can be used to define the default dimensions for tracks and vias in different nets (see below) but defining a list of sizes in this section will allow you to step through these sizes while routing.  For example, you may want the default track width on a board to be 0.2 mm, but use 0.3 mm for some sections that carry more current, and 0.15 mm for some sections where space is limited.  You can define each of these track widths in the Board Setup dialog and then switch between them when routing traces.
zh_CN: 预定义的尺寸部分允许你定义希望在布线时可用的布线和过孔尺寸。  网络类可以用来定义不同网络中的布线和过孔的默认尺寸（见下文），但是在这个部分定义一个尺寸列表，可以让你在布线的时候在这些尺寸间切换。  例如，你可能希望电路板上的默认布线宽度是 0.2 mm，但对于一些承载更多电流的部分使用 0.3 mm，而对于一些空间有限的部分使用 0.15 mm。  您可以在电路板设置对话框中定义这些布线的宽度，然后在布线时在它们之间切换。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_predefined_sizes.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_predefined_sizes.png

note: type: Title =====
en: Net Classes
zh_CN: 网络类

note: type: Plain text
en: The Net Classes section allows you to configure routing and clearance rules for different classes of nets.  In KiCad, each net is part of exactly one net class.  If you do not add a net to a specific class, it will be part of the Default class, which always exists.  xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup-netclasses[Net classes may be created and edited] in either the Schematic or Board Setup dialogs.
zh_CN: 网络类部分允许你为不同网络类配置布线和间隙规则。 在 KiCad 中，每个网络都是某个网络类的一部分。 如果你不把网络添加到一个特定的类中，它将是默认类的一部分，总是存在。可以在原理图或电路板设置对话框中 xref:./eeschema/eeschema_schematic_creation_and_editing.adoc#schematic-setup-netclasses[创建和编辑网络类]。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_netclasses.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_netclasses.png

note: type: Plain text
en: The upper portion of the Net Classes section contains a table showing the net classes in the design and the design rules that apply to each net class.  Every class has values for copper clearance, track width, via sizes, and differential pair sizes.  These values will be used when creating tracks and vias unless a more specific rule overrides them (see Custom Rules below).
zh_CN: 网络类部分的上部有一个表格，显示了设计中的网络类和适用于每个网络类的设计规则。 每个类别都有铜的间隙、布线宽度、过孔尺寸和差分对尺寸的值。 这些值将在创建布线和过孔时使用，除非有更具体的规则覆盖它们（见下面的自定义规则）。

note: type: Plain text
en: No rule may override the minimum values set in the Constraints section of Board Setup.  For
          example, if you set a net class clearance to `0.1 mm`, but the Minimum Clearance in the
          Constraints section is set to `0.2 mm`, nets in that class will have a clearance of `0.2 mm`.
zh_CN: 任何规则都不能覆盖电路板设置的约束条件部分中设置的最小值。
          例如，如果您将网络类间距设置为 `0.1 mm`，但约束条件部分中的最小间距设置为 `0.2 mm`，
          则该类网络的间距将为 `0.2 mm`。

note: type: Plain text
en: The track widths and via sizes defined for each net class are used when the track width and via size controls are set to "use netclass values" in the PCB editor.  These widths and sizes are considered the default, or optimal, sizes for that netclass.  They are not minimum or maximum values.  Manually changing the track width or via size to a different value from that defined in the Net Classes section will not result in a DRC violation.  To restrict track width or via size to specific values, use Custom Rules.
zh_CN: 当 PCB 编辑器中的布线宽度和过孔尺寸控制设置为 "使用网络类值" 时，就会使用为每个网络类定义的布线宽度和过孔尺寸。  这些宽度和尺寸被认为是该网络类的默认或最佳尺寸。  它们不是最小或最大值。  手动将布线宽度或过孔尺寸改为与网络类部分定义的不同的值，不会导致违反 DRC。  要将布线宽度或过孔大小限制在特定的值，请使用自定义规则。

note: type: Plain text
en: The lower portion of the Net Classes section lists pattern-based netclass assignments. Working with pattern-based netclass assignments is explained in the xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup-netclasses[Schematic Editor documentation]; pattern-based assignments can be edited in either the Board or Schematic Setup windows.
zh_CN: 网络类部分的下半部分列出了基于模式的网络类赋值。在 xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#schematic-setup-netclasses[原理图编辑器文档] 中解释了基于模式的网络类分配的工作；基于模式的分配可以在 "电路板" 或原理图设置窗口中进行编辑。

note: type: Plain text
en: Note that pattern-based assignments can be created directly from the PCB editing canvas by right clicking a copper track or zone and clicking **Assign netclass...**. Netclasses can also be assigned in the schematic using xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#netclass-directive [netclass directives or labels] instead of pattern-based assignments.
zh_CN: 请注意，基于模式的分配可以直接在 PCB 编辑画布上创建，方法是右击布线或敷铜并点击 **分配网络类...**。也可以在原理图中使用 xref:../eeschema/eeschema.adoc#netclass-directive[网络类指令或标签] 来分配网络类，而不是基于模式的分配。

note: type: Title =====
en: Custom Rules
zh_CN: 自定义规则

note: type: Plain text
en: The Custom Rules section contains a text editor for creating design rules using the custom rules language.  Custom rules are used to create specific design rule checks that are not covered by the basic constraints or net class settings.
zh_CN: 自定义规则部分包含一个文本编辑器，用于使用自定义规则语言创建设计规则。  自定义规则用于创建基本约束或网络类设置没有涵盖的特定设计规则检查。

note: type: Plain text
en: Custom rules will only be applied if there are no errors in the custom rules definitions.  Use the Check Rule Syntax button to test the definitions and fix any problems before closing Board Setup.
zh_CN: 只有在自定义规则定义中没有错误时，才会应用自定义规则。  在关闭电路板设置之前，使用检查规则语法器按钮来测试定义并修复任何问题。

note: type: Plain text
en: See Custom Design Rules in the Advanced Topics chapter for more information on the custom rules language as well as example rules.
zh_CN: 请参阅高级主题一章中的自定义设计规则，了解关于自定义规则语言的更多信息以及规则实例。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_custom_rules.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_custom_rules.png

note: type: Title =====
en: Violation Severity
zh_CN: 违规严重程度

note: type: Plain text
en: The Violation Severity section allows you to configure the severity of each type of design rule check.  Each rule may be set to create an error marker, a warning marker, or no marker (ignored).
zh_CN: 违规严重性部分允许你配置每种设计规则检查的严重性。  每条规则可以被设置为创建一个错误标记、一个警告标记或没有标记（忽略）。

note: type: Plain text
en: Individual rule violations may be ignored in the Design Rule Checker.  Setting a rule to
          Ignore in the Violation Severity section will completely disable the corresponding design
          rule check.  Use this setting with caution.
zh_CN: 在设计规则检查器中可能会忽略个别规则违规。
          在违规程度部分中将规则设置为忽略将完全禁用相应的设计规则检查。
          请谨慎使用此设置。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_violation_severity.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_violation_severity.png

note: type: Title =====
en: Importing settings
zh_CN: 导入设置

note: type: Plain text
en: You can import part or all of the board setup from an existing board.  This technique can be used to create a "template" board that has the settings you want to use on multiple designs, and then importing these settings from the template board into each new board rather than entering them manually.
zh_CN: 您可以从现有电路板导入部分或全部电路板设置。 这种技术可以用来创建一个 "模板" 电路板板，其中有你想在多个设计中使用的设置，然后将这些设置从模板板中导入到每个新板中，而不是手动输入。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/board_setup_import_settings.png
zh_CN: images/zh/board_setup_import_settings.png

note: type: Plain text
en: To import settings, click the Import Settings from Another Board... button at the bottom of the Board Setup dialog and then choose the `kicad_pcb` file you want to import from.  Select which settings you want to import and the current settings will be overwritten with the values from the chosen board.
zh_CN: 要导入设置，请点击电路板设置对话框底部的 “从另一个电路板导入设置...” 按钮，然后选择您要导入的 `kicad_pcb` 文件。  选择你想导入的设置，当前的设置将被选定的板子的值覆盖。

note: type: Title ==
en: Display and selection controls
zh_CN: 显示和选择控件

note: type: Title ===
en: Board layers
zh_CN: 板层

note: type: Plain text
en: Layers in the PCB Editor represent physical copper layers on a board, as well as graphical layers used for defining things such as silkscreen, solder mask, and the board edge.  There is always one layer that is active in the editor.  The active layer is drawn on top of other layers and will be the layer assigned to newly-created objects.  The active layer is indicated in the layer selector drop-down box in the top toolbar and is also highlighted in the appearance panel.  To change the active layer, you can left-click a layer name in the appearance panel, use the drop-down layer selector in the top toolbar, or use a hotkey.  Layers can be hidden to simplify the board view.  You can hide a layer even if it is the active layer.
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器中的层代表电路板上的物理铜层，以及用于定义丝印、阻焊和电路板边框等的图形层。 在编辑器中，总有一个层是活动的。 活动图层绘制在其他图层之上，并将成为分配给新创建对象的图层。 活动层在顶部工具栏的图层选择器下拉框中显示，在外观面板中也被突出显示。 要改变活动层，你可以左键单击外观面板中的层名，使用顶部工具栏中的下拉层选择器，或使用快捷键。 图层可以被隐藏以简化电路板视图。 你可以隐藏一个层，即使它是活动层。

note: type: Title ====
en: Display order for board layers
zh_CN: 电路板层的显示顺序

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Explain this.
zh_CN: TODO：解释一下。

note: type: Title ===
en: The appearance panel
zh_CN: 外观面板

note: type: Plain text
en: The appearance panel provides controls to manage the visibility, color, and opacity of objects in the PCB Editor's drawing canvas.  It has three tabs: the Layers tab contains controls for the board layers, the Objects tab contains controls for different types of graphical objects, and the Nets tab contains controls for the appearance of the ratsnest and copper items.
zh_CN: 外观面板提供了管理 PCB 编辑器绘图画布中的对象的可见性、颜色和不透明度的控制。 它有三个标签：层标签包含电路板层的控制，对象标签包含不同类型图形对象的控制，网络标签包含飞线和铜对象的外观控制。

note: type: Title ====
en: Layer controls
zh_CN: 图层控件

note: type: Plain text
en: In the Layers tab of the appearance panel, each board layer is shown with its color and visibility state.  The active layer is shown highlighted with an arrow indicator to the left of the color swatch.  Left-click on a layer to choose it as the active layer.  Left-click on the corresponding visibility icon to toggle the layer between visible and hidden.  Double-click or middle-click on the color swatch to change the layer's color.
zh_CN: 在外观面板的 “层” 选项卡中，每个电路板层都显示了其颜色和可见性状态。  活动层在色块的左边有一个箭头指示器。  左键点击一个图层来选择它作为活动图层。  左键单击相应的可见性图标，在可见和隐藏之间切换该图层。  双击或中击色块来改变该图层的颜色。

note: type: Plain text
en: You must first create a custom color theme in Preferences before you can change layer colors
          in the appearance panel.
zh_CN: 必须先在偏好选项中创建自定义颜色主题，
    然后才能在“外观”面板中更改图层颜色。

note: type: Plain text
en: Below the list of layers is an expandable panel that contains layer display options.  The first setting controls how non-active layers are displayed: normal, dimmed, or hidden.  The layer display mode can be used to simplify the view and focus on a single layer.  Items on inactive layers cannot be selected when the non-active layer display mode is "Dim" or "Hide".  You can use the hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+H] to cycle through these display modes quickly.
zh_CN: 在图层列表下方是一个包含图层显示选项的可展开面板。第一个设置控制非活动图层的显示方式：正常、暗显或隐藏。层显示模式可用于简化视图并聚焦于单个层。当非活动层显示模式为 "暗显" 或 "隐藏" 时，不能选择非活动层上的对象。您可以使用快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+H] 快速切换这些显示模式。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Flip board view* will show the board as if you are looking from the bottom (that is, mirrored
    around the Y-axis).  This option is also available in the View menu.
zh_CN: *翻转电路板视图* 将显示电路板，就像从底部看一样(即绕 Y 轴镜像)。
    此选项也可在视图菜单中使用。

note: type: Plain text
en: Flipping the board view does not change the visual layer ordering, the active layer will remain in front followed by the other layers in their normal order.
zh_CN: 翻转电路板视图不会更改可视层顺序，活动层将保持在最前面，其他层按正常顺序紧随其后。

note: type: Title ====
en: Object controls
zh_CN: 对象控件

note: type: Plain text
en: The Objects tab of the appearance panel is similar to the Layers tab.  The main differences are that some objects have no color setting and that four types of objects (tracks, vias, pads, and zones) have opacity control sliders.  The opacity setting here will be multiplied with any opacity set in the layer colors.  By default, all objects are fully opaque except for zones, which are set to translucent in order to make it easier to see objects through filled zone areas.
zh_CN: 外观面板的 "对象" 选项卡与 "图层" 选项卡类似。  主要区别在于，有些对象没有颜色设置，而四种类型的对象（布线、过孔、焊盘和敷铜）有不透明度控制滑块。  这里的不透明度设置将与图层颜色中设置的任何不透明度相乘。  默认情况下，所有对象都是完全不透明的，除了敷铜，敷铜被设置为半透明，以便通过敷铜区域更容易看到对象。

note: type: Title ====
en: Layer presets
zh_CN: 图层预设

note: type: Plain text
en: Layer presets store which layers and objects are visible and hidden for easy recall.  There are several built-in layer presets and you can save your own custom presets.  Custom presets are stored in the project settings for a board, as presets may be specific to a certain board stackup.
zh_CN: 图层预设存储了哪些图层和对象是可见和隐藏的，以便于调用。  有几个内置的图层预设，您也可以保存您自己的自定义预设。  自定义预设存储在一个电路板的工程设置中，因为预设可能是特定于某个电路板的层叠。

note: type: Plain text
en: To load a preset, choose it from the Presets drop-down menu at the bottom of the appearance panel or use the quick switcher by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and pressing kbd:[Tab].  Once the quick switcher window appears, you can press kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift+Tab] to cycle through the available presets.  When you let go of the kbd:[Ctrl] key, the highlighted preset will be loaded.
zh_CN: 要加载一个预设，请从外观面板底部的预设下拉菜单中选择它，或者通过按住 kbd:[Ctrl] 并按 kbd:[Tab] 来使用快速切换器。  一旦快速切换器窗口出现，你可以按 kbd:[Tab] 和 kbd:[Shift+Tab] 来循环浏览可用的预设。  当你放开 kbd:[Ctrl] 键时，高亮显示的预设将被加载。

note: type: Plain text
en: To save a custom preset, first use the visibility controls to choose which layers you want visible, then choose Save Preset... from the Presets drop-down menu.  Give your preset a name and it will now be available via the drop-down menu and the quick switcher.  To modify a custom preset, follow the same process and save the modified version with the same name to overwrite the existing version.  To delete a custom preset, choose the Delete Preset... option from the drop-down menu and select the preset to be deleted from the list.
zh_CN: 要保存一个自定义的预设，首先使用可见性控制来选择你希望哪些图层是可见的，然后从预设下拉菜单中选择 “保存预设...”。  给您的预设一个名字，它现在可以通过下拉菜单和快速切换器使用。  要修改一个自定义预设，请遵循相同的过程，并以相同的名称保存修改后的版本，以覆盖现有的版本。  要删除一个自定义预设，从下拉菜单中选择 “删除预设...“ 选项，并从列表中选择要删除的预设。

note: type: Title ====
en: Net and net class controls
zh_CN: 网络和网络类控件

note: type: Plain text
en: The Nets tab of the appearance panel shows a list of all nets and net classes in the board.  Each net has a visibility control that controls the visibility of that net in the ratsnest.  Hiding nets in the ratsnest does not change the connectivity of the board and will not impact the design rule checker; it only is intended to make the ratsnest easier to understand.
zh_CN: 外观面板的网络选项卡显示电路板中所有网络和网络类的列表。每个网络都有一个可见性控件，用于控制该网络在飞线中的可见性。在飞线中隐藏网络不会改变电路板的连接性，也不会影响设计规则检查器；这只是为了使飞线更容易理解。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each net and net class can also have a color assigned.  By default, this color applies to the ratsnest lines for the net (or for all the nets in the net class).  Nets have no color by default; this is indicated by a checkerboard pattern in the color swatch.  Double-click or right-click a net or net class color swatch to set the color.
zh_CN: 每个网络和网络类还可以指定一种颜色。默认情况下，此颜色适用于网络 (或网络类中的所有网络) 的飞线。默认情况下，网络没有颜色；这由色样中的棋盘格图案指示。双击或右键单击网络或网络类颜色样本以设置颜色。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Default net class cannot have a color assigned, as nets in this class will just use the
          default ratsnest color defined by the color theme.
zh_CN: 默认网络类不能分配颜色，
         因为该类中的网络将仅使用颜色主题定义的默认飞线颜色。

note: type: Plain text
en: You can also select and highlight nets and net classes via the appearance panel: right-click on a net or net class to show these options in a menu.
zh_CN: 您还可以通过外观面板选择并高亮网络和网络类：右击网络或网络类以在菜单中显示这些选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: Below the list of net classes is an expandable panel that contains net display options.  The first option controls how net colors are applied.  When "All" is selected, all copper items (pads, tracks, vias, and zones) belonging to a net or net class will take on the chosen color.  When "Ratsnest" is selected (the default value), only the ratsnest is affected by net and net class colors.  When "None" is selected, net and net class colors are ignored.
zh_CN: 网络类列表下面是一个包含网络显示选项的可扩展面板。第一个选项控制如何应用网络颜色。当选择了 “所有” 时，属于网络或网络类的所有铜对象 (焊盘、布线、过孔和敷铜) 都将呈现所选的颜色。当选中 “飞线” (默认值)时，只有飞线受网络和网络类颜色的影响。
    当选择 “无” 时，网络和网络类颜色被忽略。

note: type: Plain text
en: The second option controls how ratsnest lines are drawn.  "All layers" means that ratsnest lines will be drawn between all unconnected items.  "Visible layers" means that no ratsnest lines will be drawn to items that are on hidden layers, even when those items are unconnected.
zh_CN: 第二个选项控制如何绘制飞线。“所有图层” 表示将在所有未连接的项目之间绘制飞线。“可见层” 意味着不会向隐藏层上的项目绘制任何最新的飞线，即使这些项目是未连接的。

note: type: Title ===
en: Selection and the selection filter
zh_CN: 选择和选择筛选器

note: type: Plain text
en: Selecting items in the editing canvas is done with the left mouse button.  Single-clicking on an object will select it and dragging will perform a box selection.  A box selection from left to right will only select items that are fully inside the box.  A box selection from right to left will select any items that touch the box. A left-to-right selection box is drawn in yellow, with a cursor that indicates exclusive selection, and a right-to-left selection box is drawn in blue with a cursor that indicates inclusive selection.
zh_CN: 选择编辑画布中的对象是用鼠标左键完成的。 单独点击一个对象将选择该对象，而拖动将执行框选。 从左到右的框选将只选择完全在框内的对象。 从右到左的方框选择将选择任何接触到方框的对象。从左到右的选择框是用黄色画的，光标表示排他性选择，从右到左的选择框是用蓝色画的，光标表示包容性选择。

note: type: Plain text
en: The selection action can be modified by holding modifier keys while clicking or dragging.  The following modifier keys apply when clicking to select single items:
zh_CN: 可以通过在单击或拖动的同时按住快捷键来修改选择操作。单击以选择单个对象时，将应用以下快捷键：

note: type: Table
en: | Modifier Keys (Windows) | Modifier Keys (Linux)   | Modifier Keys (macOS)
      | Selection Effect
    | kbd:[Ctrl]              | kbd:[Ctrl]              | kbd:[Cmd]
      | Toggle selection. Note: kbd:[Ctrl]+click can be remapped to highlight net in
      **Preferences** -> **PCB Editor** -> **Editing Options**.
    | kbd:[Shift]             | kbd:[Shift]             | kbd:[Shift]
      | Add the item to the existing selection.
    | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift]      | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift]      | kbd:[Cmd + Shift]
      | Remove the item from the existing selection.
    | long click              | long click or kbd:[Alt] | long click or kbd:[Option]
      | Clarify selection from a pop-up menu.
zh_CN: | 修改键 (Windows) | 修改键 (Linux) | 修改键 (macOS)
      | 选择效果
    | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Cmd]
      | 切换选择。注意：kbd:[Ctrl]+点击可以被重新设置为高亮网络。
      **偏好设置** -> **PCB 编辑器** -> **编辑选项**.
    | kbd:[Shift] | kbd:[Shift] | kbd:[Shift] 
      | 将该对象添加到现有的选择中。
    | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift] | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift] | kbd:[Cmd + Shift]
      | 从现有的选择中删除对象。
    | 长点击 | 长点击或 kbd:[Alt] | 长点击或 kbd:[Option] 
      | 从弹出式菜单中澄清选择。

note: type: Plain text
en: The following modifier keys apply when dragging to perform a box selection:
zh_CN: 拖动以执行选框时，将应用以下快捷键：

note: type: Table
en: | Modifier Keys (Windows)   | Modifier Keys (Linux)     | Modifier Keys (macOS)
      | Selection Effect
    | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Cmd]
      | Toggle selection.
    | kbd:[Shift] | kbd:[Shift] | kbd:[Shift]
      | Add item(s) to the existing selection.
    | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift]        | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift]        | kbd:[Cmd + Shift]
      | Remove item(s) from the existing selection.
zh_CN: | 修改键 (Windows) | 修改键 (Linux) | 修改键 (macOS) | 选择效果 
    | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Ctrl] | kbd:[Cmd] | 切换选择。
    | kbd:[Shift]| kbd:[Shift] | kbd:[Shift] - kbd:[Shift] | 将对象添加到现有的选择中。
    | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift] | kbd:[Ctrl + Shift] | kbd:[Cmd + Shift] | 从现有选择中删除对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: The selection filter panel in the lower right corner of the PCB Editor window controls which types of objects can be selected with the mouse.  Turning off selection of unwanted object types makes it easier to select items in a dense board.  The "All items" checkbox is a shortcut to turn the other items on and off.  The "Locked items" checkbox is independent of the rest, and controls whether or not items that have been locked can be selected.  You can right-click any object type in the selection filter to quickly change the filter to only allow selecting that type of object.
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器窗口右下角的选择过滤器面板控制哪些类型的对象可以用鼠标选择。 关闭不需要的对象类型的选择，可以使在密集的电路板上选择项目更加容易。 "所有项目" 复选框是打开和关闭其他项目的一个快捷方式。 "锁定的项目" 复选框与其他项目无关，它控制是否可以选择被锁定的项目。 你可以右键单击选择过滤器中的任何对象类型，快速改变过滤器，只允许选择该类型的对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: When a connected copper item is selected, you can expand the selection to other copper items of the same net using the Expand Selection command in the right-click context menu or with the hotkey kbd:[U].  The first time you run this command, the selection will be expanded to the nearest pad.  The second time, the selection will be expanded to all connected items on all layers.
zh_CN: 当一个连接的铜对象被选中时，你可以使用右键菜单中的 "扩展选择" 命令或快捷键 kbd:[U] 将选择扩展到同一网络的其他铜线对象。  第一次运行这个命令时，选择将被扩展到最近的焊盘。  第二次，选择将被扩展到所有层上的所有连接项。

note: type: Plain text
en: Selecting an object displays information about the object in the message panel at the bottom of the window. Double-clicking an object opens a window to edit the object's properties.
zh_CN: 选择一个对象会在窗口底部的信息面板上显示该对象的信息。双击一个对象可以打开一个窗口来编辑该对象的属性。

note: type: Plain text
en: Pressing kbd:[Esc] will always cancel the current tool or operation and return to the selection tool.  Pressing kbd:[Esc] while the selection tool is active will clear the current selection.
zh_CN: 按 kbd:[Esc] 将始终取消当前工具或操作，并返回到选择工具。在选择工具处于活动状态时按 kbd:[Esc] 将清除当前选择。

note: type: Title ===
en: Net highlighting
zh_CN: 网络高亮

note: type: Plain text
en: An electrical net (or set of nets) can be highlighted in the PCB editor to visualize how the net is routed across the PCB.  Net highlighting can be activated by selecting the net to highlight in the PCB editor or by selecting the corresponding net in the schematic editor when cross-probe highlighting is enabled (see below).  When net highlighting is active, the highlighted net or nets will be shown in a brighter color and all other items will be shown in a dimmer color than normal.
zh_CN: 电气网络（或一组网络）可以在 PCB 编辑器中被高亮显示，以显示该网络是如何在 PCB 上布线的。  通过在 PCB 编辑器中选择要高亮的网络，或者在启用交叉探测高亮时在原理图编辑器中选择相应的网络，可以激活网络的高亮（见下文）。  当网络高亮激活时，高亮的网络将以较亮的颜色显示，所有其他对象将以比正常颜色更暗的颜色显示。

note: type: Plain text
en: There are three ways to select a net or nets to highlight in the PCB editor: by using the hotkey kbd:[`] after selecting a copper object, by using the context menu of any copper object, and the context menu of the Nets tab of the Appearance panel.  When you press the Highlight Net hotkey, the nets of any selected copper items will be highlighted.  If no copper items are selected, the net of the copper item under the editor cursor will be highlighted.
zh_CN: 在PCB编辑器中，有三种方法可以选择要高亮显示的一个或多个网络：点击铜对象后使用快捷键 kbd:[`] ，使用任何铜对象的上下文菜单，以及外观面板的网络选项卡的上下文菜单。当您按下高亮网络快捷键时，任何选定铜对象的网络将被高亮。如果未选中铜对象，则编辑器光标下的铜对象的网络将高亮。

note: type: Plain text
en: Net highlighting can be cleared by using the Clear Net Highlight action (hotkey kbd:[~]) or by using the Highlight net tool on an empty region in the schematic.  By default, kbd:[Esc] also clears net highlighting, but this can be disabled if desired in **Preferences** -> **PCB Editor** -> **Editing Options**.
zh_CN: 网络高亮可以通过使用清除网络高亮动作（快捷键 kbd:[~]）或在原理图中的一个空区域使用高亮网络工具来清除。 默认情况下，kbd:[Esc] 也会清除网络高亮，但如果需要，可以在**偏好** -> **PCB编辑器** -> **编辑选项**中禁用。

note: type: Plain text
en: When a net or nets have been selected for highlighting, the Toggle Net Highlighting action becomes enabled on the left toolbar (also accessible by hotkey, kbd:[Ctrl+`]).  This action will turn the highlighting display on or off without choosing a new net to highlight.
zh_CN: 选择一个或多个网络进行高亮时，左侧工具栏上的切换网络高亮显示操作将被激活(也可通过快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+`] 访问)。此操作将打开或关闭高亮，而无需选择要高亮的新网络。

note: type: Title ===
en: Cross-probing from the schematic
zh_CN: 从原理图交叉探测

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad allows bi-directional cross-probing between the schematic and the PCB.  There are several different types of cross-probing.
zh_CN: KiCad 允许在原理图和 PCB 之间进行双向交叉探测。  有几种不同类型的交叉探测。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Selection cross-probing* allows you to select a symbol or pin in the schematic to select the
    corresponding footprint or pad in the PCB (if one exists) and vice-versa.  By default, cross-probing
    will result in the display centering on the cross-probed item and zooming to fit.  This behavior
    can be disabled in the Display Options section of the Preferences dialog.
zh_CN: *选择交叉探测* 允许您在原理图中点击一个符号或引脚，来选择PCB中相应的脚印或焊盘（如果存在的话），反之亦然。
      默认情况下，交叉探查将显示以交叉探查的对象为中心并缩放到合适的位置。
      可以在偏好设置对话框的显示选项部分禁用此行为。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Highlight cross-probing* allows you to highlight a net in the schematic and PCB at the same time.
    If the option "Highlight cross-probed nets" is enabled in the Display Options section of the
    Preferences dialog, highlighting a net or bus in the schematic editor will cause the corresponding
    net or nets to be highlighted in the PCB editor.
zh_CN: *高亮交叉探测* 允许您同时高亮原理图和 PCB 中的网络。
    如果在偏好设置对话框的显示选项部分中启用了选项 "高亮交叉网络"，
    则在原理图编辑器中高亮某个网络或总线将导致相应的一个或多个网络在 PCB 编辑器中高亮。

note: type: Title ===
en: Left toolbar display controls
zh_CN: 左侧工具栏显示控件

note: type: Plain text
en: The left toolbar provides options to change the display of items in the PCB Editor.
zh_CN: 左侧的工具栏提供了改变 PCB 编辑器中对象显示的选项。

note: type: Table
en: | image:images/icons/grid_24.png[]
        | Turns grid display on/off.
    
        *Note:* by default, hiding the grid will disable grid snapping.
        This behavior can be changed in the Display Options section of Preferences.
    | image:images/icons/polar_coord_24.png[]
        | Switch between polar and Cartesian coordinate display in the status bar.
    | image:images/icons/unit_inch_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/unit_mil_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/unit_mm_24.png[]
        | Display/entry of coordinates and dimensions in inches, mils, or millimeters.
    | image:images/icons/cursor_shape_24.png[]
        | Switches between full-screen and small editing cursor (crosshairs).
    | image:images/icons/general_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | Turns the ratsnest display on/off.
    | image:images/icons/curved_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | Switches between straight and curved ratsnest lines.
    | image:images/icons/contrast_mode_24.png[]
        | Switches the non-active layer display mode between Normal and Dim.
    
        *Note:* this button will
          be highlighted when the non-active layer display mode is either Dim or Hide.  In both cases,
          pressing the button will change the layer display mode to Normal.  The Hide mode can only be
          accessed via the controls in the Appearance Panel or via the hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+H].
    | image:images/icons/net_highlight_24.png[]
        | When a net has been selected for highlighting, switches the highlighting on or off.
    
        *Note:* this button will be disabled when no net has been highlighted.  To highlight a net, use
        the hotkey kbd:[`], right-click any copper object in the net and choose Highlight Net from the
        Net Tools menu, or right-click the net in the list in the Nets tab of the Appearance panel.
    | image:images/icons/show_zone_24.png[]
        | Show zone filled areas.
    | image:images/icons/show_zone_disable_24.png[]
        | Show zone outlines only.
    | image:images/icons/pad_sketch_24.png[]
        | Switches display of pads between filled and outline mode.
    | image:images/icons/via_sketch_24.png[]
        | Switches display of vias between filled and outline mode.
    | image:images/icons/showtrack_24.png[]
        | Switches display of tracks between filled and outline mode.
    | image:images/icons/layers_manager_24.png[]
        | Shows or hides the Appearance and Selection Filter panels on the right side of the editor.
    | image:images/icons/tools_24.png[]
        | Shows or hides the Properties Manager panel on the left side of the editor.
zh_CN: | image:images/icons/grid_24.png[]
        | 打开/关闭网格显示。
    
        *注意：* 默认情况下，隐藏网格将禁用网格捕捉。
        可以在偏好设置的显示选项部分更改此行为。
    | image:images/icons/polar_coord_24.png[]
        | 在状态栏中的极坐标和笛卡尔坐标显示之间切换。
    | image:images/icons/unit_inch_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/unit_mil_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/unit_mm_24.png[]
        | 以英寸、mil或毫米为单位显示/输入坐标和尺寸。
    | image:images/icons/cursor_shape_24.png[]
        | 在全屏和小编辑光标 (十字光标) 之间切换。
    | image:images/icons/general_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | 打开/关闭飞线显示。
    | image:images/icons/curved_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | 在直线型和弧线型飞线之间切换。
    | image:images/icons/contrast_mode_24.png[]
        | 在正常和暗显之间切换非活动层显示模式。
    
        *注意：* 当非活动层显示模式为暗显或隐藏时，此按钮将高亮显示。
          在这两种情况下，按下按钮都会将层显示模式更改为正常。
          隐藏模式只能通过外观面板中的控件或快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+H] 进入。
    | image:images/icons/net_highlight_24.png[]
        | 选择要高亮的网络时，会打开或关闭高亮。
    
        *注意：* 当没有高亮任何网络时，此按钮将被禁用。
        要高亮网络，可使用快捷键 kbd:[`]，
        右击网络中的任何铜对象并从网络工具菜单中选择高亮网络，
        或右击外观面板的网络选项卡中列表中的网络。
    | image:images/icons/show_zone_24.png[]
        | 显示敷铜区域。
    | image:images/icons/show_zone_disable_24.png[]
        | 仅显示敷铜区域边框。
    | image:images/icons/pad_sketch_24.png[]
        | 在填充模式和边框模式之间切换焊盘的显示。
    | image:images/icons/via_sketch_24.png[]
        | 在填充模式和边框模式之间切换过孔的显示。
    | image:images/icons/showtrack_24.png[]
        | 在填充模式和边框模式之间切换布线显示。
    | image:images/icons/layers_manager_24.png[]
        | 显示或隐藏编辑器右侧的外观和选择过滤器面板。
    | image:images/icons/tools_24.png[]
        | 显示或隐藏编辑器左侧的属性管理面板。

note: type: Title ==
en: Editing a board
zh_CN: 编辑电路板

note: type: Title ===
en: Placement and drawing operations
zh_CN: 放置和绘制操作

note: type: Plain text
en: Placement and drawing tools are located in the right toolbar.  When a tool is activated, it stays active until a different tool is selected or the tool is canceled with the kbd:[Esc] key.  The selection tool is always activated when any other tool is canceled.
zh_CN: 放置和绘图工具位于右侧工具栏中。  当一个工具被激活时，它将一直处于激活状态，直到选择了一个不同的工具或用 kbd:[Esc] 键取消该工具。  当任何其他工具被取消时，选择工具总是被激活。

note: type: Plain text
en: Some toolbar buttons have more than one tool available in a palette.  These tools are indicated with a small arrow in the lower-right corner of the button: image:images/pcbnew_palette_buttons.png[]
zh_CN: 某些工具栏按钮在调色板中有多个可用工具。这些工具由按钮右下角的小箭头表示：image:images/pcbnew_palette_buttons.png[]

note: type: Plain text
en: To show the palette, you can click and hold the mouse button on the tool or click and drag the mouse.  The palette will show the most recently used tool when it is closed.
zh_CN: 要显示调色板，你可以在工具上点击并按住鼠标按钮，或者点击并拖动鼠标。  调色板关闭时将显示最近使用的工具。

note: type: Table
en: | image:images/icons/cursor_24.png[]
        | Selection tool (the default tool).
    | image:images/icons/tool_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | Local ratsnest tool: when the board ratsnest is hidden, selecting footprints with this tool
          will show the ratsnest for the selected footprint only.  Selecting the same footprint again
          will hide its ratsnest.  The local ratsnest setting for each footprint will remain in effect
          even after the local ratsnest tool is no longer active.
    | image:images/icons/module_24.png[]
        | Footprint placement tool: click on the board to open the footprint chooser, then click again
          after choosing a footprint to confirm its location.
    | image:images/icons/add_tracks_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_24.png[]
        | Route tracks / route differential pairs: These tools activate the interactive router and
          allow placing tracks and vias.  The interactive router is described in more detail in the
          Routing Tracks section below.
    | image:images/icons/ps_tune_length_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_length_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_phase_24.png[]
        | Tune length: These tools allow you to tune the length of single tracks or the length or
        skew of differential pairs, after they have been routed.  See the Routing Tracks section for
        details.
    | image:images/icons/add_via_24.png[]
        | Add vias: allows placing vias without routing tracks.
    
        Vias placed on top of tracks using this tool will take on the net of the closest track segment
        and will become part of that track (the via net will be updated if the pads connected to the
        tracks are updated).
    
        Vias placed anywhere else will take on the net of a copper zone at that location, if one
        exists.  These vias will not automatically take on a new net if the net of the copper zone is
        changed.
    | image:images/icons/add_zone_24.png[]
        | Add filled zone: Click to set the start point of a zone, then configure its properties before
          drawing the rest of the zone outline.  Zone properties are described in more detail below.
    | image:images/icons/add_keepout_area_24.png[]
        | Add rule area: Rule areas, formerly known as keepouts, can restrict the placement of items
          and the filling of zones and can also define named areas to apply specific custom design
          rules to.
    | image:images/icons/add_line_24.png[]
        | Draw lines.
    
        *Note:* Lines are graphical objects and are not the same as tracks placed with the Route Tracks
              tool.  Graphical objects cannot be assigned to a net.
    | image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[]
        | Draw arcs: pick the center point of the arc, then the start and end points. By right clicking this button, you can change the arc editing mode between a mode that maintains the existing arc center and a mode that maintains the arc radius.
    | image:images/icons/add_rectangle_24.png[]
        | Draw rectangles.  Rectangles can be filled or outlines.
    | image:images/icons/add_circle_24.png[]
        | Draw circles.  Circles can be filled or outlines.
    | image:images/icons/add_graphical_polygon_24.png[]
        | Draw graphical polygons.  Polygons can be filled or outlined.
    
        *Note:* Filled graphical polygons are not the same as filled zones: graphical polygons cannot
        be assigned to a net and will not keep clearance from other items.
    | image:images/icons/image_24.png[]
        | Add bitmap image.
    | image:images/icons/text_24.png[]
        | Add text.
    | image:images/icons/text_box_24.png[]
        | Add a textbox.
    | image:images/icons/add_aligned_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_orthogonal_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_center_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_radial_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_leader_24.png[]
        | Add dimensions.  Dimension types are described in more detail below.
    | image:images/icons/delete_cursor_24.png[]
        | Deletion tool: click objects to delete them.
    | image:images/icons/set_origin_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/grid_select_axis_24.png[]
        | Set drill/place origin (used for fabrication outputs) or grid origin.
    | image:images/icons/measurement_24.png[]
        | Interactively measure the distance between two points.
zh_CN: | image:images/icons/cursor_24.png[]
        | 选择工具（默认工具）。
    | image:images/icons/tool_ratsnest_24.png[]
        | 局部飞线工具：当电路板的飞线被隐藏时，用这个工具选择封装将只显示所选封装的飞线。 再次选择同一封装将隐藏其飞线。 每个封装的局部飞线设置将保持有效，即使在局部飞线工具不再活动之后。
    | image:images/icons/module_24.png[]
        | 封装放置工具：点击电路板以打开封装选择器，然后在选择封装后再次点击以确认其位置。
    | image:images/icons/add_tracks_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_24.png[]
        | 布线/差分对布线。这些工具可以激活交互式布线器，并允许放置布线和过孔。 交互式布线器在下面的布线部分有更详细的描述。
    | image:images/icons/ps_tune_length_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_length_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_phase_24.png[]
        | 调整长度。这些工具允许你在布线后调整单个布线的长度或差分对的长度或偏移。 详见布线部分。
    | image:images/icons/add_via_24.png[]
        | 添加过孔：允许放置过孔而不需要布线。
    
        使用这个工具放置在布线上面的过孔将采用最近的布线段的网络，并成为该布线的一部分（如果连接到布线的焊盘被更新，过孔网络将被更新）。
    
        放在其他地方的过孔将采用该位置的敷铜区域的网络，如果有的话。 如果敷铜区域的网络被改变，这些过孔不会自动采用新的网络。
    | image:images/icons/add_zone_24.png[]
        | 添加敷铜区。点击设置一个敷铜区域的起始点，然后在绘制区域的其余边框前配置其属性。 敷铜区域属性在下面会有更详细的描述。
    | image:images/icons/add_keepout_area_24.png[]
        | 添加规则区。规则区域，以前被称为禁布区，可以限制对象的放置和区域的填充，也可以定义命名的区域来应用特定的自定义设计规则。
    | image:images/icons/add_line_24.png[]
        | 绘制线条。
    
        *注意：* 线条是图形对象，与用布线工具放置的布线不同。 图形对象不能被分配到一个网络中。
    | image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[]
        | 绘制弧线：选择弧线的中心点，然后选择起点和终点。通过右键单击该按钮，你可以在保持现有弧中心的模式和保持弧半径的模式之间改变弧的编辑模式。
    | image:images/icons/add_rectangle_24.png[]
        | 绘制矩形。 矩形可以是填充的，也可以是边框的。
    | image:images/icons/add_circle_24.png[]
        | 绘制圆圈。 圆圈可以是填充的，也可以是边框的。
    | image:images/icons/add_graphical_polygon_24.png[]
        | 绘制图形多边形。 多边形可以是填充的，也可以是边框的。
    
        *注意：* 填充的图形多边形与敷铜区域不一样：图形多边形不能被分配到网络中，不会与其他对象保持间隙。
    | image:images/icons/image_24.png[]
        | 添加位图图像。
    | image:images/icons/text_24.png[]
        | 添加文本。
    | image:images/icons/text_box_24.png[]
        | 添加文本框
    | image:images/icons/add_aligned_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_orthogonal_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_center_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_radial_dimension_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/add_leader_24.png[]
        | 添加标注。 标注类型在下面会有更详细的描述。
    | image:images/icons/delete_cursor_24.png[]
        | 删除工具：单击对象以删除它们。
    | image:images/icons/set_origin_24.png[]
    
      image:images/icons/grid_select_axis_24.png[]
        | 设置钻孔/拾放原点(用于制造输出)或网格原点。
    | image:images/icons/measurement_24.png[]
        | 交互测量两点间的距离。

note: type: Title ===
en: Snapping
zh_CN: 捕捉

note: type: Plain text
en: When moving, dragging, and drawing board elements, the grid, pads, and other elements can have snapping points depending upon the settings in the user preferences.  In complex designs, snap points can be so close together that it makes the current tool action difficult.  Both grid and object snapping can be disabled while moving the mouse by using the modifier keys in the table below.
zh_CN: 移动、拖动和绘制电路板元素时，网格、焊盘和其他元素可以具有捕捉点，具体取决于用户偏好设置中的设置。在复杂的设计中，捕捉点可能离得太近，这会使当前的工具操作变得困难。使用下表中的快捷键可以在移动鼠标时禁用网格和对象捕捉。

note: type: Table
en: | Modifier Key | Effect
    | kbd:[Ctrl] | Disable grid snapping.
    | kbd:[Shift] | Disable object snapping.
zh_CN: | 快捷键 | 效果
    | kbd:[Ctrl] | 关闭网格捕捉。
    | kbd:[Shift] | 关闭对象捕捉。

note: type: Title ===
en: Editing object properties
zh_CN: 编辑对象属性

note: type: Plain text
en: All objects have properties that are editable in a dialog.  Use the hotkey kbd:[E] or select Properties from the right-click context menu to edit the properties of selected item(s).  You can only open the properties dialog if all the items you have selected are of the same type.  To edit the properties of different types of items at one time, see the section below on bulk editing tools.
zh_CN: 所有对象都有可在对话框中编辑的属性。  使用快捷键 kbd:[E] 或从右键菜单中选择 “属性” 来编辑所选项目的属性。  只有当你选择的所有项目都是同一类型时，你才能打开属性对话框。  要想一次编辑不同类型的项目的属性，请参阅下面关于批量编辑工具的章节。

note: type: Plain text
en: In properties dialogs, any field that contains a numeric value can also accept a basic math expression that results in a numeric value.  For example, a dimension may be entered as `2 * 2mm`, resulting in a value of `4mm`.  Basic arithmetic operators as well as parentheses for defining order of operations are supported.
zh_CN: 在属性对话框中，任何包含数字值的字段也可以接受一个基本的数学表达式，从而得到一个数字值。  例如，一个尺寸可以被输入为 `2 * 2mm`，结果是 `4mm` 的值。  支持基本算术运算符以及用于定义运算顺序的圆括号。

note: type: Title ===
en: Working with footprints
zh_CN: 使用封装

note: type: Plain text
en: This section of the KiCad documentation has not yet been written.  We
          appreciate your patience as our small team of volunteer documentation
          writers work to update and expand the documentation. - covers footprint properties, updating from library, etc.
zh_CN: KiCad文档的这一部分还没有写完。 我们 我们感谢您的耐心等待，因为我们的志愿文档编写小队 我们感谢您的耐心等待，因为我们的志愿者团队正在努力更新和扩展文档。- 包括脚印属性、从库中更新等。

note: type: Title ===
en: Working with pads
zh_CN: 使用焊盘

note: type: Plain text
en: The properties of each individual pad of a footprint can be inspected and edited after placing the footprint on the board.  In other words, it is possible to override the design of an individual footprint pad in a specific instance of the footprint on the board, if the footprint design in the library is not appropriate.  For example, you may wish to remove the solder paste aperture for a pad that needs to remain unsoldered in a specific design, or you may wish to move the location of a through-hole pad for an axial-lead resistor in order to fit a specific design.
zh_CN: 在将封装放置在电路板上之后，可以检查和编辑封装的每个单独的焊盘的属性。 换句话说，如果库中的封装设计不合适，就可以在电路板上封装的特定实例中覆盖单个封装焊盘的设计。 例如，你可能希望为一个需要在特定设计中保持不焊接的焊盘去除锡膏孔，或者你可能希望移动一个轴向引线电阻的通孔焊盘的位置，以适应特定的设计。

note: type: Plain text
en: By default, the position of all footprint pads are locked, so it is possible to edit the pad
          properties but not move the pad's location relative to the rest of the footprint.  Pads may
          be unlocked to allow free movement, which can be useful for certain applications (such as
          through-hole footprints with varying lead positions) but is generally never recommended for
          surface-mount footprints.
zh_CN: 默认情况下，所有封装焊盘的位置都被锁定，因此可以编辑焊盘属性，但不能移动焊盘相对于封装其他部分的位置。 焊盘可以被解锁以允许自由移动，这对某些应用很有用（如具有不同引线位置的通孔封装），但通常不建议用于表面贴装封装。

note: type: Plain text
en: The pad properties dialog is opened through the context menu or default hotkey kbd:[E] when a pad is selected.  Note that KiCad assumes that if you click near a pad, you are probably trying to select the entire footprint rather than a single pad.  To select a single pad, make sure to click inside the pad area, or turn off the Footprints setting in the selection filter (and make sure the Pads setting is turned on) to prevent accidental selection of the entire footprint rather than a specific pad.
zh_CN: 当一个焊盘被选中时，焊盘属性对话框将通过上下文菜单或默认的快捷键 kbd:[E] 打开。 请注意，KiCad 认为如果你在焊盘附近点击，你可能是想选择整个封装而不是单个焊盘。 要选择单个焊盘，请确保在焊盘区域内点击，或者关闭选择过滤器中的 "封装" 设置（并确保 "焊盘" 设置打开），以防止意外地选择整个封装而不是特定的焊盘。

note: type: Plain text
en: The General tab of the pad properties dialog shows the physical properties of the pad, including its geometry, shape, and layer settings.
zh_CN: 焊盘属性对话框的常规选项卡显示了焊盘的物理属性，包括它的几何、形状和层设置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Pad type:** this setting controls which features are enabled for the pad:
zh_CN: **焊盘类型：** 此设置控制焊盘的哪些功能被启用。

note: type: Plain text
en: **SMD** pads are electrically-connected and have no hole.  In other words, they exist on a single
    copper layer.
zh_CN: **SMD** 焊盘是有电气连接的，没有孔。 换句话说，它们存在于一个单一的铜层上。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Through-hole** pads are electrically-connected and have a plated hole.  The hole exists on every
    layer, and the copper pad exists on multiple layers (see **Copper layers** setting below).
zh_CN: **通孔** 焊盘是有电气连接的，有一个电镀孔。 孔存在于每一层，而铜焊盘存在于多层（见下文 **铜层** 设置）。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Edge Connector** pads are SMD pads that are allowed to overlap the board outline on the Edge.Cuts
    layer.
zh_CN: **板边连接器** 焊盘是允许与 Edge.Cuts 层上的电路板边框重叠的 SMD 焊盘。

note: type: Plain text
en: **NPTH, Mechanical** pads are non-plated through holes that do not have an electrical connection.
zh_CN: **NPTH，机械** 焊盘是没有电镀的通孔，不具有电气连接。

note: type: Plain text
en: **SMD Aperture** pads are pads that have no hole and no electrical connection.  These can be used
    to add specific designs to a technical layer, for example a paste or solder mask aperture.
zh_CN: **SMD 孔洞**（钢网印刷版上的孔洞） 焊盘是没有孔和没有电连接的焊盘。 这些可用于在技术层上添加特定的设计，例如锡膏或阻焊孔洞。

note: type: Plain text
en: The **Copper layers** setting controls which copper layers will have a shape associated with the pad.
zh_CN: **铜层** 设置控制哪些铜层将有一个与焊盘相关的形状。

note: type: Plain text
en: For SMD pads, the options are F.Cu or B.Cu, controlling whether the pad sits on the front or the back of the board _relative to the footprint's location_.  In other words, if a pad is set to exist on B.Cu in its properties, and the footprint is flipped to the back of the board, _that pad will now exist on F.Cu, because it also has been flipped_.
zh_CN: 对于 SMD 焊盘，选项为 F.Cu 或 B.Cu，它控制焊盘 _相对于封装的位置_ 是在电路板的顶层还是底层。 换句话说，如果一个焊盘在其属性中被设置为存在于 B.Cu 上，而封装被翻转到电路板的背面，_该焊盘现在将存在于 F.Cu 上，因为它也被翻转了_。

note: type: Plain text
en: For through-hole pads, it is possible to remove the pad shape from copper layers where the pad is not electrically connected to other copper (tracks or filled zones).  Setting the copper layers to **connected layers only** will remove the pad shape from any unconnected layers, and setting to **F.Cu, B.Cu, and connected layers** will remove the pad shape from any internal unconnected layers.  This can be useful in dense board designs to increase the routable area on internal layers.
zh_CN: 对于通孔焊盘，可以从焊盘与其他铜（布线或敷铜区）没有电气连接的铜层中移除焊盘形状。 将铜层设置为 **仅连接层** 将从任何未连接层移除焊盘形状，而设置为 **F.Cu、B.Cu 及连接层** 将从任何内部未连接层移除焊盘形状。 这在密集的电路板设计中很有用，可以增加内部层的可布线面积。

note: type: Plain text
en: The **Technical layers** checkboxes control which technical layers will have an aperture added with the pad's shape.  By default, pads have apertures on the paste and mask layers matching their copper layer.
zh_CN: **技术层** 复选框控制哪些技术层会有一个与焊盘形状相同的孔径。 默认情况下，焊盘在锡膏层和阻焊层上的孔径与铜层相匹配。

note: type: Plain text
en: It is not possible to define a different pad shape or size on different copper layers in the
          current version of KiCad.
zh_CN: 在当前版本的 KiCad 中，不支持在不同的铜层上定义不同的焊盘形状或尺寸。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Specify pad to die length:** This setting allows a length to be associated with this pad that
    will be added to the routed track length by the track length tuning tools and the Net Inspector.
    This can be used to specify internal bondwire lengths for more accurate length matching, or in
    other situations where the electrical length of a net is longer than the length of the routed
    tracks on the board.
zh_CN: **指定焊盘到芯片晶圆(die)的长度：** 此设置允许将一个长度与此焊盘相关联，该长度将被布线长度调整工具和网络检测器添加到布线的总长度中。这可以用来指定内部键合线的长度，以便更准确地进行长度匹配，或者在其他某些情况下，网络的电气长度大于电路板上的布线的长度。

note: type: Plain text
en: The aperture appearing on any technical layer will have the same shape and size as the pad shape on the copper layer(s).  In the PCB manufacturing process, the manufacturer will often change the relative size of mask and paste apertures relative to the copper pad size, but since this size change is specific to a manufacturing process, most manufacturers expect the design data to be provided with the apertures set to the same size as the copper pads.  For specific situations where you need to oversize or undersize a technical layer aperture in the design data, you can use the settings in the Overrides tab.
zh_CN: 出现在任何技术层上的孔径将具有与铜层上的焊盘形状相同的形状和尺寸。 在 PCB 制造过程中，制造商经常会改变阻焊和锡膏孔径相对于铜焊盘的相对尺寸，但由于这种尺寸变化是特定于制造过程的，大多数制造商希望在提供设计数据时将孔径设置为与铜焊盘相同的尺寸。 对于需要在设计数据中加大或缩小技术层孔径的特定情况，你可以使用 "覆盖" 标签中的设置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Pad clearance** controls the minimum clearance between the pad and any copper shape (tracks,
    vias, pads, zones) on a different net.  This value is normally set to `0` which will cause the pad
    clearance to be inherited from any clearance override set on the footprint, or the board's design
    rules and netclass rules if the footprint clearance is also set to `0`.
zh_CN: **焊盘间隙** 控制焊盘与不同网络上的任何铜形状（布线、通孔、焊盘、敷铜）之间的最小间隙。 这个值通常被设置为 `0`，这将使得焊盘的间隙继承自封装上设置的间隙覆盖或者电路板的设计规则和网络类规则（如果封装的间隙也被设置为 `0`）。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Solder mask clearance** controls the size difference between the pad shape and the aperture shape
    on the F.Mask and B.Mask layers.  A positive number means the solder mask aperture will be larger
    than the copper shape.  This number is an inflation applied to all directions.  For example, a
    value of `0.1mm` here will cause the solder mask aperture to be inflated by `0.1mm`, meaning that
    there will be an `0.1mm` border on all sides of the pad and the solder mask opening will be `0.2mm`
    wider than the pad when measured along a given axis.
zh_CN: **阻焊间隙** 控制 F.Mask 和 B.Mask 层上的焊盘形状和孔径形状之间的尺寸差异。 正数意味着阻焊孔径将大于铜的形状。 这个数字适用于所有方向的膨胀。 例如，值为 `0.1mm` 将使阻焊孔径膨胀 `0.1mm`，这意味着在焊盘的所有侧边将有 `0.1mm` 的边界，当沿给定轴线测量时，阻焊开窗将比焊盘宽 `0.2mm`。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Solder paste absolute clearance** controls the size difference between the pad shape and the
    aperture shape on the F.Paste and B.Paste layers.  Its behavior is otherwise identical to the
    behavior of the **solder mask clearance** setting.
zh_CN: **锡膏绝对间隙** 控制 F.Paste 和 B.Paste 层上焊盘形状和孔径形状之间的尺寸差异。 它的行为在其他方面与 **锡膏间隙** 设置的行为相同。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Solder paste relative clearance** allows setting a solder paste clearance value as a percentage
    of the pad size rather than an absolute distance value.  If both relative and absolute clearances
    are specified, they are added together to determine the solder paste aperture size.
zh_CN: **锡膏相对间隙** 允许将锡膏间隙值设置为焊盘尺寸的百分比，而不是绝对距离值。 如果同时指定了相对间隙和绝对间隙，它们将被加在一起以确定锡膏孔径的大小。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Overrides tab also has controls for how the pad connects to any copper zone that overlaps it and shares its net.
zh_CN: "覆盖" 选项卡还可以控制焊盘如何连接到与之重叠并共享网络的敷铜区域。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Pad connection** controls whether the pad will have a solid, thermal relief, or no connection to
    the zone.  Like the other overrides, this one may be set for an individual pad or for an entire
    footprint.  The default setting for this control is _From parent footprint_, and the default
    footprint setting is to use the connection mode specified in the zone properties.
zh_CN: **焊盘连接** 控制焊盘是否与敷铜区域直连、热焊盘连接的或没有连接。 与其他覆盖项一样，这个覆盖项可以为单个焊盘或整个封装设置。 这个控制的默认设置是 _来自父级封装_，而默认的封装设置是使用敷铜区域属性中指定的连接模式。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Thermal relief spoke width** controls the width of the spokes generated when the zone connection
    mode is Thermal Relief.
zh_CN: **热焊盘辐条宽度** 控制敷铜连接模式为热焊盘时热焊盘辐条的宽度。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Thermal relief gap** controls the length of the thermal spokes, or the gap between the pad's
    shape and the filled copper area of the zone.
zh_CN: **热焊盘间隙** 控制热焊盘辐条的长度，或者说是焊盘的形状与敷铜区域之间的间隙。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Custom pad shape in zone** controls the behavior of the zone filler when the pad uses a custom
    shape rather than one of the default shapes.  This can be used to achieve different results when
    using thermal reliefs and custom pad shapes.
zh_CN: **敷铜区域中自定义焊盘形状** 当焊盘使用自定义形状而不是默认形状之一时，控制敷铜区域的填充行为。 这可以用来在使用热焊盘和自定义焊盘形状时实现不同的结果。

note: type: Title ===
en: Working with zones
zh_CN: 使用敷铜

note: type: Plain text
en: Copper zones, also sometimes called copper pours or fills by other EDA tools, are solid or hatched areas of copper assigned to a particular net that automatically keep clearance from other copper objects.  Zones are commonly used to fill in all free space on a board layer (or a portion of a layer) in order to create ground and power planes, carry high currents, or to provide shielding.
zh_CN: 敷铜区域，有时也被其他 EDA 工具称为铺铜或覆铜，是分配给一个特定网络的实心或网格状的铜箔区域，敷铜区域会自动保持与其他铜对象的间隙。 敷铜区域通常用于填充板层（或板层的一部分）上的所有自由空间，以创建接地和电源平面，承载大电流，或提供屏蔽。

note: type: Plain text
en: Some EDA tools have separate tools for creating "plane layers" and for creating copper zones
          on signal layers.  In KiCad, the Copper Zone tool is used for both these applications.
zh_CN: 一些 EDA 工具有单独的工具用于创建 "平面层" 及在信号层上创建敷铜区域。 在 KiCad 中，敷铜工具用于这两种应用。

note: type: Plain text
en: Zones are defined by a polygonal **outline** that defines the maximum extent of the filled copper area.  This outline does not represent physical copper and will not appear in exported manufacturing data.  The actual copper areas of the zone must be **filled** each time the outline, or any objects inside the outline, are modified.  The filling process may be run on a single zone, or on all zones in a board (default hotkey kbd:[B]).  Zones may be **unfilled** (default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+B]) to improve performance and reduce visual clutter while editing large boards.
zh_CN: 区域是由一个多边形的 **边框** 来定义的，它定义了敷铜区域的最大范围。 这个边框并不代表实物铜，也不会出现在导出的制造数据中。 每次修改边框或边框内的任何对象时，必须 **填充** 该敷铜区域。 填充过程可以在单个敷铜区域上运行，也可以在电路板的所有区域上运行（默认快捷键 kbd:[B]）。 敷铜区域可以 **不填充**（默认快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+B]），以提高性能并减少编辑大型电路板时的视觉混乱。

note: type: Plain text
en: Zone filling is a manual process rather than occurring every time an object changes that
          would result in a change to the zone copper.  This is because zone filling can be a slow
          process on older computers or very large designs.  It is important to make sure zone fills
          are up-to-date before generating outputs.  KiCad will check that zones have been updated and
          warn you before generating outputs or running DRC when zones have not yet been refilled.
zh_CN: 敷铜是一个手动的过程，而不是在每次对象发生变化而导致敷铜区域变化时才发生。 这是因为在老式计算机或非常大的设计中，敷铜可能是一个缓慢的过程。 在生成输出之前，确保敷铜是最新的，这一点很重要。 KiCad 会检查敷铜区域是否已经更新，并在生成输出或运行 DRC 之前警告您，如果区域尚未被重新敷铜。

note: type: Plain text
en: To draw a zone, click the Add Filled Zone tool (image:images/icons/add_zone_24.png[]) on the right toolbar, or use default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+Z].  Click to choose the first point of the zone outline.  The Zone Properties dialog will appear, allowing you to choose the zone net and other properties.  These properties may be edited at any time, so it is not critical to choose them all correctly at first.  Accept the dialog and continue placing points to define the zone outline.  To finish the zone, double-click to set the last point.  Zone outline points may be modified like graphic polygons, by dragging the square handles to move a corner or dragging the circular handles to move an edge.  To edit the zone's properties, use hotkey kbd:[E] or select Properties from the context menu.
zh_CN: 要绘制一个敷铜区域，请点击右侧工具栏的 “添加敷铜区域” 工具（image:images/icons/add_zone_24.png[]），或者使用默认的快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+Z]。 点击选择敷铜区域边框的第一个点。 敷铜区域属性对话框将出现，允许你选择敷铜区域的网络和其他属性。 这些属性可以在任何时候进行编辑，所以一开始正确选择它们并不是关键。 接受该对话框，继续放置点来定义敷铜区域的边框。 要完成这个区域，请双击来设置最后一个点。敷铜区域边框点可以像图形多边形一样进行修改，通过拖动方形手柄来移动一个角，或者拖动圆形手柄来移动一条边。 要编辑该敷铜区域的属性，请使用快捷键 kbd:[E] 或从上下文菜单中选择 “属性”。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Layer:** A single zone object can create filled copper on one or more copper layers.  Check the
    box next to each copper layer that this zone outline should fill on.  The copper on each layer will
    be filled independently, but all layers will share the same net.
zh_CN: **层：** 一个区域对象可以在一个或多个铜层上创建敷铜。 勾选每个铜层旁边的方框，就会在选中层的区域边框内进行敷铜。 每个层上的铜将被独立地填充，但所有层将共享同一个网络。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Net:** Select the electrical net that the zone copper should be connected to.  It is possible to
    create zones with no net assignment.  Zones with no net will keep clearance from any copper objects
    on any net.
zh_CN: **网络：** 选择该敷铜区域应连接的电气网络。 可以创建没有网络分配的区域。 没有网络的区域将与任何网络上的任何铜对象保持间隙。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Zone name** can be used to assign a specific name to a zone.  This name can be used to refer to
    the zone in custom DRC rules.
zh_CN: **区域名** 可以用来给一个区域指定一个特定的名称。 这个名字可以用来在自定义的 DRC 规则中指代该区域。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Zone priority level** determines the order in which multiple zones on a single layer are filled.
    The highest priority level zone on a given layer will be filled first.  Lower-priority zones will
    keep clearance to the filled areas of higher-priority zones.  Two zones on the same layer with the
    same priority level will overlap (short-circuit) with each other.
zh_CN: **敷铜区域的优先级** 决定了在单一层上的多个区域被敷铜的顺序。给定层上的最高优先级区域将首先被敷铜。 较低优先级的区域将保持与较高优先级区的敷铜区域的间隙。 同一层上的两个具有相同优先级的敷铜区域将相互重叠（短路）。

note: type: Plain text
en: Zones with the same priority level will never keep clearance from each other, even if they
             are assigned to different nets!  The design rule checker will report these short-circuits,
             but they will not be prevented by the zone filler.
zh_CN: 具有相同优先级的敷铜区域将永远不会互相保持间隙，即使它们被分配到不同的网络中!  设计规则检查器将报告这些短路，但它们不会被敷铜工具所阻止。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Constrain outline to H, V and 45 degrees** controls the _initial_ behavior of the zone outline
    drawing tool.  When this option is enabled, the zone outline will be restricted to 45-degree
    angles.  Note that after the zone outline has been created, this option has no effect.  Outline
    points may be modified freely after creation.
zh_CN: **限制边框为 水平、垂直 和 45 度** 控制敷铜区域边框绘制工具的 _初始_ 行为。 当这个选项被启用时，区域边框将被限制在 45 度的角度。 请注意，在创建了敷铜区域边框之后，这个选项就没有作用了。 边框端点在创建后可以自由修改。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Locked** controls whether or not the zone outline object is locked.  Locked objects may not be
    manipulated or moved, and cannot be selected unless the **Locked Items** option is enabled in the
    Selection Filter panel.
zh_CN: **锁定** 控制敷铜区域边框对象是否被锁定。 被锁定的对象不能被操作或移动，也不能被选择，除非在选择过滤器面板中启用 **锁定项目** 选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Outline display** controls how the zone outline is drawn on screen.  In **Line** mode, only the
    border lines of the outline are drawn.  In **Hatched** mode, hatch lines are drawn on the inside of
    the outline border for a short distance, to make the zone outline more apparent.  In **Fully
    Hatched** mode, hatch lines are drawn across the entire inside of the zone outline.
zh_CN: **边框显示** 控制敷铜区域边框在屏幕上的绘制方式。 在 **直线** 模式下，只绘制边框的边界线。 在 **阴影** 模式下，阴影线会在边框边界的内侧绘制一小段距离，以使敷铜区域边框更加明显。 在 **完全阴影** 模式下，阴影线被绘制在整个区域边框的内部。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Corner smoothing** controls the behavior of the filled copper areas at corners of the outline.
    Corners can be smoothed by a chamfer or fillet, or can extend all the way to the outline corner if
    smoothing is disabled.
zh_CN: **拐角平滑** 控制边框拐角处的敷铜区域的行为。拐角可以通过倒角或圆角来平滑，如果平滑被禁用，也可以一直延伸到边框的拐角。

note: type: Plain text
en: By default, chamfers and fillets are not added to **inside corners** of the zone outline,
          because this would result in filled copper extending _outside_ the outline.  If smooth inside
          corners are desired, enable the **Allow fillets outside zone outline** option in the
          Constraints section of the Board Setup dialog.
zh_CN: 默认情况下，倒角和圆角不会被添加到区域边框的**内角**，因为这将导致填充的铜延伸到边框之外。 如果需要光滑的内角，请在电路板设置对话框的约束部分启用 **允许敷铜区域边框外的圆角** 选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Clearance** controls the minimum clearance the filled areas of this zone will keep from other
    copper objects.  Note that if two clearance values are in conflict, the larger clearance value will
    be used.  For example, if a zone is set to use 0.2mm clearance but its netclass is set to use 0.3mm
    clearance, the result will be an 0.3mm clearance.
zh_CN: **间隙** 控制该敷铜区域与其他铜对象保持的最小间隙。 请注意，如果两个间隙值有冲突，将使用较大的间隙值。 例如，如果一个敷铜区域被设置为使用 0.2 毫米的间隙，但其网络类被设置为使用 0.3 毫米的间隙，结果将是 0.3 毫米的间隙。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Minimum width** controls the minimum size of narrow necks of copper created inside the zone.  Any
    copper areas that would be below this minimum width are removed during the filling process.
zh_CN: **最小宽度** 控制在该敷铜区域内产生的铜窄颈(narrow neck)的最小尺寸。 任何低于这个最小宽度的敷铜区域都会在填充过程中被移除。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Pad connection** controls the way that the filled zone areas will connect to footprint pads on
    the same net.  **Solid** connections will result in the copper completely overlapping the pads.
    **Thermal reliefs** will result in small copper spokes connecting the pad to the rest of the copper
    zone, increasing the thermal resistance between the pad and the rest of the zone.  This can be
    useful for hand soldering.  **Reliefs for PTH** will apply thermal reliefs to plated through-hole
    pads and use solid connections for surface mount pads.  **None** will result in the zone not
    connecting to any pads on the same net.
zh_CN: **焊盘连接** 控制敷铜区与同一网络上的封装焊盘的连接方式。 **实心** 连接将使得铜完全重叠在焊盘上。**热焊盘** 将导致小铜辐条连接焊盘和敷铜区域的其余部分，增加焊盘和敷铜区域的其余部分之间的热阻。 这对手工焊接很有用。 **对 PTH 的热焊盘** 将对电镀通孔焊盘应用热焊盘，并对表面贴装焊盘使用实心连接。 **无** 将导致该敷铜区域不连接到同一网络上的任何焊盘。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Thermal relief gap** controls the distance maintained between any pad and the copper zone when
    the pad connection mode is set to generate thermal reliefs.
zh_CN: **热焊盘间隙** 控制任何焊盘和敷铜区域之间保持的距离（当焊盘连接模式被设置为热焊盘时）。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Thermal spoke width** controls the width of the "spokes", or short copper segments connecting
    the pad to the rest of the copper zone.
zh_CN: **热焊盘辐条宽度** 控制 "辐条" 的宽度，即连接焊盘和其他敷铜区域的短铜段。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Fill type** controls how the copper zone is filled: the default is **solid fill**, which will
    result in copper filling in all available space within the zone outline.  The zone can also be set
    to fill a **hatch pattern**, which will fill the area with a pattern that contains less copper.
    This can be useful for flexible printed circuits and other specialty applications.
zh_CN: **填充类型** 控制敷铜区域的填充方式：默认为 **实心填充**，这将使得敷铜填充到区域边框内的所有可用空间。 敷铜区域也可以被设置为 **网格填充**，这将使该区域充满网格状的敷铜(铜较少)。
    这对于柔性印刷电路和其他专业应用非常有用。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Orientation** controls the angle of the hatch pattern lines.  An orientation of 0 degrees will
    result in the hatch pattern using horizontal and vertical lines.
zh_CN: **方向** 控制网格模式中线的角度。  0 度方向将使网格使用水平和垂直的线条。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Hatch width** controls the width of each line in the hatch pattern.
zh_CN: **网格宽度** 控制网格模式中每条线的宽度。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Hatch gap** controls the distance between each line in the hatch pattern.
zh_CN: **网格间隙** 控制网格模式中每条线之间的距离。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Smoothing effort** controls the style of smoothing applied to the hatch pattern.  A value of 0
    will result in no smoothing, and a value of 3 will result in the finest smoothing.  Higher values
    will result in longer processing time and larger Gerber files.
zh_CN: **平滑效果** 控制应用于网格模式的平滑风格。值为 0 为无平滑，值为 3 为最精细的平滑。 值越大将导致更长的处理时间和更大的 Gerber 文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Smoothing amount** is a ratio that controls the size of the smoothing chamfers or fillets that
    are generated when **smoothing effort** is set to a value other than 0.  An amount of 0.0 results
    in no smoothing, and a value of 1.0 results in maximum smoothing (in other words, a chamfer or
    fillet equal to half of the hatch gap).
zh_CN: **平滑量**是一个比率，
     控制当 **平滑效果** 设置为 0 以外的值时生成的平滑倒角或圆角的大小。值为 0.0 表示没有平滑，值为 1.0 表示最大平滑（换句话说 ，倒角或圆角等于网格间隙的一半）。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Remove islands** controls the behavior of isolated copper areas, also called islands, after the
    initial zone fill.  When this is set to **always**, isolated areas inside the zone are removed.
    When set to **never**, isolated areas are left alone, and will result in copper areas that are not
    connected to the rest of the net.  When set to **below area limit**, a **minimum island size** can
    be specified, and islands below this threshold will be removed.
zh_CN: **移除死铜** 控制孤立铜区域（也称为孤岛）在初始敷铜后行为。 当设置为 **总是** 时，敷铜区域内的孤立铜会被移除。当设置为 **从不** 时，孤立区域会被搁置，并会导致该敷铜区域不与任何其他网络连接。 当设置为 **低于敷铜限制** 时，可以指定一个 **最小的孤岛尺寸**，低于这个阈值的孤岛将被删除。

note: type: Plain text
en: Regardless of the **remove islands** setting, islands are never removed
          from zones that are electrically unconnected. In other words, islands are
          only removed from zones that have at least one electrical connection.
zh_CN: 无论 **移除死铜** 设置如何，死铜都不会从没有电气连接的敷铜区域中移除。 换句话说，仅可以从具有至少一个电气连接的敷铜中移除死铜。

note: type: Title ===
en: Graphical objects
zh_CN: 图形对象

note: type: Plain text
en: Graphical objects (lines, arcs, rectangles, circles, polygons, and text) can exist on any layer but cannot be assigned to a net.  Rectangles, circles, and polygons can be set to be filled or outlines in their properties dialogs.  The line width property will control the width of the outline even for filled shapes.  Line width can be set to `0` for filled shapes to disable the outline.
zh_CN: 图形对象 (直线、圆弧、矩形、圆、多边形和文本)可以存在于任何图层上，但不能被分配到一个网络。矩形、圆和多边形可以在其属性对话框中设置为填充或边框。线宽属性将控制边框的宽度，即使是填充形状也是如此。填充形状的线宽可以设置为 `0` 以禁用边框。

note: type: Title ====
en: Creating graphical shapes
zh_CN: 创建图形形状

note: type: Plain text
en: The right toolbar can be used to create lines (image:images/icons/add_line_24.png[], default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+L]), arcs (image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[], default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+A]), rectangles (image:images/icons/add_rectangle_24.png[]), circles (image:images/icons/add_circle_24.png[], default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+C]), and polygons (image:images/icons/add_graphical_polygon_24.png[], default hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+P]).
zh_CN: 右侧工具栏可以用来创建直线（image:images/icons/add_line_24.png[], 默认快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+L]）、弧线（image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[], 默认快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+A]）、矩形（image:images/icons/add_rectangle_24.png[]），圆（image:images/icons/add_circle_24.png[]，默认快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+C]），和多边形（image:images/icons/add_graphical_polygon_24.png[]，默认快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+P]）。

note: type: Plain text
en: Rectangles, circles, and polygons can be filled shapes or outlines.  The **line width** option controls the width of the outline.  The outline width extends on both sides of the "ideal" shape of the graphic object.  For example, a graphic circle that is defined to have 2mm radius and 0.2mm line width will consist of a torus with an outer radius of 2.2mm and inner radius of 1.8mm.  If the **filled shape** option is enabled and the line width is set to 0, the shape will be a filled circle with 2mm radius.
zh_CN: 矩形、圆形和多边形可以是填充形状或边框。 **线宽** 选项控制边框的宽度。 边框宽度在图形对象的 "理想" 形状的两边延伸。 例如，一个被定义为半径为 2 毫米、线宽为 0.2 毫米的图形圆将由一个外半径为 2.2 毫米、内半径为 1.8 毫米的圆环组成。 如果启用了 **填充形状** 选项，并且线宽被设置为 0，该形状将是一个半径为 2 毫米的填充圆。

note: type: Plain text
en: Arcs have two editing modes, which are selectable in **Preferences** -> **PCB Editor** -> **Editing Options** or by right clicking the image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[] button on the right toolbar. The first mode (**keep arc center, adjust radius**) maintains the position of the arc center as as the arc endpoints or midpoint are dragged, changing the radius as necessary.  The second mode (**keep arc endpoints or direction of starting point**)  maintains the position of the arc endpoints and the arc's direction of curvature as the midpoint or center are dragged.
zh_CN: 弧线有两种编辑模式，可在 **偏好设置** -> **PCB编辑器** -> **编辑选项** 中选择，或通过右键单击右侧工具栏上的 image:images/icons/add_arc_24.png[] 按钮。第一种模式（**保持弧中心，调整半径**）在拖动弧端点或中点时保持弧中心的位置，必要时改变半径。 第二种模式（**保持圆弧端点或起点方向**）随着中点或中心的拖动，保持圆弧端点的位置和圆弧的曲率方向。

note: type: Title ====
en: Creating text objects
zh_CN: 创建文本对象

note: type: Plain text
en: Graphical text may be placed by using the (image:images/icons/text_24.png[]) icon in the right toolbar or by keyboard shortcut kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+T].  Click to place the text origin, and then edit the text and its properties in the dialog that will appear:
zh_CN: 图形文本可以通过使用右侧工具栏的（image:images/icons/text_24.png[]）图标或键盘快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+Shift+T] 来放置。 点击来放置文本原点，然后在出现的对话框中编辑文本及其属性：

note: type: Plain text
en: Text may be placed on any layer, but note that text on copper layers cannot be associated with a net and cannot form connections to tracks or pads.  Copper zones will fill around the rectangular bounding box of text objects.
zh_CN: 文本可以放在任何层上，但要注意，铜层上的文本不能与网络关联，不能与布线或焊盘形成连接。 敷铜区域将填充在文字对象的矩形边界框周围。

note: type: Plain text
en: Text supports markup for superscripts, subscripts, overbars, evaluating project variables, and accessing symbol field values.
zh_CN: 文本支持上标、下标、上划线、工程变量，也可以访问符号的字段值。

note: type: Table
en: | Feature | Markup Syntax | Result
    | Superscript
      | `text^{superscript}`
      | text^superscript^
    | Subscript
      | `text_{subscript}`
      | text~subscript~
    | Overbar
      | `~{text}`
      | [overline]#text#
    | <<schematic-setup-text-variables,Variables>>
      | `${variable}`
      | _variable_value_
    | <<text-variables,Symbol Fields>>
      | `${refdes:field}`
      | _field_value_ of symbol _refdes_
zh_CN: | 功能 | 标识语法 | 结果
    | 上标
      | `text^{superscript}`
      | text^superscript^
    | 下标
      | `text_{subscript}`
      | text~subscript~
    | 上划线
      | `~{text}`
      | [overline]#text#
    | <<schematic-setup-text-variables,变量>>
      | `${variable}`
      | _变量值_
    | <<text-variables, 符号字段>>
      | `${refdes:field}`
      | _field_value_ of symbol _refdes_

note: type: Plain text
en: Variables must be defined in
          <<board-setup-text-variables,Board Setup>> before they can be
          used. There are also a number of
          <<text-variables,built-in text variables>>.
zh_CN: 变量必须在
          <<board-setup-text-variables,电路板设置>> 中定义，才可以使用。
          也有一些
          <<text-variables, 内置文本变量>>。

note: type: Title ====
en: Board outlines (Edge Cuts)
zh_CN: 电路板边框 (Edge Cuts)

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad uses graphical objects on the `Edge.Cuts` layer to define the board outline.  The outline must be a continuous (closed) shape, but can be made up of different types of graphical object such as lines and arcs, or be a single object such as a rectangle or polygon.  If no board outline is defined, or the board outline is invalid, some functions such as the 3D viewer and some design rule checks will not be functional.
zh_CN: KiCad 使用 `Edge.Cuts` 层上的图形对象来定义电路板的边框。  边框必须是一个连续（封闭）的形状，但可以由不同类型的图形对象组成，如直线和弧，或者是一个单一的对象，如矩形或多边形。  如果没有定义电路板的边框，或者电路板的边框无效，那么一些功能，如 3D 查看器和一些设计规则的检查将无法发挥作用。

note: type: Title ====
en: Bulk editing text and graphics
zh_CN: 批量编辑文本和图形

note: type: Plain text
en: Properties of text and graphics can be edited in bulk using the *Edit Text and Graphic Properties* dialog (**Tools** -> **Edit Text and Graphic Properties...**).
zh_CN: 文本和图形的属性可以通过 *编辑文本和图形属性* 对话框（**工具** -> **编辑文本和图形属性...**）来进行批量编辑。

note: type: Title =====
en: Scope and Filters
zh_CN: 范围和筛选器

note: type: Plain text
en: *Scope* settings restrict the tool to editing only certain types of objects. If
    no scopes are selected, nothing will be edited.
zh_CN: *范围* 设置限制了该工具只能编辑某些类型的对象。如果没有选择任何作用域，就不会有任何东西被编辑。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Filters* restrict the tool to editing particular objects in the selected scope.
    Objects will only be modified if they match all enabled and relevant filters
    (some filters do not apply to certain types of objects. For example, parent
    footprint filters do not apply to graphic items and are ignored for the purpose
    of changing graphic properties). If no filters are enabled, all objects in the
    selected scope will be modified. For filters with a text box, wildcards are
    supported: `*` matches any characters, and `?` matches any single character.
zh_CN: *筛选器* 限制该工具在选定的范围内编辑特定的对象。只有当对象符合所有启用的相关筛选器时才会被修改（有些筛选器不适用于某些类型的对象。例如，父封装筛选器不适用于图形项目，在改变图形属性时被忽略）。如果没有启用筛选器，所选范围内的所有对象都将被修改。对于带有文本框的筛选器，支持通配符。`*` 匹配任何字符，`?` 匹配任何单个字符。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Filter items by layer* filters to items on the specified board layer.
zh_CN: *按层筛选对象* 筛选到指定板层上的对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Filter other symbol fields by name* filters to the specified symbol field.
zh_CN: *按名称筛选符号字段* 筛选到指定的符号字段。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Filter items by parent reference designator* filters to fields in the
    footprint with the specified reference designator. *Filter items by parent
    footprint library id* filters to fields in footprint with the specified library
    identifier.
zh_CN: *按位号筛选对象* 筛选到封装中具有特定位号的字段。*通过父系封装库 ID 筛选对象* 筛选到封装中具有指定库标识符的字段。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Only include selected items* filters to the current selection.
zh_CN: *仅包含选中的对象* 筛选到当前选择。

note: type: Title =====
en: Action
zh_CN: 操作

note: type: Plain text
en: Properties for filtered objects can be set to new values in the bottom part of the dialog. Properties can be set to arbitrary values by selecting *set to specified values* or reset to their layer's default value by selecting *set to layer default values*.
zh_CN: 被筛选对象的属性可以在对话框的底部设置为新的值。通过选择 *设置为指定值*，可以将属性设置为任意值，或者通过选择 *设置为图层默认值*，将属性重置为其图层的默认值。

note: type: Plain text
en: Drop-down lists and text boxes can be set to `-- leave unchanged --` to preserve existing values. Checkboxes can be checked or unchecked to enable or disable a change, but can also be toggled to a third "leave unchanged" state.
zh_CN: 下拉列表和文本框可以被设置为 `--保持不变--` 以保留现有值。复选框可以被选中或不被选中，以启用或禁用某个变化，但也可以切换到第三种 "保持不变" 状态。

note: type: Plain text
en: All items can have their *layer* set.
zh_CN: 所有项目都可以设置其 *层*。

note: type: Plain text
en: Graphic items can have their *line thickness* modified.
zh_CN: 图形对象可以修改其 *线的粗细*。

note: type: Plain text
en: Text properties that can be modified are *font*, *text width*, *text height*, *text thickness* (KiCad font only), emphasis (*bold* and *italic*), and orientation (*keep upright*). Footprint text can also have its *visibility* set.
zh_CN: 可以修改的文本属性有 *字体*、*文本宽度*、*文本高度*、*文本粗细*（仅限 KiCad 字体）、强调（*粗体* 和 *斜体*）和方向（*保持直立*）。封装文本也可以设置其 *可见性*。

note: type: Title ===
en: Dimensions
zh_CN: 尺寸标注

note: type: Plain text
en: Dimensions are graphical objects used to show a measurement or other marking on a board design.  They may be added on any drawing layer, but are normally added to one of the User layers.  KiCad currently supports five different types of dimension: aligned, orthogonal, center, radial, and leader.
zh_CN: 尺寸标注是用于显示测量值或电路板设计上的其他标记的图形对象。  它们可以被添加到任何绘图层中，但通常被添加到某个用户层。  KiCad 目前支持五种不同类型的标注：对齐、正交、中心、径向和引线。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Aligned** dimensions (image:images/icons/add_aligned_dimension_24.png[]) show a measurement of
    distance between two points.  The measurement axis is the line that connects those two points, and
    the dimension graphics are kept parallel to that axis.
zh_CN: **对齐** 尺寸标注 (image:images/icons/add_aligned_dimension_24.png[]) 显示两点之间距离的测量值。
    测量轴是连接这两个点的线，尺寸标注图形与该轴保持平行。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Orthogonal** dimensions (image:images/icons/add_orthogonal_dimension_24.png[]) also measure the
    distance between two points, but the measurement axis is either the X or Y axis.  In other words,
    these dimensions show the horizontal or vertical component of the distance between two points.
    When creating orthogonal dimensions, you can select which axis to use as the measurement axis based
    on where you place the dimension after selecting the two points to measure.
zh_CN: **正交** 尺寸标注 (image:images/icons/add_orthogonal_dimension_24.png[]) 也测量两点之间的距离，但测量轴是 X 轴或 Y 轴。
    换句话说，这些标注表示两点之间距离的水平或垂直分量。
    创建正交尺寸标注时，您可以选择使用哪个轴作为测量轴
    选择要测量的两个点后放置尺寸标注的位置。。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Center** dimensions (image:images/icons/add_center_dimension_24.png[]) create a cross mark to
    indicate a point or the center of a circle or arc.
zh_CN: **中心** 尺寸标注 (image:images/icons/add_center_dimension_24.png[]) 创建一个十字标记以表示点或圆/圆弧的中心。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Radial** dimensions (image:images/icons/add_radial_dimension_24.png[]) show a measurement between
    a center point and the outside of a circle or arc. The center point is indicated by a cross.
zh_CN: **径向**尺寸标注 (image:images/icons/add_radial_dimension_24.png[]) 显示中心点与圆或弧外侧之间的测量值。 中心点用十字表示。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Leader** dimensions (image:images/icons/add_leader_24.png[]) create an arrow with a leader line
    connected to a text field.  This text field can contain any text, and an optional circular or
    rectangular frame around the text.  This type of dimension is often used to call attention to parts
    of the design for reference in fabrication notes.
zh_CN: **引线** 尺寸标注 (image:images/icons/add_leader_24.png[]) 创建一个箭头，将一条引线连接到文本字段。
    此文本字段可以包含任何文本，以及围绕文本的可选圆形或矩形框。
    这种类型的尺寸标注通常用来提醒人们注意设计的某些部分，以便在制造说明中参考。

note: type: Plain text
en: After creating a dimension, its properties may be edited (hotkey kbd:[E]) to change the format of the displayed number and the style of the text and graphic lines.
zh_CN: 创建一个尺寸标注后，可以编辑其属性（快捷键 kbd:[E]）以改变显示数字的格式以及文本和图形线的风格。

note: type: Plain text
en: You may customize the default style of newly-created dimension objects in the Text & Graphics
          Defaults section of the Board Setup dialog.
zh_CN: 您可以在电路板设置对话框的文本和图形默认值部分自定义新创建的尺寸标注对象的默认样式。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/dimensions_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/dimensions_dialog.png

note: type: Title ====
en: Dimension format options
zh_CN: 尺寸标注格式选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Override value:** When enabled, you may enter a measurement value directly into the **Value**
    field that will be used instead of the actual measured value.
zh_CN: **覆盖值：** 启用后，您可以直接在 **值** 字段中输入测量值，而不是实际测量值。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Prefix:** Any text entered here will be shown before the measurement value.
zh_CN: **前缀：** 此处输入的任何文字都将显示在测量值之前。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Suffix:** Any text entered here will be shown after the measurement value.
zh_CN: **后缀：** 此处输入的任何文字都将显示在测量值之后。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Layer:** Selects which layer the dimension object exists on.
zh_CN: **图层:** 选择尺寸标注对象存在于哪个图层。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Units:** Selects which units to display the measured value in.  **Automatic** units will result
    in the dimension units changing when the display units of the board editor are changed.
zh_CN: **单位：** 选择显示测量值的单位。
    当更改电路板编辑器的显示单位时，**自动** 单位会导致尺寸标注单位发生变化。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Units format:** Select from several built-in styles of unit display.
zh_CN: **单位格式：** 从几种内置的单位显示风格中选择。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Precision:** Select how many digits of precision to display.
zh_CN: **精度：** 选择要显示多少位的精度。

note: type: Title ====
en: Dimension text options
zh_CN: 尺寸标注文本选项

note: type: Plain text
en: Most of the dimension text options are identical to those options available for other graphical text objects (see the Graphical Objects section above).  Some specific options for dimension text are also available:
zh_CN: 大多数尺寸标注文本选项与其他图形文本对象的选项相同（见上面的图形对象部分）。  也有一些特殊的选项适用于尺寸标注文本：

note: type: Plain text
en: **Position mode:** Choose whether to position the dimension text manually, or to automatically keep
    it aligned with the dimension measurement lines.
zh_CN: **定位模式：**选择是手动定位尺寸标注文本，还是自动保持与尺寸测量线对齐。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Keep aligned with dimension:** When enabled, the orientation of the dimension text will be 
    adjusted automatically to keep the text parallel with the measurement axis.
zh_CN: **与尺寸标注保持一致：** 当启用时，尺寸文本的方向将被自动调整以保持与测量轴平行。

note: type: Title ====
en: Dimension line options
zh_CN: 尺寸标注线选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Line thickness:** Sets the thickness of the graphical lines that make up a dimension's shape.
zh_CN: **线条粗细：** 设置构成标注形状的图形线的粗细。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Extension line offset:** Sets the distance from the measurement point to the start of the
    extension lines.
zh_CN: **延长线偏移：**设置从测量点到延长线起点的距离。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Arrow length:** Sets the length of the arrow segments of the dimension's shape.
zh_CN: **箭头长度：** 设置尺寸标注形状的箭头段的长度。

note: type: Title ====
en: Leader options
zh_CN: 引线选项

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/dimensions_leader.png
zh_CN: images/zh/dimensions_leader.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Value:** Enter the text to show at the end of the leader line.
zh_CN: **值：** 输入要在引线行末尾显示的文本。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Text frame:** Select the desired border around the text (circle, rectangle, or none).
zh_CN: **文本框：** 选择所需的文本周围的边界（圆形、矩形或无）。

note: type: Title ===
en: Routing tracks
zh_CN: 布线

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad features an interactive router that:
zh_CN: KiCad 具有交互式布线器的功能：

note: type: Plain text
en: Allows manual or guided (semi-automatic) routing of single tracks and differential pairs.
zh_CN: 允许对单根导线及差分对进行手动或引导式 (半自动) 布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: Enables modifications of existing designs by:
zh_CN: 可通过以下方式修改现有设计：

note: type: Plain text
en: Re-routing existing tracks when they are dragged
zh_CN: 拖动已有导线时进行重新布线

note: type: Plain text
en: Re-routing tracks attached to footprint pads when the footprint is dragged
zh_CN: 拖动封装时对连接到封装焊盘的导线进行重新布线

note: type: Plain text
en: Allows tuning of track lengths and differential pair skew (phase) by inserting serpentine +
zh_CN: 允许通过插入蛇形线 `+` 来调整布线长度和差分对的偏移（相位）

note: type: Plain text
en: tuning shapes for designs with tight timing requirements
zh_CN: 为具有严格时序要求的设计调整布线形状

note: type: Plain text
en: By default, the router respects the configured design rules when placing tracks: the size (width)  of new tracks will be taken from the design rules and the router will respect the copper clearance set in the design rules when determining where new tracks and vias can be placed.  It is possible to disable this behavior if desired by using the Highlight Collisions router mode and turning on the Allow DRC Violations option in the router settings (see below).
zh_CN: 默认情况下，布线器在放置布线时遵循配置的设计规则：新布线的尺寸（宽度）将取自设计规则。在确定新布线和过孔的放置位置时，布线器将遵循设计规则中设置的铜间隙。  如果需要的话，可以通过使用高亮冲突布线器模式，或打开布线器设置中的 “允许 DRC 违规” 选项来禁用这种行为（见下文）。

note: type: Plain text
en: The router has three modes that can be selected at any time.  The router mode is used for routing new tracks, but also when dragging existing tracks using the Drag (hotkey kbd:[D]) command.  These modes are:
zh_CN: 布线器有三种模式，可以随时选择。  布线器的模式用于新的布线，但也用于使用拖动（快捷键 kbd:[D]）命令拖动现有布线。  这些模式是：

note: type: Plain text
en: **Highlight Collisions**: in this mode, most of the router features are disabled and routing is
    fully manual.  When routing, _collisions_ (clearance violations) will be highlighted in green
    and the newly-routed tracks cannot be fixed in place if there is a collision unless the Allow
    DRC Violations option is turned on.  In this mode, up to two track segments may be placed at a
    time (for example, one horizontal and one diagonal segment).
zh_CN: **高亮碰撞**：在此模式下，大部分布线器功能被禁用，布线完全手动。
      布线时，_碰撞_ (间隙违规) 将以绿色高亮，如果存在冲突，则新的布线无法在该位置放置，除非打开了 “允许 DRC 冲突” 选项。
      在此模式下，一次最多可以放置两个布线段 (例如，一个水平线段和一个斜线段)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Shove**: in this mode, the track being routed will walk around obstacles that cannot be moved
    (for example, pads and locked tracks/vias) and _shove_ obstacles that can be moved out of the
    way.  The router prevents DRC violations in this mode: if there is no way to route to the cursor
    position that does not violate DRC, no new tracks will be created.
zh_CN: **推挤**：在此模式下，布线的线段将绕过无法移动的障碍物 (例如，焊盘和锁定的布线/过孔)并 _推挤_ 可以移动的障碍物。布线器在此模式下会防止违反 DRC：如果在不违反 DRC 的前提下，光标位置无法进行布线，则不会创建新的布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Walk Around**: in this mode, the router behaves the same as in Shove mode, except no obstacles
    will be moved out of the way.
zh_CN: **绕走**：在此模式下，布线器的行为与推挤模式相同，只是不会移动障碍物。

note: type: Plain text
en: Which mode to use is a matter of preference.  For most users, we recommend using Shove mode for the most efficient routing experience or Walk Around mode if you do not want the router to modify tracks that are not being routed.  Note that Shove and Walk Around modes always create horizontal, vertical, and 45-degree (H/V/45) track segments.  If you need to route tracks with angles other than H/V/45, you must use Highlight Collisions mode and enable the Free Angle Mode option in the Interactive Router Settings dialog.
zh_CN: 使用哪种模式是一个偏好问题。  对于大多数用户，我们建议使用推挤模式以获得最高效的布线体验。如果您不希望布线器修改未被布线的线段，则建议使用绕走模式。请注意，推挤和绕走模式始终创建水平、垂直和 45 度 (H/V/45) 布线段。如果需要使用 H/V/45 以外的角度布线段，则必须使用高亮碰撞模式，并在交互布线器设置对话框中启用自由角度模式选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: There are five main routing functions: Route Single Track, Route Differential Pair, Tune length of a single track, Tune length of a differential pair, and Tune skew of a differential pair.  All of these are present in both the Route menu dropdown (individually) on the top toolbar and the drawing toolbar in two overloaded icons on the drawing toolbar on the right.  The use of the overloaded icons is described above.  One is for the two Route functions and one is for the three Tune functions.  In addition, the Route menu allows the selection of Set Layer Pair and Interactive Router Settings.
zh_CN: 有五个主要的布线功能。布单根线、差分对布线、调整单根布线长度、调整差分对的长度和调整差分对的偏移 (相位)。  所有这些都存在于顶部工具栏上的 “布线” 菜单下拉菜单（单独）以及右侧绘图工具栏上的两个多功能图标中。  上文介绍了多功能图标的使用。  一个图标用于两个布线功能，另一个图标用于三个调整功能。  此外，布线菜单允许选择 “设置层对” 及 "交互式布线器设置"。

note: type: Plain text
en: To route tracks, click the Route Tracks image:images/icons/add_tracks_24.png[] icon (from the drawing toolbar or from the top toolbar under *Route*) or use the hotkey kbd:[X].  Click on a starting location to select which net to route and begin routing.  The net being routed will automatically be highlighted and the allowable clearance for the net will be indicated with a gray outline around the tracks being routed.  The clearance outline can be disabled by changing the Clearance Outlines setting in the Display Options section of the Preferences dialog.
zh_CN: 要进行布线布线，请点击布线 image:images/icons/add_tracks_24.png[] 图标（从绘图工具栏或从顶部工具栏 *布线* 菜单中）或使用快捷键 kbd:[X]。  点击一个起始位置，选择要布线的网络，并开始布线。  布线的网络会自动高亮显示，网络允许的间隙会在当前布线的周围用灰色的轮廓表示。  可以通过改变 "偏好设置" 对话框中的 "间隙轮廓" 设置来禁用间隙轮廓功能。

note: type: Plain text
en: The clearance outline shows the maximum clearance from the routed net to any other copper on
          the PCB.  It is possible to use custom design rules to specify different clearances for a net
          to different objects.  These clearances will be respected by the router, but only the largest
          clearance value will be shown visually.
zh_CN: 间隙轮廓显示从布线网络到 PCB 上任何其他铜对象的最大间隙。
    可以使用自定义设计规则为不同对象指定网络的不同间隙。
    布线器将考虑这些间隙，但仅直观地显示最大间隙值。

note: type: Plain text
en: When the router is active, new track segments will be drawn from the routing start point to the editor cursor.  These tracks are _unfixed_ temporary objects that show what tracks will be created when you use a left-click or the kbd:[Enter] key to _fix_ the route.  The unfixed track segments are shown in a brighter color than the fixed track segments.  When you exit the router using the kbd:[Esc] key or by selecting another tool, only the fixed track segments will be saved.  The Finish Route action (hotkey kbd:[End]) will fix all tracks and exit the router.
zh_CN: 当布线器处于活动状态时，将从布线起点到编辑器光标绘制新的线段。这些线段是未固定的临时 (_unfixed_ temporary) 对象，它们显示当您左键鼠标或 kbd:[Enter] 键来确定布线 (_fix_ the route) 时将创建哪些线段。非固定布线段以比固定布线段更亮的颜色显示。当您使用 kbd:[Esc] 键或通过选择另一个工具退出布线器时，将只保存固定布线段。完成布线操作(快捷键 kbd:[End]) 将固定所有布线并退出布线器。

note: type: Plain text
en: While you are routing, you can use the Undo Last Segment command (hotkey kbd:[Backspace]) to unfix the tracks you most recently fixed.  You can use this command repeatedly to step back through the route that you have already fixed.
zh_CN: 在布线时，可以使用 "撤消上一个布线段" 命令 (快捷键 kbd:[Backspace]) 取消上一个固定的布线。您可以重复使用此命令后退已固定的布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: In previous versions of KiCad, using the left mouse button or kbd:[Enter] to fix the routed segments would fix all segments up to but _not including_ the segment ending at the mouse cursor location.  In KiCad 6, this behavior is now optional, and by default, all segments _including_ the one ending at the mouse cursor location will be fixed.  The old behavior can be restored by disabling the "Fix all segments on click" option in the Interactive Router Settings dialog.
zh_CN: 在以前的 KiCad 版本中，使用鼠标左键或 kbd:[Enter] 来固定已布线的线段会固定所有线段，但不包括鼠标光标位置结束的线段。  在 KiCad 6 中，这种行为现在是可选的，默认情况下，所有的线段 _包括_ 在鼠标光标位置结束的线段都会被固定。  通过在交互式布线器设置对话框中禁用 "点击后固定所有线段" 选项，可以恢复旧的行为。

note: type: Plain text
en: While routing, you can hold the kbd:[Ctrl] key to disable grid snapping, and hold the kbd:[Shift] key to disable snapping to objects such as pads and vias.
zh_CN: 布线时，可以按住 kbd:[Ctrl] 键禁用网格捕捉，按住 kbd:[Shift] 键禁用对焊盘和过孔等对象的捕捉。

note: type: Plain text
en: Snapping to objects can also be disabled by changing the Magnetic Points preferences in the
          Editing Options section of the Preferences dialog.  We recommend that you leave object
          snapping enabled in general, so that you do not accidentally end tracks slightly off-center
          on a pad or via.
zh_CN: 也可以通过更改偏好设置对话框的编辑选项部分中的磁吸点首选项来禁用对象的捕捉。
    我们建议您在一般情况下保持启用对象捕捉，这样就不会意外地在焊盘或过孔上略微偏离中心结束布线。

note: type: Title ====
en: Track posture
zh_CN: 布线形态

note: type: Plain text
en: When routing in H/V/45 mode, the _posture_ refers to how a set of two track segments connect two points that cannot be reached by a single H/V/45-degree segment.  In such a case, the points will be connected by one horizontal or vertical segment and one diagonal (45-degree) segment.  The posture refers to the order of these segments: whether the horizontal/vertical segment or the diagonal segment comes first.
zh_CN: 在水平(H) / 垂直 (V) / 45 度模式下布线时，_形态_ 是指一组两个线段如何连接单个 H/V/45 度线段无法到达的两个点。 在这种情况下，这些点将由一条水平或垂直线段和一条斜线段 (45度) 连接。形态指的是这些线段的顺序：是水平/垂直线段在前还是斜线段在前。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad's router attempts to pick the best posture automatically based on a number of factors.  In general, the router will attempt to minimize the number of corners in a route, and will avoid "bad" corners such as acute angles whenever possible.  When routing from or to a pad, KiCad will choose the posture that lines up the route with the longest edge of the pad.
zh_CN: KiCad 的布线器会尝试根据一系列因素自动选择最佳形态。一般说来，布线器会尝试最大限度地减少路线中的拐角数量，并尽可能避免 "槽糕" 的拐角 (如锐角)。当从焊盘布线或布线到焊盘时，KiCad 将选择使路线与焊盘最长边缘对齐的形态。

note: type: Plain text
en: In some cases, KiCad cannot guess the posture you intend correctly.  To switch the posture of the track while routing, use the Switch Track Posture command (hotkey kbd:[/]).
zh_CN: 在某些情况下，KiCad 无法正确猜测您想要的形态。要在布线时切换布线的形态，请使用切换布线形态命令 (快捷键 kbd:[/])。

note: type: Plain text
en: In situations where there is no obvious "best" posture (for example, when starting a route from a via), KiCad will use the movement of your mouse cursor to select the posture.  If you would like the route to begin with a straight (horizontal or vertical) segment, move the mouse away from the starting location in a mostly horizontal or vertical direction.  If you would like the route to begin diagonally, move in a diagonal direction.  Once the cursor is a sufficient distance away from the routing start location, the posture is "locked" and will no longer change unless the cursor is brought back to the starting location.  Detection of posture from the movement of the mouse cursor can be disabled in the Interactive Router Settings dialog as described below.
zh_CN: 在没有明显的 “最佳” 形态的情况下(例如，从过孔开始布线时)，KiCad 将使用鼠标光标的移动来选择形态。如果希望布线从直线 (水平或垂直) 线段开始，请在水平或垂直方向上将鼠标从起始位置移开。如果您希望布线以斜线开始，请沿斜线方向移动。一旦光标与布线起始位置相距足够远，形态就会被锁定，并且除非光标回到起始位置，否则不会再更改。可以在交互式布线器设置对话框中禁用从鼠标光标移动检测形态，如下所述。

note: type: Plain text
en: If you use the Switch Track Posture command to override the posture chosen by KiCad, the
          automatic detection of posture from mouse movement will be disabled for the remainder of the
          current routing operation.
zh_CN: 如果使用切换布线形态(Switch Track Posture)命令覆盖 KiCad 选择的形态，则在当前布线操作的剩余部分中，将禁用鼠标移动姿势的自动检测。

note: type: Title ====
en: Track corner mode
zh_CN: 布线转角模式

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad's router can place tracks with either sharp or rounded (arc) corners when routing in H/V/45 mode.  To switch between sharp and rounded corners, use the Track Corner Mode command (hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+/]).  When routing with rounded corners, each routing step will place either a straight segment, a single arc, or both a straight segment and an arc.  The track posture determines whether the arc or the straight segment will be placed first.
zh_CN: 当以 H/V/45 模式布线时，KiCad 的布线器可以放置尖角或圆角 (弧形) 的布线。要在尖角和圆角之间切换，请使用布线拐角模式命令 (快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+/])。使用圆角布线时，每个布线步骤将放置直线段、单个圆弧或同时放置直线段和圆弧。布线形态决定首先放置圆弧还是直线段。

note: type: Plain text
en: Track corners can also be rounded after routing by using the Fillet Tracks command after selecting the desired tracks.
zh_CN: 选择所需布线后，还可以在布线后使用 “圆角布线”(弧形布线) 命令对布线拐角进行圆角处理。

note: type: Plain text
en: Dragging of tracks with arcs is not yet supported.  Arcs will be converted back to sharp
          corners when dragging tracks or when tracks are moved by the router in Shove mode.
zh_CN: 尚不支持拖动带圆弧的布线。当拖动布线或在推挤模式下移动布线时，圆弧将转换回尖角。

note: type: Title ====
en: Track width
zh_CN: 布线宽度

note: type: Plain text
en: The width of the track being routed is determined in one of three ways: if the routing start point is the end of an existing track and the image:images/icons/auto_track_width.png[] button on the top toolbar is enabled, the width will be set to the width of the existing track.  Otherwise, if the track width dropdown in the top toolbar is set to "use netclass width", the width will be taken from the netclass of the net being routed (or from any custom design rules that specify a different width for the net, such as inside a neckdown area).  Finally, if the track width dropdown is set to one of the pre-defined track sizes configured in the Board Setup dialog, this width will be used.
zh_CN: 布线的线段的宽度是通过以下三种方式之一来确定的：如果布线的起点是现有线段的终点，并且顶部工具栏上的 image:images/icons/auto_track_width.png[] 按钮被启用，宽度将被设置为现有布线的宽度。  否则，如果顶部工具栏中的布线宽度下拉菜单被设置为 "使用网络类宽度"，则宽度将取自布线的网络类（或任何为网络类指定不同宽度的自定义设计规则，例如在颈缩区域内）。  最后，如果布线宽度下拉菜单被设置为电路板设置对话框中配置的预定义布线尺寸之一，则将使用该宽度。

note: type: Plain text
en: The track width can never be lower than the minimum track width configured in the Constraints
          section of the Board Setup dialog.  If a pre-defined width is added that is lower than this
          minimum constraint, the minimum constraint value will be used instead.
zh_CN: 布线宽度永远不能小于在电路板设置对话框的约束部分中配置的最小布线宽度。如果添加的预定义宽度低于此最小约束，则将使用最小约束值。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad's router supports a single track width for the active route.  In other words, to change widths in the middle of a track, you must end the route and then restart a new route from the end of the previous route.  To change the width of the active route, use the hotkeys kbd:[W] and kbd:[Shift+W] to step through the track widths configured in the Board Setup dialog.
zh_CN: KiCad 的布线器支持活动布线过程中的布线宽度调整。  换句话说，要改变导线中间的宽度，必须结束布线，然后从上一个布线的末端重新开始一条新的布线。  要改变活动布线的宽度，可使用快捷键 kbd:[W] 和 kbd:[Shift+W]，切换在电路板设置对话框中配置的布线宽度。

note: type: Title ====
en: Placing vias
zh_CN: 放置过孔

note: type: Plain text
en: While routing tracks, switching layers will insert a through via at the end of the current (unfixed) track.  Once you place the via, routing will continue on the new layer.  There are several ways to select a new layer and insert a via:
zh_CN: 在进行布线时，切换层会在当前（未固定）导线的末端插入一个过孔。  一旦你放置了过孔，布线将继续在新层上进行。  有几种方法可以选择一个新层并插入过孔：

note: type: Plain text
en: By using the hotkey to select a specific layer, such as kbd:[PgUp] to select `F.Cu` or kbd:[PgDn] to select `B.Cu`.
zh_CN: 使用快捷键选择特定的图层，如 kbd:[PgUp] 选择 `F.Cu` 或 kbd:[PgDn] 选择 `B.Cu`。

note: type: Plain text
en: By using the "next layer" or "previous layer" hotkeys (kbd:[+] and kbd:[-]).
zh_CN: 通过使用 "下一层" 或 "上一层" 快捷键 (kbd:[+] 和 kbd:[-])。

note: type: Plain text
en: By using the "Place Via" hotkey (kbd:[V]), which will switch to the next layer in the active layer pair.
zh_CN: 通过使用 "放置过孔" 快捷键 (kbd:[V])，切换到活动层对中的下一层。

note: type: Plain text
en: By using the Select Layer and Place Through Via action (hotkey kbd:[<]), which will open a dialog to select the target layer.
zh_CN: 通过使用 "选择图层并放置通孔过孔" 操作(快捷键 kbd:[<])，将打开一个对话框来选择目标层。

note: type: Plain text
en: The size of the via will be taken from the active Via Size setting, accessible from the drop-down in the top toolbar or the Increase Via Size (kbd:[']) and Decrease Via Size (kbd:[\ ]) hotkeys.  Much like track width, when the via size is set to "use netclass sizes", the via sizes configured in the Net Classes section of the Board Setup will be used (unless overridden by a custom design rule).
zh_CN: 过孔的尺寸将取自当前的 “过孔尺寸” 设置中，可通过顶部工具栏的下拉列表或使用快捷键 (kbd:[']) “增加过孔尺寸” 及快捷键 (kbd:[\ ]) “减小过孔尺寸” 。与布线宽度类似，当过孔大小设置为"使用网络类尺寸" 时，将使用 "电路板设置" 的 "网络类" 部分中配置的过孔大小 (除非被自定义设计规则覆盖)。

note: type: Plain text
en: If microvias or blind/buried vias are enabled in the Constraints section of the Board Setup dialog, these vias can be placed while routing.  Use the hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+V] to place a microvia and kbd:[Alt+Shift+V] to place a blind/buried via.  Microvias may only be placed such that they connect one of the outer copper layers to an adjacent layer.  Blind/buried vias may be placed on any layer.
zh_CN: 如果在电路板设置对话框的约束条件部分启用了微孔或盲/埋孔，就可以在布线时放置这些过孔。  使用快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+V] 来放置微孔，kbd:[Alt+Shift+V] 来放置盲/埋孔。  微孔只能被放置在连接一个外铜层和相邻层的位置。  盲孔/埋孔可以放置在任何一层上。

note: type: Plain text
en: Vias placed by the router are considered to be part of a routed track.  This means that the via net can be updated automatically (just like track nets can), for example when updating the PCB from the schematic changes the net name of the track.  In some cases this may not be desired, such as when creating stitching vias.  The automatic update of via nets can be disabled for specific vias by turning off the "automatically update via nets" checkbox in the via properties dialog.  Vias placed with the Add Free-standing Vias tool are created with this setting disabled.
zh_CN: 布线器放置的过孔被认为是已布线导线的一部分。  这意味着过孔网络可以自动更新（就像导线网络一样），例如，当从原理图中更新 PCB 时改变了导线的网络名。  在某些情况下，这可能是不需要的，例如在创建缝合孔时。  对于特定的过孔，可以通过关闭过孔属性对话框中的 "自动更新过孔网络" 复选框来禁用过孔网络的自动更新。  使用 "添加独立过孔" 工具放置的过孔在创建时禁用这一设置。

note: type: Title ====
en: Routing differential pairs
zh_CN: 差分对布线

note: type: Plain text
en: Differential pairs in KiCad are defined as nets with a common _base name_ and a positive and negative suffix.  KiCad supports using `+` and `-`, or `P` and `N` as the suffix.  For example, the nets `USB+` and `USB-` form a differential pair, as do the nets `USB_P` and `USB_N`.  In the first example, the base name is `USB`, and `USB_` in the second.  The suffix styles cannot be mixed: the nets `USB+` and `USB_N` do not form a differential pair.  Make sure you name your differential pair nets accordingly in the schematic in order to allow use of the differential pair router in the PCB editor.
zh_CN: KiCad 中的差分对被定义为具有共同的 _基本名称_ 和正负后缀的网络。  KiCad 支持使用 `+` 和 `-`，或者 `P` 和 `N` 作为后缀。  例如，`USB+` 和 `USB-` 构成一对差分对，`USB_P` 和 `USB_N` 也是如此。  在第一个例子中，基本名称是 `USB`，第二个例子中是 `USB_`。  后缀样式不能混合：网络 `USB+` 和 `USB_N` 不构成差分对。  请确保你在原理图中相应地命名你的差分对网络，以便在 PCB 编辑器中使用差分对布线器。

note: type: Plain text
en: To route a differential pair, click the Route Differential Pairs image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_24.png[] icon (from the drawing toolbar or from the top toolbar under *Route*) or use the hotkey kbd:[6].  Click on a pad, via, or the end of an existing differential pair track to start routing.  You can start routing from either the positive or negative net of a differential pair.
zh_CN: 要对差分对进行布线，请点击差分对布线 image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_24.png[] 图标（从绘图工具栏或从顶部工具栏 *布线* 下）或使用快捷键 kbd:[6]。  点击一个焊盘、过孔或现有差分对线段的末端，开始布线。  你可以从差分对的正网络或负网络开始布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: It is not currently possible to start routing a differential pair in the middle of an
          existing differential pair track.
zh_CN: 目前不支持在现有差分对的中间开始对差分对进行布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: The differential pair router will attempt to route the pair of tracks with a gap taken from the design rules (differential pair gap can be configured in the Net Classes section of the Board Setup dialog, or by using custom design rules).  If the starting or ending location of the route is a different distance apart from the configured gap, the router will create a short "fan out" section to minimize the length of track where the differential pair is not coupled.
zh_CN: 差分对布线器将尝试用设计规则中的间隙规则进行布线(差分对间隙可以在电路板设置对话框的 “网络类” 部分中配置，也可以通过使用自定义设计规则来配置)。如果布线的起始或结束位置与配置的间隙不同，布线器将创建一个较短的 "扇出" 部分，以最大限度地缩短差分对未耦合的布线长度。

note: type: Plain text
en: When switching layers or using the Place Via (kbd:[V]) action, the differential pair router will create two vias next to each other.  These vias will be placed as close as possible to each other while respecting the design rules for copper and hole-to-hole clearance.
zh_CN: 当切换层或使用 放置过孔 (kbd:[V]) 操作时，差分对布线器将创建两个相邻的过孔。这些过孔将被放置在尽可能靠近彼此的位置，同时遵守铜的间隙规则以及孔到孔的间隙规则。

note: type: Title ====
en: Modifying tracks
zh_CN: 修改布线

note: type: Plain text
en: After tracks have been routed, they can be modified by moving or dragging, or deleted and re-routed.  When a single track segment is selected, the hotkey kbd:[U] can be used to expand the selection to all connected track segments.  The first press of kbd:[U] will select track segments between the nearest junctions with pads or vias.  The second press of kbd:[U] will expand the selection again to include all track segments connected to the selected track on all layers.  Selecting tracks with this technique can be used to quickly delete an entire routed net.
zh_CN: 布线完成后，可以通过移动或拖动来修改它们，或者删除并重新布线。  当选择一个导线时，快捷键 kbd:[U] 可以用来将选择范围扩大到所有连接的导线。  第一次按下 kbd:[U] 将选择与焊盘或过孔最近的连接点之间的导线。  第二次按 kbd:[U] 将再次扩大选择范围，包括所有层上与所选导线相连的所有导线。  用这种技术选择导线可以用来快速删除整个布线网络。

note: type: Plain text
en: There are two different drag commands that can be used to modify a track segment.  The Drag (45-degree mode) command, hotkey kbd:[D], is used to drag tracks using the router.  If the router mode is set to Shove, dragging with this command will shove nearby tracks.  If the router mode is set to Walk Around, dragging with this command will walk around or stop at obstacles.  The Drag Free Angle command, hotkey kbd:[G], is used to split a track segment into two and drag the new corner to any location.  Drag Free Angle behaves like the Highlight Collisions router mode: obstacles will not be avoided or shoved, only highlighted.
zh_CN: 有两种不同的拖动命令可用于修改导线。拖动 (45 度模式) 命令，快捷键 kbd:[D] ，用于通过布线器拖动导线。如果布线器模式设置为推挤，则使用此命令拖动将推挤附近的布线。如果布线器模式设置为绕走，则使用此命令拖动将绕过障碍物或停在障碍物处。以自由角度拖动命令，快捷键 kbd:[G]，用于将导线一分为二，并将新的角拖动到任何位置。以自由角度拖动的行为类似于高亮碰撞布线器模式：不会避开或推挤障碍物，只会高亮。

note: type: Plain text
en: Dragging of tracks containing arcs is not yet possible.  Attempting to drag these tracks will
          result in the arcs being removed in some cases.  It is possible to resize a particular arc by
          selecting it and using the drag command (kbd:[D]).  When resizing an arc using this command,
          no DRC checking is performed.
zh_CN: 目前还不能拖动包含圆弧的布线。在某些情况下，尝试拖动这些布线会导致圆弧被删除。可以通过选中特定圆弧并使用拖动命令 (kbd:[D]) 来调整其大小。使用此命令调整圆弧大小时，不执行 DRC 检查。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Move command (hotkey kbd:[M]) can also be used on track segments.  This command will pick up the selected track segments, ignoring any attached track segments or vias that are not selected.  No DRC checking is done when moving tracks using the Move command.
zh_CN: 移动命令（快捷键 kbd:[M]）也可以在导线上使用。  该命令将拾取选定的导线，而忽略任何未被选中的附加导线或过孔。  使用移动命令移动导线时，不会进行 DRC 检查。

note: type: Plain text
en: It is possible to re-route tracks attached to footprints while moving the footprints.  To do so, use the drag command (kbd:[D]) with a footprint selected.  Any tracks that end at one of the footprint's pads will be dragged along with the footprint.  This feature has some limitations: it only operates in Highlight Collisions mode, so the tracks attached to footprints will not walk around obstacles or shove nearby tracks out of the way.  Additionally, only tracks that end at the origin of the footprint's pads will be dragged.  Tracks that simply pass through the pad or that end on the pad at a location other than the origin will not be dragged.
zh_CN: 在移动封装的同时，可以对连接在封装上的导线进行重新布线。  要做到这一点，在选择了一个封装的情况下使用拖动命令（kbd:[D]）。  任何以封装的某个焊盘为终点的导线都将与封装一起被拖动。  这个功能有一些限制：它只在高亮冲突模式下运行，所以连接在封装上的导线不会绕过障碍物或将附近的导线推开。  此外，只有以封装的焊盘为终点的导线才会被拖动。  仅仅经过焊盘或在焊盘原点以外的焊盘上结束的导线将不会被拖动。

note: type: Plain text
en: It is possible to modify the width of tracks and the size of vias without re-routing them using the Edit Tracks and Vias dialog.  See the section below on bulk editing tools for details.
zh_CN: 可以使用 “编辑布线和过孔” 对话框修改布线的宽度和过孔的大小，而无需重新布线。有关详细信息，请参阅下面关于批量编辑工具的部分。

note: type: Title ====
en: Length tuning
zh_CN: 长度调整

note: type: Plain text
en: The length tuning tools can be used to add serpentine tuning shapes to tracks after routing.  To tune the length of a track, first pick the appropriate length tuning tool.  The single track tuning tool (icon image:images/icons/ps_tune_length_24.png[] or hotkey kbd:[7]) will add serpentine shapes to bring the length of a single track up to the target value.  The differential pair tuning tool (icon image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_length_24.png[] or hotkey kbd:[8]) will do the same for a differential pair.  The differential pair skew tuning tool (icon image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_phase_24.png[] or hotkey kbd:[9]) will add length to the shorter member of a differential pair in order to eliminate skew (phase difference) between the positive and negative sides of the pair.  As with the Routing icons, the Tuning icons are found in both the Route menu dropdown from the top toolbar and the drawing toolbar on the right.
zh_CN: 长度调整工具可用于在布线后为导线添加蛇形调整形状。  要调整导线的长度，首先要挑选合适的长度调整工具。  调整单根布线长度工具（图标 image:images/icons/ps_tune_length_24.png[] 或快捷键 kbd:[7]）将添加蛇形图形，使单根布线的长度达到目标值。  差分对调整工具（图标 image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_length_24.png[] 或快捷键 kbd:[8]）将为差分对做同样的事情。  差分对偏移调整工具（图标 image:images/icons/ps_diff_pair_tune_phase_24.png[] 或快捷键 kbd:[9]）将为差分对中较短的成员增加长度，以消除差分对正负两边的偏移（相位差）。  与 "布线" 图标一样，"调整" 图标可以在顶部工具栏的 "布线" 菜单下拉框和右侧的绘图工具栏中找到。

note: type: Plain text
en: To select the target length for the length tuning tools, open the Length Tuning Settings dialog from the context menu or with the hotkey kbd:[Ctrl+L] after activating the length tuning tool:
zh_CN: 要选择长度调整工具的目标长度，请在激活长度调整工具后，从上下文菜单或使用快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+L] 打开 "长度调整设置" 对话框：

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_length_tuning_settings.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_length_tuning_settings.png

note: type: Plain text
en: This dialog can also be used to configure the size, shape, and spacing of the meander shapes.
zh_CN: 此对话框还可用于配置蛇形形状的大小、形状和间距。

note: type: Plain text
en: After configuring the target length, click a track in the area that you wish to start placing meander shapes.  Move the mouse cursor along the track, and meander shapes will be added.  A status window will appear next to the cursor showing the current length of the track and the target length.  Click again to finish placing the current meander.  Multiple meanders can be placed on the same track if desired.
zh_CN: 配置好目标长度后，在你希望开始放置蛇形形状的区域点击一个布线。  沿着导线移动鼠标光标，蛇形形状就会被添加。  光标旁边会出现一个状态窗口，显示布线的当前长度和目标长度。  再次点击，完成放置当前的蛇形布线。  如果需要，可以在同一条布线上放置多条蛇形布线。

note: type: Plain text
en: The length tuning tools only support tuning the length of point-to-point nets between two
          pads.  Tuning the length of nets with different topologies is not yet supported.
zh_CN: 长度调整工具仅支持调整两个焊盘之间的点对点网络的长度。尚不支持调整具有不同拓扑的网络长度。

note: type: Title ====
en: Interactive router settings
zh_CN: 交互式布线设置

note: type: Plain text
en: The interactive router settings can be accessed through the Route menu, or by right-clicking on the Route Tracks button in the toolbar.  These settings control the router behavior when routing tracks as well as when dragging existing tracks.
zh_CN: 交互式布线器设置可通过 “布线” 菜单访问，或通过右键单击工具栏中的 “布线” 按钮来访问。这些设置控制布线和拖动现有布线时的布线行为。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_interactive_router_settings.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_interactive_router_settings.png

note: type: Table
en: | Setting | Description
    | Mode    | Sets the operating mode of the router for creating new tracks and dragging existing
                tracks.  See above for more information.
    | Free angle mode | Allows routing tracks at any angle, instead of just at 45-degree increments.
                        This option is only available if the router mode is set to Highlight
                        collisions.
    | Jump over obstacles | In Shove mode, allows the router to attempt to move colliding tracks behind
                            solid obstacles (such as pads).
    | Remove redundant tracks | Automatically removes loops created in the currently-routed track,
                                keeping only the most recently routed section of the loop.
    | Optimize pad connections | When this setting is enabled, the router attempts to avoid acute
                                 angles and other undesirable routing when exiting pads and vias.
    | Smooth dragged segments | When dragging tracks, attempts to combine track segments together to
                                minimize direction changes.
    | Allow DRC violations | In Highlight collisions mode, allows placing tracks and vias that violate
                             DRC rules.  It has no effect in other modes.
    | Optimize entire track being dragged
        | When enabled, dragging a track segment will result in KiCad optimizing the rest of the track
          that is visible on the screen.  The optimization process removes unnecessary corners, avoids
          acute angles, and generally tries to find the shortest path for the track.  When disabled,
          no optimizations are performed to the track outside of the immediate section being dragged.
    | Use mouse path to set track posture
        | Attempts to pick the track posture based on the mouse path from the routing start location.
    | Fix all segments on click
        | When enabled, clicking while routing will fix the position of all the track segments that
          have been routed, including the segment that ends at the mouse cursor.  A new segment will
          be started from the mouse cursor location.  When disabled, the last segment (the one that
          ends at the mouse cursor) will not be fixed in place and can be adjusted by further mouse
          movement.
zh_CN: | 设置 | 描述
    | 模式    | 设置用于创建新布线和拖动现有布线的布线器操作模式。
                有关详细信息，请参阅上面的内容。
    | 自由角度模式 | 允许以任何角度布线，而不是仅以 45 度布线。
                        仅当布线模式设置为 “高亮冲突” 时，
                        此选项才可用。
    | 绕过障碍物 | 在推挤模式下，允许布线器尝试绕开实心障碍物 (如焊盘) 
                            
    | 移除多余的布线 | 自动删除在当前布线中创建的回路，
                                仅保留回路中最近布线的部分。
    | 优化焊盘连接 | 启用此设置时，交互式布线器尝试在退出焊盘和过孔时避免锐角
                                 和其他不需要的布线。
    | 平滑拖动线段 | 拖动布线时，会尝试将布线段组合在一起，
                                以最大限度地减少方向更改。
    | 允许违反 DRC 规则 | 在 “高亮碰撞" 模式下，允许放置违反 DRC 规则的布线和过孔。
                             在其他模式下不起作用。 
    | 优化正在拖动的布线
        | 启用后，拖动导线将使得 KiCad 优化屏幕上可见的其余布线。
          优化过程去除了不必要的拐角，避免了锐角，通常会尝试找到布线的最短路径。
          禁用时，不会对正在拖动的紧邻部分之外的布线执行任何优化。
          
    | 使用鼠标路径设置布线形态
        | 尝试根据鼠标路径从布线起点位置拾取布线形态。
          如果鼠标从开始位置开始主要沿对角线移动，则形态将设置为对角线起点；
          如果鼠标主要水平或垂直移动，则形态将设置为垂直起点。
          当鼠标离开布线起始位置很远时，形态估计就会被锁定，
          并且可以通过移回起始位置来解锁。
    | 点击时固定所有线段
        | 启用时，在布线时单击将固定已布线的所有导线位置，
          包括在鼠标光标上的导线。新的导线将从鼠标光标位置开始。
          禁用时，最后一个导线 (在鼠标光标处的导线) 将不会固定在适当位置，
          可以通过进一步的鼠标移动进行调整。

note: type: Title ===
en: Forward and back annotation
zh_CN: 向前和向后批注

note: type: Title ====
en: Update PCB From Schematic (forward annotation)
zh_CN: 从原理图更新 PCB（正向批注）

note: type: Plain text
en: Use the Update PCB from Schematic tool to sync design information from the Schematic Editor to the Board Editor. The tool can be accessed with **Tools** -> **Update PCB from Schematic** (kbd:[F8]) in both the schematic and board editors. You can also use the image:images/icons/update_pcb_from_sch_24.png[Update PCB from Schematic icon] icon in the top toolbar of the Board Editor. This process is often called forward annotation.
zh_CN: 使用 "从原理图更新 PCB" 工具将设计信息从原理图编辑器同步到电路板编辑器。在原理图编辑器和电路板编辑器中都可以用 **工具** -> **从原理图更新 PCB**（kbd:[F8]）来访问该工具。你也可以使用电路板编辑器顶部工具栏上的 image:images/icons/update_pcb_from_sch_24.png[从原理图更新 PCB 图标] 图标。这个过程通常被称为正向批注。

note: type: Plain text
en: The tool adds the footprint for each symbol to the board and transfers updated schematic information to the board. In particular, the board's net connections are updated to match the schematic.
zh_CN: 该工具将每个符号的封装添加到电路板上，并将更新的原理图信息传输到电路板上。尤其重要的是，电路板的网络连接也将更新以匹配原理图。

note: type: Plain text
en: The changes that will be made to the PCB are listed in the _Changes To Be Applied_ pane. The PCB is not modified until you click the **Update PCB** button.
zh_CN: 将对 PCB 进行的变更列在 _待应用的变更_ 窗格中。在你点击 **更新 PCB** 按钮之前，PCB 不会被修改。

note: type: Plain text
en: You can show or hide different types of messages using the checkboxes at the bottom of the window. A report of the changes can be saved to a file using the **Save...** button.
zh_CN: 你可以使用窗口底部的复选框来显示或隐藏不同类型的信息。可以使用 **保存...** 按钮将变更的报告保存到文件中。

note: type: Title =====
en: Options
zh_CN: 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: The tool has several options to control its behavior.
zh_CN: 该工具有几个选项来控制其行为。

note: type: Table
en: | Option | Description
    
    | Re-link footprints to schematic symbols based on their reference designators
    | Footprints are normally linked to schematic symbols via a unique identifier
    created when the symbol is added to the schematic. A symbol's unique identifier
    cannot be changed.
    
    If checked, each footprint in the PCB will be re-linked to the symbol that has
    the same reference designator as the footprint.
    
    If unchecked, footprints and symbols will be linked by unique identifier as
    usual, rather than by reference designator. Each footprint's reference
    designator will be updated to match the reference designator of its linked
    symbol.
    
    This option should generally be left unchecked. It is useful for specific
    workflows that rely on changing the links between schematic symbols and
    footprints, such as refactoring a schematic for easier layout or replicating
    layout between identical channels of a design.
    
    | Delete footprints with no symbols
    | If checked, any footprint in the PCB without a corresponding symbol in the
    schematic will be deleted from the PCB. Footprints with the "Not in schematic"
    attribute will be unaffected.
    
    If unchecked, footprints without a corresponding symbol will not be deleted.
    
    | Replace footprints with those specified in the schematic
    | If checked, footprints in the PCB will be replaced with the footprint that is
    specified in the corresponding schematic symbol.
    
    If unchecked, footprints that are already in the PCB will not be changed, even
    if the schematic symbol is updated to specify a different footprint.
zh_CN: | 选项 | 描述
    
    | 根据位号将封装重新链接到原理图符号上
    | 封装通常是通过符号添加到原理图中时创建的唯一标识符与原理图符号相连。符号的唯一标识符不能被改变。
    
    如果选中，PCB 中的每个封装将被重新链接到与该封装具有相同位号的符号上。
    
    如果不勾选，封装和符号将像往常一样通过唯一的标识符来链接，而不是通过位号。每个封装的位号将被更新以匹配其链接符号的位号。
    
    这个选项一般不应该被选中。它对依赖改变原理图符号和封装之间的链接的特定工作流程很有用，例如重构原理图以方便布局，或者在设计的相同通道之间复制布局。
    
    | 删除没有符号的封装
    | 如果选中，PCB 中任何在原理图中没有相应符号的封装都将从 PCB 中删除。带有 "不在原理图中" 属性的封装将不受影响。
    
    如果不勾选，没有相应符号的封装将不会被删除。
    
    | 用原理图中指定的封装替换封装
    | 如果选中，PCB 中的封装将被替换为相应原理图符号中指定的封装。
    
    如果不勾选，即使原理图符号被更新为指定了不同的封装，PCB 中已有的封装也不会被改变。

note: type: Title ====
en: Update Schematic from PCB (back annotation)
zh_CN: 从 PCB 更新原理图（反向批注）。

note: type: Plain text
en: The typical workflow in KiCad is to make changes in the schematic and then sync the changes to the board using the Update PCB From Schematic tool. However, the reverse process is also possible: design changes can be made in the board and then synced back to the schematic using **Tools** -> **Update Schematic From PCB** in either the schematic or board editors. This process is often called back annotation.
zh_CN: KiCad 的典型工作流程是在原理图中进行修改，然后使用 "从原理图更新 PCB" 工具将修改内容同步到电路板上。然而，相反的过程也是可行的：可以在电路板上进行设计修改，然后在原理图或电路板编辑器中使用 **工具** -> **从 PCB 更新原理图** 同步到原理图上。这个过程通常被称为反向批注。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: Update schematic from PCB
zh_CN: 从 PCB 更新原理图

note: type: Plain text
en: The tool syncs changes in reference designators, values, footprint assignments, and net names from the board to the schematic. Each type of change can be individually enabled or disabled.
zh_CN: 该工具将位号、值、封装分配和网络名称的变化从电路板同步到原理图。每种类型的变更都可以单独启用或禁用。

note: type: Plain text
en: The changes that will be made to the schematic are listed in the _Changes To Be Applied_ pane. The schematic is not modified until you click the **Update Schematic** button.
zh_CN: 将对原理图进行的变更列在 _待应用的变更_ 窗格中。在您点击 **更新原理图** 按钮之前，原理图不会被修改。

note: type: Table
en: | Option | Description
    | Re-link footprints to schematic symbols based on their reference designators
    | If checked, each footprint in the PCB will be re-linked to the symbol that has
    the same reference designator as the footprint. This option is incompatible with
    updating symbol reference designators.
    
    If unchecked, footprints and symbols will be linked by unique identifier as
    usual, rather than by reference designator.
    
    | Reference designators
    | If checked, symbol reference designators will be updated to match the
    reference designators of the linked footprints.
    
    If unchecked, symbol reference designators will not be updated.
    
    | Values
    | If checked, symbol values will be updated to match the values of the linked
    footprints.
    
    If unchecked, symbol values will not be updated.
    
    | Footprint assignments
    | If checked, footprint assignments will be updated for symbols which have had
    their footprints changed or replaced in the board. 
    
    If unchecked, symbol footprint assignments will not be updated.
    
    | Net names
    | If checked, the schematic will be updated with any net name changes that have
    been made in the board. Net labels will be updated or added to the schematic as
    necessary to match the board.
    
    If unchecked, net names will not be updated in the schematic.
zh_CN: | 选项 | 描述
    | 根据位号将封装重新链接到原理图符号上
    | 如果选中，PCB 中的每个封装将被重新链接到与该封装具有相同位号的符号上。这个选项与更新符号位号不兼容。
    
    如果不勾选，封装和符号将像往常一样通过唯一的标识符连接，而不是通过位号。
    
    | 位号
    | 如果选中，符号位号将被更新，以匹配链接封装的位号。
    
    如果不勾选，符号位号将不会被更新。
    
    | 值
    | 如果选中，符号值将被更新以匹配链接封装的值。
    
    如果不勾选，符号值不会被更新。
    
    | 封装分配
    | 如果选中，符号的封装分配将被更新，这些符号的封装在电路板中被改变或替换。
    
    如果不勾选，符号的封装分配将不会被更新。
    
    | 网络名
    | 如果选中，原理图将根据电路板上的网络名变化进行更新。如有必要，网络标签将被更新或添加到原理图中，以便与电路板相匹配。
    
    如果不勾选，原理图中的网络名将不会被更新。

note: type: Plain text
en: The <<geographical-re-annotation,Geographical Reannotation>>
          feature can be used in combination with backannotating reference
          designators to reannotate all components in the design based on their
          location in the layout.
zh_CN: <<geographical-re-annotation, 按位置重新批注>> 功能可以与反向批注位号结合使用，根据设计中的位置重新批注所有元件。

note: type: Title =====
en: Back annotation with CMP files
zh_CN: 用 CMP 文件进行反向批注

note: type: Plain text
en: Select changes can also be synced from the PCB back to the schematic by exporting a CMP file from the PCB editor (**File** -> **Export** -> **Footprint Association (.cmp) File...**) and importing it in the Schematic Editor (**File** -> **Import** -> **Footprint Assignments...**).
zh_CN: 通过从 PCB 编辑器导出 CMP 文件（**文件** -> **导出** -> **封装关联（.cmp）文件...**）并在原理图编辑器中导入（**文件** -> **导入** -> **封装分配...**），也可以将选择的变化从 PCB 上同步到原理图。

note: type: Plain text
en: This method can only sync changes made to footprint assignments and footprint fields. It is recommended to use the Update Schematic from PCB tool instead.
zh_CN: 这种方法只能同步对封装分配和封装字段的修改。建议使用 "从 PCB 更新原理图" 工具来代替。

note: type: Title ====
en: Geographical re-annotation
zh_CN: 按位置重新批注

note: type: Title ===
en: Locking
zh_CN: 锁定

note: type: Plain text
en: Most objects can be locked through their properties dialogs, by using the right-click context menu, or by using the Toggle Lock hotkey (kbd:[L]).  Locked objects cannot be selected unless the "Locked items" checkbox is enabled in the selection filter.  Attempting to move locked items will result in a warning dialog:
zh_CN: 大多数对象可以通过其属性对话框、右键上下文菜单或使用 "切换锁定" 快捷键（kbd:[L]）来锁定。  被锁定的对象不能被选择，除非选择过滤器中的 "被锁定的项目" 复选框被启用。  试图移动锁定的项目将导致一个警告对话框：

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/pcbnew_locked_items_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/pcbnew_locked_items_dialog.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Selecting "Override Locks" in this dialog will allow moving the locked items.  Selecting "OK" will allow you to move any unlocked items in the selection; leaving the locked items behind.  Selecting "Do not show again" will remember your choice for the rest of your session.
zh_CN: 在这个对话框中选择 "覆盖锁定" 将允许移动锁定的项目。  选择 "确定" 将允许你在选中对象中移动任何未上锁的对象；留下锁定的对象。  选择 "不再显示" 将使你在剩下的会话中记住你的选择。

note: type: Title ===
en: Bulk editing tools
zh_CN: 批量编辑工具

note: type: Title ===
en: Cleanup tools
zh_CN: 清理工具

note: type: Title ===
en: Importing graphics
zh_CN: 导入图形

note: type: Title ====
en: Importing vector drawings from DXF and SVG files
zh_CN: 从 DXF 和 SVG 文件导入矢量图

note: type: Title ====
en: Importing bitmap images
zh_CN: 导入位图图像

note: type: Title ==
en: Footprints and footprint libraries
zh_CN: 封装和封装库

note: type: Title ===
en: Managing footprint libraries
zh_CN: 管理封装库

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad's footprint library management system allows directly using several types of footprint libraries:
zh_CN: KiCad 的封装库管理系统允许直接使用几种类型的封装库：

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad `.pretty` footprint libraries (folders with .pretty extension, containing .kicad_mod files)
zh_CN: KiCad的 `.pretty` 封装库（以 .pretty 为扩展名的文件夹，包含 .kicad_mod 文件）。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad Legacy footprint libraries (.mod files)
zh_CN: KiCad 遗留封装库（.mod 文件）

note: type: Plain text
en: GEDA libraries (folders containing .fp files)
zh_CN: GEDA 库（包含 .fp 文件的文件夹）

note: type: Plain text
en: Eagle footprint libraries
zh_CN: Eagle 封装库

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad only supports writing to KiCad's native `.pretty` format footprint libraries (and the `.kicad_mod` footprint files within them). All other footprint library formats are read-only.
zh_CN: KiCad 只支持写入 KiCad 源生的 `.pretty` 格式的封装库（以及其中的 `.kicad_mod` 封装文件）。所有其他封装库格式都是只读的。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad uses a table of footprint libraries to map footprint libraries of any supported library type to a library nickname. KiCad uses a global footprint library table as well as a table specific to each project. To edit either footprint library table, use **Preferences** -> **Manage Footprint Libraries...**.
zh_CN: KiCad 使用一个封装库表，将所有支持的库类型的封装库映射到库的昵称(Nickname)。KiCad 使用一个全局封装库表，以及一个针对每个工程的表。要编辑任何一个封装库表，请使用 **偏好设置**-> **管理封装库...**。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: footprint library table dialog
zh_CN: 封装库表对话框

note: type: Plain text
en: The global footprint library table contains the list of libraries that are always available regardless of the currently loaded project. The table is saved in the file `fp-lib-table` in the KiCad configuration folder.  xref:../kicad/kicad.adoc#config-file-location[The location of this folder] depends on the operating system being used.
zh_CN: 全局封装库表包含了始终可以使用的库列表，无论当前加载的工程是什么。该表保存在 KiCad 配置文件夹中的 `fp-lib-table` 文件中。xref:../kicad/kicad.adoc#config-file-location[该文件夹的位置] 取决于正在使用的操作系统。

note: type: Plain text
en: The project specific footprint library table contains the list of libraries that are available specifically for the currently loaded project. If there are any project-specific footprint libraries, the table is saved in the file `fp-lib-table` in the project folder.
zh_CN: 工程专用的封装库表包含了专门为当前加载的工程提供的库的列表。如果有任何工程专用的封装库，该表将保存在工程文件夹中的 `fp-lib-table` 文件中。

note: type: Title ====
en: Initial Configuration
zh_CN: 初始配置

note: type: Plain text
en: The first time the PCB Editor (or any other KiCad tool that uses footprints) runs and the global footprint table file `fp-lib-table` is not found, KiCad will guide the user through setting up a new footprint library table. This process is described <<initial-configuration,above>>.
zh_CN: 当 PCB 编辑器（或任何其他使用封装的 KiCad 工具）第一次运行时，如果没有找到全局封装表文件 `fp-lib-table`，KiCad 将引导用户设置一个新的封装库表。该过程在 <<initial-configuration,上文>> 中描述。

note: type: Title ====
en: Managing Table Entries
zh_CN: 管理表的条目

note: type: Plain text
en: Footprint libraries can only be used if they have been added to either the global or project-specific footprint library table.
zh_CN: 封装库只有在被添加到全局或工程专用的封装库表中时才能被使用。

note: type: Plain text
en: Add a library either by clicking the image:images/icons/small_folder_16.png[Folder icon] button and selecting a library or clicking the image:images/icons/small_plus_16.png[Plus icon] button and typing the path to a library file. The selected library will be added to the currently opened library table (Global or Project Specific). Libraries can be removed by selecting desired library entries and clicking the image:images/icons/small_trash_16.png[Delete icon] button.
zh_CN: 通过点击 image:images/icons/small_folder_16.png[文件夹图标] 按钮并选择一个库或点击 image:images/icons/small_plus_16.png[加号图标] 按钮并输入库文件的路径来添加一个库。选定的库将被添加到当前打开的库表中（全局或工程专用）。可以通过选择所需的库条目并点击 image:images/icons/small_trash_16.png[删除图标] 按钮来删除库。

note: type: Plain text
en: The image:images/icons/small_up_16.png[Up icon] and image:images/icons/small_down_16.png[Down icon] buttons move the selected library up and down in the library table. This does not affect the display order of libraries in the Footprint Library Browser, Footprint Editor, or Add Footprint tool.
zh_CN: 点击 image:images/icons/small_up_16.png[Up icon]和image:images/icons/small_down_16.png[向下图标] 按钮在库表中上下移动所选库。这并不影响在 "封装库浏览器"、"封装编辑器 "或 "添加封装工具 "中显示库的顺序。

note: type: Plain text
en: Libraries can be made inactive by unchecking the *Active* checkbox in the first column. Inactive libraries are still in the library table but do not appear in any library browsers and are not loaded from disk, which can reduce loading times.
zh_CN: 通过取消选中第一列中的 *活动* 复选框，可以使库处于非活动状态。 非活动库仍在库表中，但不会出现在任何库浏览器中，也不会从磁盘加载，这样可以减少加载时间。

note: type: Plain text
en: A range of libraries can be selected by clicking the first library in the range and then kbd:[Shift]-clicking the last library in the range.
zh_CN: 点击范围内的第一个库，然后 kbd:[Shift] 点击范围内的最后一个库，可以选择一系列库。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each library must have a unique nickname: duplicate library nicknames are not allowed in the same table. However, nicknames can be duplicated between the global and project library tables. Libraries in the project table take precedence over libraries with the same name in the global table.
zh_CN: 每个库必须有一个独特的昵称：在同一个表中不允许有重复的库昵称。然而，昵称可以在全局和工程库表中重复。工程表中的库比全局表中的同名库更有优先权。

note: type: Plain text
en: Library nicknames do not have to be related to the library filename or path. The colon character (`:`) cannot be used in library nicknames or footprint names because it is used as a separator between nicknames and footprints.
zh_CN: 库的昵称不一定要与库的文件名或路径有关。冒号字符 （`:`） 不能用于库昵称或封装名称，因为它被用作昵称和封装之间的分隔符。

note: type: Plain text
en: Each library entry must have a valid path. Paths can be defined as absolute, relative, or by <<environment-variable-substitution,environment variable substitution>>.
zh_CN: 每个库条目必须有一个有效的路径。路径可以定义为绝对的、相对的，或者通过 <<environment-variable-substitution,环境变量替换>> 来定义。

note: type: Plain text
en: The appropriate library format must be selected in order for the library to be properly read. KiCad supports reading KiCad (`.pretty`), KiCad legacy (`.mod`), Eagle (`.lbr`), and GEDA (folder with `.fp` files) footprint libraries.
zh_CN: 必须选择适当的库格式，以便正确读取库。KiCad 支持读取 KiCad (`.pretty`), KiCad 遗留 (`.mod`), Eagle (`.lbr`), 和 GEDA (带有 `.fp` 文件的文件夹)封装库。

note: type: Plain text
en: There is an optional description field to add a description of the library entry. The option field is not used at this time so adding options will have no effect when loading libraries.
zh_CN: 有一个可选的描述字段，用于添加库条目的描述。选项字段目前不使用，所以添加选项在加载库时不会有任何影响。

note: type: Title ====
en: Environment Variable Substitution
zh_CN: 环境变量替换

note: type: Plain text
en: The footprint library tables support environment variable substitution, which allows you to define environment variables containing custom paths to where your libraries are stored. Environment variable substitution is supported by using the syntax `${ENV_VAR_NAME}` in the footprint library path.
zh_CN: 封装库表支持环境变量替换，允许你定义环境变量，其中包含库存储位置的自定义路径。环境变量替换是通过在封装库路径中使用 `${ENV_VAR_NAME}` 的语法来支持的。

note: type: Plain text
en: By default, KiCad defines several environment variables which are described in the xref:../kicad/kicad.adoc#kicad-environment-variables[project manager documentation].  Environment variables can be configured in the **Preferences** -> **Configure Paths...** dialog.
zh_CN: 默认情况下，KiCad定义了几个环境变量，这些变量在 xref:../kicad/kicad.adoc#kicad-environment-variables[工程管理文档] 中描述。 环境变量可以在 **偏好** -> **配置路径...** 对话框中进行配置。

note: type: Plain text
en: Using environment variables in the footprint library tables allows libraries to be relocated without breaking the footprint library tables, so long as the environment variables are updated when the library location changes.
zh_CN: 在封装库表中使用环境变量，可以在不破坏封装库表的情况下重新定位库，只要在库的位置改变时更新环境变量即可。

note: type: Plain text
en: `${KIPRJMOD}` is a special environment variable that always expands to the absolute path of the current project directory. `${KIPRJMOD}` allows libraries to be stored in the project folder without having to use an absolute path in the project library table. This makes it possible to relocate projects without breaking their project library tables.
zh_CN: `${KIPRJMOD}` 是一个特殊的环境变量，总是展开为当前工程目录的绝对路径。`${KIPRJMOD}` 允许将库存储在工程文件夹中，而不必在项目库表中使用绝对路径。这使得移动项目位置而不破坏其项目库表成为可能。

note: type: Title ====
en: Using the GitHub Plugin
zh_CN: 使用 GitHub 插件

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad removed support for the GitHub library plugin in version 6.0.
zh_CN: KiCad 在 6.0 版本中取消了对 GitHub 库插件的支持。

note: type: Title ===
en: Creating and editing footprints
zh_CN: 创建和编辑封装

note: type: Title ====
en: Custom pad shapes
zh_CN: 自定义焊盘形状

note: type: Title ====
en: Footprint attributes
zh_CN: 封装属性

note: type: Plain text
en: Mention net ties here
zh_CN: 在这里提到net tie

note: type: Plain text
en: For more information about creating new footprint wizards, see the Scripting section of the Advanced Topics chapter.
zh_CN: 有关创建新的封装向导的更多信息，请参阅高级主题章节的脚本部分。

note: type: Title ==
en: Generating outputs
zh_CN: 生成输出

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can generate and export files in a number of different formats useful for manufacturing PCBs and interfacing with external software.  This functionality is available in the File menu in a few different sections.  The Fabrication Outputs section contains the most common operations needed to prepare a PCB for fabrication.  The Export section contains tools for generating files that can be read by external software.  The Plot function allows you to export 2D line drawings of the PCB in various formats.  The Print function allows you to send a view of the PCB to a 2D printer.
zh_CN: KiCad 可以生成和导出多种不同格式的文件，这些文件对制造 PCB 和与外部软件的接口很有用。  该功能可在文件菜单的几个不同部分中找到。  制造输出部分包含准备制造 PCB 所需的最常见操作。  输出部分包含生成可由外部软件读取的文件的工具。  绘图功能允许你以各种格式导出 PCB 的 2D 绘图。  打印功能允许你将 PCB 的视图发送到 2D 打印机上。

note: type: Title ===
en: Fabrication outputs and plotting
zh_CN: 制造输出和绘图

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad uses Gerber files as its primary plotting format for PCB manufacturing.  To create Gerber files, open the Plot dialog from the File menu, or select Gerbers from the Fabrication Outputs section of the File menu.  The Plot dialog will open, allowing you to configure and generate Gerber files.
zh_CN: KiCad 使用 Gerber 文件作为其 PCB 制造的主要绘图格式。  要创建 Gerber 文件，请从文件菜单中打开绘图对话框，或从文件菜单的 “制造输出" 部分选择 Gerbers。  绘图对话框将打开，允许你配置和生成 Gerber 文件。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/plot_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/plot_dialog.png

note: type: Title ====
en: Plotting options
zh_CN: 绘图选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Include Layers:** Check that every layer used on your board is enabled in the list.  Disabled
    layers will not be plotted.
zh_CN: **包含层：** 检查电路板上使用的每一个层在列表中是否被启用。 被禁用的图层将不会被绘制出来。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Output directory:** Specify the location to save plotted files.  If this is a relative path, it
    is created relative to the project directory.
zh_CN: **输出目录：** 指定打印文件的保存位置。
      如果这是相对路径，则它是相对于工程目录创建的。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot border and title block:** If enabled, the drawing sheet border and title block will be
    plotted on each layer.  This should usually be disabled when plotting Gerber files.
zh_CN: **打印边框和标题栏：** 如果启用，将在每个图层上打印图纸边框和标题栏。
      打印 Gerber 文件时，通常应禁用此功能。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot footprint values:** If enabled, the Value field of each footprint will be plotted on
    whatever layer it exists on (unless the field visibility is disabled for a specific footprint).
zh_CN: **绘制封装值：** 如果启用，每个封装的值字段将绘制在其所在的任何层上 (除非特定封装的字段可见性被禁用)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot reference designators:** If enabled, the Reference Designator field of each footprint will
    be plotted on whatever layer it exists on (unless the field visibility is disabled for a specific
    footprint).
zh_CN: **绘制位号：** 如果启用，每个封装的位号字段将绘制在其所在的任何层上 (除非特定封装的字段可见性被禁用)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Force plotting of invisible values / refs:** If enabled, all footprint values and reference
    designators will be plotted, even if the field visibility is disabled for some of these fields.
zh_CN: **强制绘制不可见值/位号：** 如果启用，将绘制所有封装值和位号，即使其中一些字段可见性被禁用。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot Edge.Cuts on all layers:** If enabled, the Edge.Cuts (board outline) layer will be added to
    all other layers.  Check with your manufacturer to see what the correct value of this setting is
    for their manufacturing process.
zh_CN: **在所有图层上绘制板边（Edge.Cuts）：** 如果启用，Edge.Cuts(电路板边框) 图层将添加到所有其他层。
    请向您的制造商咨询，了解此设置对于其制造过程的正确值是多少。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Sketch pads on fabrication layers:** If enabled, footprint pads on fabrication (F.Fab, B.Fab)
    layers will be drawn as unfilled outlines rather than filled shapes.
zh_CN: **制造层上的草图焊盘：** 如果启用，制造 (F.Fab，B.Fab) 层上的封装焊盘将绘制为未填充的边框，而不是填充的形状。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Do not tent vias:** If enabled, vias will be left uncovered on the solder mask layers (F.Mask,
    B.Mask).  If disabled, vias will be covered by solder mask (tented).
zh_CN: **不允许过孔盖油：** 如果启用，过孔将在阻焊层 (F.Mask、B.Mask) 上不会被覆盖。
    如果禁用，过孔将被阻焊层 (绿油) 覆盖。

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad does not support tenting or uncovering specific vias.  Tenting may only be controlled
          globally (for all vias on a board).
zh_CN: KiCad 不支持指定过孔的盖油设置。
      过孔盖油只能是全局控制的(一块板上的所有过孔)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Drill marks:** For plot formats other than Gerber, marks may be plotted at the location of all
    drilled holes.  Drill marks may be created at the actual size (diameter) of the finished hole, or
    at a smaller size.
zh_CN: **钻孔标记：** 对于 Gerber 以外的绘图格式，可以在所有钻孔的位置绘制标记。
      钻孔标记可以按成品孔的实际尺寸 (直径) 创建，也可以按较小的尺寸创建。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Scaling:** For plot formats that support scaling other than 1:1, the plot scale may be set.  The
    Auto scaling setting will scale the plot to fit the specified page size.
zh_CN: **缩放：** 对于支持非 1:1 缩放的打印格式，可以设置打印比例。
      自动缩放设置将缩放绘图以适合指定的页面大小。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot mode:** For some plot formats, filled shapes may be plotted as outlines only (sketch mode).
zh_CN: **绘图模式：** 对于某些绘图格式，填充的形状可能只被绘制成边框（草图模式）。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use drill/place file origin:** When enabled, the coordinate origin for plotted files will be the
    drill/place file origin set in the board editor.  When disabled, the coordinate origin will be the
    absolute origin (top left corner of the worksheet).
zh_CN: **使用钻孔/拾放文件原点：** 启用后，绘制文件的坐标原点将是电路板编辑器中设置的钻孔/拾放文件原点。
      禁用时，坐标原点将是绝对原点 (图框的左上角)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Mirrored plot:** For some plot formats, the output may be mirrored horizontally when this option
    is set.
zh_CN: **镜像绘图：** 对于某些绘图格式，设置此选项后输出会水平镜像。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Negative plot:** For some plot formats, the output may be set to negative mode.  In this mode,
    shapes will be drawn for the empty space inside the board outline, and empty space will be left
    where objects are present in the PCB.
zh_CN: **负片绘图：** 对于某些绘制格式，可能会将输出设置为负片模式。
    在此模式下，将为电路板边框内的空白区域绘制图形，并在 PCB 中存在对象的位置留下空白区域。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Check zone fills before plotting:** When enabled, zone fills will be checked (and refilled if
    outdated) before generating outputs.  Plot outputs may be incorrect if this option is disabled!
zh_CN: **绘制前检查敷铜区域：** 启用后，将在生成输出之前检查敷铜 (如果过期则重新敷铜)。
      如果禁用此选项，绘制输出可能不正确！

note: type: Title ====
en: Gerber options
zh_CN: Gerber 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use Protel filename extensions:** When enabled, the plotted Gerber files will be named with file
    extensions based on Protel (`.GBL`, `.GTL`, etc).  When disabled, the files will have the `.gbr`
    extension.
zh_CN: **使用 Protel 文件扩展名：** 启用后，绘制的 Gerber 文件将使用基于 Protel (`.GBL`、`.GTL` 等) 的文件扩展名命名。
      当禁用时，文件将有 `.gbr` 的扩展名。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Generate Gerber job file:** When enabled, a Gerber job file (`.gbrjob`) will be generated along
    with any Gerber files.  The Gerber job file is an extension to the Gerber format that includes
    information about the PCB stackup, materials, and finish.  More information about Gerber job files
    is available at link:https://www.ucamco.com/en/gerber/gerber-job-file[the Ucamco website].
zh_CN: **生成 Gerber 作业文件：** 开启后，Gerber 作业文件 (`.gbrjob`) 将与任何 Gerber 文件一起生成。
    Gerber 作业文件是 Gerber 格式的扩展，包括有关 PCB 层叠、材料和表面处理的信息。
    有关 Gerber 工作文件的更多信息，请访问链接：link:https://www.ucamco.com/en/gerber/gerber-job-file[Ucamco 网站]。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Coordinate format:** Configure how coordinates will be stored in the plotted Gerber files.  Check
    with your manufacturer for their recommended setting for this option.
zh_CN: **坐标格式：** 配置坐标在绘制的 Gerber 文件中的存储方式。
      请咨询您的制造商，了解他们对此选项的推荐设置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use extended X2 format:** When enabled, the plotted Gerber files will use the X2 format, which
    includes information about the netlist and other extended attributes.  This format may not be
    compatible with older CAM software used by some manufacturers.
zh_CN: **使用扩展的 X2 格式：** 启用后，绘制的 Gerber 文件将使用 X2 格式，其中包括有关网表和其他扩展属性的信息。
      此格式可能与某些制造商使用的旧版 CAM 软件不兼容。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Include netlist attributes:** When enabled, the plotted Gerber files will include netlist
    information that can be used for checking the design in CAM software.  When X2 format mode is
    disabled, this information is included as comments in the Gerber files.
zh_CN: **包含网表属性：** 启用后，绘制的 Gerber 文件将包含可用于在 CAM 软件中检查设计的网表信息。
      禁用 X2 格式模式时，此信息将作为注释包含在 Gerber 文件中。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Disable aperture macros:** When enabled, all shapes will be plotted as primitives rather than by
    using aperture macros.  This setting should only be used for compatibility with old or buggy CAM
    software when requested by your manufacturer.
zh_CN: **禁用孔径宏：** 启用后，所有形状都将绘制为图元，而不是使用孔径宏。 此设置仅应在您的制造商要求时用于与旧的或有缺陷的 CAM 软件兼容。

note: type: Title ====
en: PostScript options
zh_CN: Postscript 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Scale factor:** Controls how coordinates in the board file will be scaled to coordinates in the
    PostScript file.  Using a different value for X and Y scale factors will result in a stretched / 
    distorted output.  These factors may be used to correct for scaling in the PostScript output device
    to achieve an exact-scale output.
zh_CN: **缩放系数：** 控制电路板文件中的坐标将如何被缩放到 PostScript 文件中的坐标。 使用不同的 X 和 Y 比例因子的值将导致输出的拉伸/扭曲。 这些系数可以用来纠正 PostScript 输出设备中的缩放比例，以实现精确的输出比例。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Track width correction:** A global factor that is added (or subtracted, if negative) from the
    size of tracks, vias, and pads when plotting a PostScript file.  This factor may be used to correct
    for errors in the PostScript output device to achieve an exact-scale output.
zh_CN: **布线宽度校正：** 在绘制 PostScript 文件时，从布线、过孔和焊盘的尺寸中添加（或减去，如果是负的）一个全局系数。 这个系数可用于纠正 PostScript 输出设备中的错误，以实现精确的比例输出。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Force A4 output:** When enabled, the generated PostScript file will be A4 size even if the KiCad
    board file is a different size.
zh_CN: **强制 A4 输出：** 启用后，生成的 PostScript 文件将为 A4 大小，即使 KiCad 电路板文件大小不同。

note: type: Title ====
en: SVG options
zh_CN: SVG 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Units:** Controls the units that will be used in the SVG file.  Since the SVG format has
    no specified units system, you must export using the same units setting that you want to use for
    importing into other software.
zh_CN: **单位：** 控制 SVG 文件中使用的单位。  由于 SVG 格式没有指定的单位系统，
    因此您必须使用与导入到其他软件时要使用的单位设置相同的单位设置进行导出。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Precision:** Controls how many significant digits will be used to store coordinates.
zh_CN: **精度：** 控制将使用多少个有效数字来存储坐标。

note: type: Title ====
en: DXF options
zh_CN: DXF 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Plot graphic items using their contours:** Graphic shapes in DXF files have no width.  This
    option controls how graphic shapes with a width (thickness) in a KiCad board are plotted to a DXF
    file.  When this option is enabled, the outer contour of the shape will be plotted.  When this
    option is disabled, the centerline of the shape will be plotted (and the shape's thickness will not
    be visible in the resulting DXF file).
zh_CN: **使用图形项目的轮廓线绘图：** DXF 文件中的图形形状没有宽度。
      此选项控制如何将 KiCad 电路板中具有宽度 (厚度) 的图形绘制到 DXF 文件。
      启用此选项后，将绘制图形的外边框。
      禁用此选项时，将绘制图形的中心线 (并且形状的厚度在生成的 DXF 文件中不可见)。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use KiCad font to plot text:** When enabled, text in the KiCad design will be plotted as graphic
    shapes using the KiCad font.  When disabled, text will be plotted as DXF text objects, which will
    use a different font and will not appear in exactly the same position and size as shown in the
    KiCad board editor.
zh_CN: **使用 KiCad 字体绘制文本：** 启用后，KiCad设计中的文本将被绘制成使用KiCad字体的图形。
      禁用时，文本将作为 DXF 文本对象绘制，它将使用不同的字体，并且不会以与 KiCad 电路板编辑器中显示的完全相同的位置和大小显示。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Export units:** Controls the units that will be used in the DXF file.  Since the DXF format has
    no specified units system, you must export using the same units setting that you want to use for
    importing into other software.
zh_CN: **导出单位：** 控制将在 DXF 文件中使用的单位。
    由于DXF格式没有指定的单位系统，你必须使用与你想在其他软件中使用的相同的单位设置来输出。

note: type: Title ====
en: HPGL options
zh_CN: HPGL 选项

note: type: Plain text
en: **Default pen size:** Controls the plotter pen size used to create graphics.
zh_CN: **默认笔尺寸：** 控制用于创建图形的绘图仪笔尺寸。

note: type: Title ===
en: Drill files
zh_CN: 钻孔文件

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can generate CNC drilling files required by most PCB manufacturing processes in either Excellon or Gerber X2 format.  KiCad can also generate a drill map: a graphical plot of the board showing drill locations.  Select the Generate Drill Files option from the Fabrication Outputs menu to open the dialog:
zh_CN: KiCad 可以生成大多数 PCB 制造工艺所需的 Excellon 或 Gerber X2 格式的数控钻孔文件。  KiCad 还可以生成钻孔图：一个显示钻孔位置的电路板图形。  从 "制造输出" 菜单中选择 "生成钻孔文件" 选项来打开该对话框：

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/generate_drill_files_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/generate_drill_files_dialog.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Output folder:** Choose the folder to save generated drill and map files to.  If a relative path
    is entered, it will be relative to the project directory.
zh_CN: **输出文件夹：** 选择要保存生成的钻孔和映射文件的文件夹。
    如果输入一个相对路径，则将是相对于工程目录的。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Drill file format:** Choose whether to generate Excellon drill files (required by most PCB
    manufacturers) or Gerber X2 files.
zh_CN: **钻孔文件格式：** 选择是生成 Excellon 钻孔文件 (大多数 PCB 制造商都需要)还是 Gerber X2 文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Mirror Y axis:** For Excellon files, choose whether or not to mirror the Y-axis coordinate.  This
    option should in general not be used when having PCBs manufactured by a third party, and is
    provided for convenience for users who are making PCBs themselves.
zh_CN: **镜像 Y 轴：** 对于 Excellon 文件，选择是否镜像 Y 轴坐标。
    当由第三方制造 PCB 时，通常不应使用该选项。这仅是为了方便自己制造 PCB 的用户而提供的。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Minimal header:** For Excellon files, choose whether to output a minimal header rather than a
    full file header.  This option should not be enabled unless requested by your manufacturer.
zh_CN: **最小文件头：** 对于 Excellon 文件，选择是否输出最小文件头，而不是完整的文件头。
    除非制造商要求，否则不应启用此选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: **PTH and NPTH in single file:** By default, plated holes and non-plated holes will be generated in
    two different Excellon files.  With this option enabled, both will be merged into a single file.
    This option should not be enabled unless requested by your manufacturer.
zh_CN: **PTH (电镀孔) 和 NPTH (非电镀孔) 在同一文件中：** 默认情况下，会在两个不同的 Excellon 文件中生成电镀孔和非电镀孔。
    启用此选项后，这两个文件将合并为单个文件。
    除非制造商要求，否则不应启用此选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Oval holes drill mode:** Controls how oval holes are represented in an Excellon drill file.  The
    default setting, **Use route command**, is correct for most manufacturers.  Only choose the **Use
    alternate drill mode** setting if requested by your manufacturer.
zh_CN: **椭圆孔钻孔模式：** 控制椭圆孔在 Excellon 钻孔文件中的表示方式。
      默认设置 **使用布线命令** 对于大多数制造商都是正确的。
      如果制造商要求，请仅选择 **使用备用钻孔模式** 设置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Map file format:** Choose the output format for plotting a drill map.
zh_CN: **映射文件格式：** 选择绘制钻孔映射的输出格式。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Drill origin:** Choose the coordinate origin for drill files.  **Absolute** will use the page 
    origin at the top left corner.  **Drill/place file origin** will use the origin specified in the
    board design.
zh_CN: **钻孔原点：** 选择钻孔文件的坐标原点。
      **绝对** 将使用左上角的页面原点。
      **钻孔/拾放文件原点** 将使用电路板设计中指定的原点。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Drill units:** Choose the units for drill coordinates and sizes.
zh_CN: **钻孔单位：** 选择钻孔坐标和尺寸的单位。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Zeros format:** Controls how numbers are formatted in an Excellon drill file.  Select an option
    here based on your manufacturer's recommendations.
zh_CN: **零的格式** 控制 Excellon 钻孔文件中数字的格式。
    请根据制造商的建议在此处选择一个选项。

note: type: Title ===
en: Component placement files
zh_CN: 元件拾放文件

note: type: Plain text
en: Component placement files are text files that list each component (footprint) on the board along with its center position and orientation.  These files are usually used for programming pick-and-place machines, and may be required by your manufacturer if you are ordering fully-assembled PCBs.
zh_CN: 元件拾放文件是一种文本文件，它列出了电路板上的每个元件（封装）以及其中心位置和方向。  这些文件通常用于对贴片机进行编程，如果你订购的是完全组装的 PCB，你的制造商可能需要这些文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: A footprint will not appear in generated placement files if the "Exclude from position files"
          option is enabled for that footprint.  This may be used for excluding certain footprints that
          do not represent physical components to be assembled.
zh_CN: 如果封装中勾选了“从位置文件中排除”选项，则该封装不会出现在生成的拾放文件中。
    这可用于排除不需要组装的物理元件的某些封装。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/generate_placement_files_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/generate_placement_files_dialog.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Format:** Choose between generating a plain text (ASCII), comma-separated text (CSV), or Gerber
    placement file format.
zh_CN: **格式：** 选择生成纯文本 (ASCII)、逗号分隔文本 (CSV) 或 Gerber 放置文件格式。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Units:** Choose the units for component locations in the placement file.
zh_CN: **单位：** 在拾放文件中选择元件位置的单位。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Files:** Choose whether to generate separate files for footprints on the front and back of the
    board or a single file combining both sides.
zh_CN: **文件：** 选择是为电路板正面和背面的封装生成单独的文件，还是生成一个合并两面的文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Include only SMD footprints:** When enabled, only footprints with the SMD fabrication attribute
    will be included.  Check with your manufacturer to determine if non-SMD footprints should be
    included or excluded from the position file.
zh_CN: **只包括 SMD 封装：** 启用后，将只包括具有 SMD 制造属性的封装。 请与您的制造商联系，以确定是否应将非 SMD 封装纳入或排除在位置文件之外。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Exclude all footprints with through hole pads:** When enabled, footprints will be excluded from
    the placement file if they contain any through-hole pads, even if their fabrication type is set to
    SMD.
zh_CN: **排除所有带通孔焊盘的封装：** 启用时，如果封装包含任何通孔焊盘，即使其制造类型设置为 SMD，也将从拾放文件中排除。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Include board edge layer:** For Gerber placement files, controls whether or not the board outline
    is included with the footprint placement data.
zh_CN: **包括电路板边缘层：** 对于 Gerber 放置文件，控制电路板边框是否包含在封装放置数据中。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use drill/place file origin:** When enabled, component positions will be relative to the 
    drill/place file origin set in the board design.  When disabled, the positions will be relative to
    the page origin (upper left corner).
zh_CN: **使用钻孔/拾放文件原点：** 启用后，元件位置将相对于电路板设计中设置的钻孔/拾放文件原点。
      禁用时，位置将相对于页面原点 (左上角)。

note: type: Title ===
en: Additional fabrication outputs
zh_CN: 其它制造输出

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can also generate footprint report files, IPC-D-356 netlist files, and a bill of materials (BOM) from the board design.  These output formats have no configurable options.
zh_CN: KiCad 还可以从电路板设计中生成封装报告文件、IPC-D-356 网表文件和物料清单 (BOM)。  这些输出格式没有可配置的选项。

note: type: Title ===
en: Printing
zh_CN: 打印

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can print the board view to a standard printer using the Print action in the File menu.
zh_CN: KiCad 可以使用文件菜单中的打印操作将电路板视图打印到标准打印机上。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/print_dialog.png
zh_CN: images/zh/print_dialog.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Include layers:** Select the layers to include in the printout.  Unselected layers will be
    invisible. Right-click the list for layer selection commands.
zh_CN: **包含层：** 选择要包含在打印输出中的层。未选中的层将不可见。右击列表以获取图层选择命令。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Output mode:** Choose whether to print in black and white or full color.
zh_CN: **输出模式：** 选择以黑白或全彩方式打印。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Print drawing sheet:** When enabled, the page border and title block will be printed.
zh_CN: **打印绘图页：** 启用后，将打印页面边框和标题块。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Print according to objects tab of appearance manager:** When enabled, any objects that have been
    hidden in the Objects tab of the Appearance panel will be hidden in the printout.  When disabled,
    these objects will be printed if the layer they appear on is selected in the Included Layers area.
zh_CN: **根据外观管理器的对象选项卡打印：** 如果启用，任何在外观面板的对象选项卡中被隐藏的对象将在打印输出中将被隐藏。
      禁用时，如果在包含的图层区域中选择了这些对象所在的图层，则将打印这些对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Print background color:** When printing in full color, this option controls whether or not the
    view background color will be printed.
zh_CN: **打印背景色：** 全彩色打印时，该选项控制是否打印视图背景色。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Use a different color theme for printing:** When printing in full color, this option allows a
    different color theme to be used for printing.  When disabled, the color theme used by the board
    editor will be used for printing.
zh_CN: **使用不同的颜色主题进行打印：** 当以全色打印时，此选项允许使用不同的颜色主题进行打印。
    禁用时，电路板编辑器使用的颜色主题将用于打印。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Drill marks:** Controls whether to show drilled holes at their actual size, at a small size, or
    hide them from the printout.
zh_CN: **钻孔标记：** 控制是以实际大小显示钻孔，还是以较小的尺寸显示钻孔，或是将其隐藏在打印输出中。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Print mirrored:** When enabled, the printout will be mirrored horizontally.
zh_CN: **打印镜像：** 启用后，打印输出将被水平镜像。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Print one page per layer:** When enabled, each layer selected in the Included Layers area will be
    printed to an individual page.  If this option is enabled, the **Print board edges on all pages**
    option controls whether to add the Edge.Cuts layer to each printed page.
zh_CN: **每层打印一页：** 启用后，在 “包含图层” 区域中选择的每一图层都将打印到单独一页。
    如果启用此选项，**在所有页面上打印电路板边框** 选项控制是否将 Edge.Cuts 层添加到每个打印页面。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Scale:** controls the scale of the printout relative to the page size configured in Page Setup.
zh_CN: **比例：** 控制打印输出相对于页面设置中配置的页面大小的比例。

note: type: Title ===
en: Exporting files
zh_CN: 导出文件

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can export a board design to various third-party formats for use with external software.  These functions are found in the Export section of the File menu.
zh_CN: KiCad 可以将电路板设计导出为各种第三方格式，以便与外部软件一起使用。  这些功能可以在文件菜单的导出部分找到。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Specctra .DSN:** creates a file suitable for importing into certain third-party autorouter
    software.  This exporter has no configurable options.
zh_CN: **Specctra .DSN：** 创建适合导入到某些第三方自动布线软件中的文件。
    此导出器没有可配置的选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document GenCAD exporter
zh_CN: TODO：文档 GenCAD 导出器

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document VRML exporter
zh_CN: TODO: 文档 VRML 导出器

note: type: Title ====
en: IDF Exporter
zh_CN: IDF 导出器

note: type: Plain text
en: The IDF exporter exports an http://www.simplifiedsolutionsinc.com/images/idf_v30_spec.pdf[IDFv3] compliant board (`.emn`) and library (`.emp`) file for communicating mechanical dimensions to a mechanical CAD package. The exporter exports the board outline and cutouts, all pad and mounting through holes including slotted holes, and component outlines; this is the most basic set of mechanical data required for interaction with mechanical designers. All other entities described in the IDFv3 specification are currently not exported.
zh_CN: IDF 导出器导出一个 http://www.simplifiedsolutionsinc.com/images/idf_v30_spec.pdf[IDFv3] 兼容的板（`.emn`）和库（`.emp`）文件，用于向机械 CAD 软件传递机械尺寸。导出器导出板子的边框和切口，所有的焊盘和安装孔，包括开槽孔，以及元件的边框；这是与机械设计师互动所需的最基本的机械数据集。IDFv3 规范中描述的所有其他实体目前都没有导出。

note: type: Plain text
en: You must attach IDF component models to your design's footprints before they will be included in the exported model. For more information on attaching models to footprints, see the <<creating-and-editing-footprints,footprint documentation>>. Some IDF-specific guidance is included in the <<working-with-idf-component-outlines,Advanced Topics documentation>>.
zh_CN: 你必须将 IDF 元件模型附加到你的设计封装中，然后它们才会被包含在导出的模型中。关于将模型附加到封装的更多信息，请参阅 <<creating-and-editing-footprints,封装文档>>。一些针对 IDF 的指导包括在 <<working-with-idf-component-outlines, 高级主题文档>> 中。

note: type: Plain text
en: For more information on creating IDF component models, including descriptions of the IDF utility tools included with KiCad, see the <<working-with-idf-component-outlines,Advanced Topics documentation>>.
zh_CN: 关于创建 IDF 元件模型的更多信息，包括 KiCad 中包含的 IDF 实用工具的描述，请参阅 <<working-with-idf-component-outlines, 高级主题文档>>。

note: type: Plain text
en: Once models have been specified for all desired components, the model of the board can be exported. In the PCB Editor, select **File** -> **Export** -> **IDFv3...**.
zh_CN: 一旦为所有需要的元件指定了模型，就可以导出电路板的模型。在 PCB 编辑器中，选择**文件** -> **导出** -> **IDFv3...**。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: IDF output settings
zh_CN: IDF 输出设置

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/idf_export.png
zh_CN: images/zh/idf_export.png

note: type: Plain text
en: **Grid reference point:** Choose where the exported model's reference point
    should be. If the **Adjust automatically** option is selected, KiCad will set
    the reference point to the centroid of the PCB. Otherwise, the reference point
    is set relative to the display origin.
zh_CN: **网格参考点：** 选择导出的模型参考点的位置。如果选择了 **自动调整** 选项，KiCad 将把参考点设置为 PCB 的中心点。否则，参考点将相对于显示原点设置。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Output units:** Choose whether the exported model's units are millimeters or
    mils.
zh_CN: **输出单位：** 选择输出模型的单位是毫米还是mil。

note: type: Plain text
en: The outputs can be viewed directly in a mechanical CAD application or converted to VRML using the <<idf2vrml,`idf2vrml` tool>>.
zh_CN: 输出结果可以直接在机械 CAD 应用程序中查看，或使用 <<idf2vrml, `idf2vrml` 工具>> 转换为 VRML。

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document STEP exporter
zh_CN: TODO: 文档 STEP 导出器

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document SVG exporter
zh_CN: TODO: 文档 SVG 导出器

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Document CMP file exporter
zh_CN: TODO: 文档 CMP 文件导出器

note: type: Plain text
en: **Hyperlynx:** creates a file suitable for importing into Mentor Graphics (Siemens) HyperLynx
    simulation and analysis software.
zh_CN: **Hyperlynx：** 创建适合导入 Mentor Graphics(Siemens) HyperLynx 模拟和分析软件的文件。

note: type: Title ==
en: Inspecting a board
zh_CN: 检查电路板

note: type: Title ===
en: Measurement tool
zh_CN: 测量工具

note: type: Plain text
en: The measurement tool allows you to make distance and angle measurements between points on the PCB.  To activate the tool, click the image:images/icons/measurement_24.png[] icon in the right toolbar, or use the hotkey kbd:[Ctrl + Shift + M].  Once the tool is active, click once to set the measurement start point, then click again to finish a measurement.
zh_CN: 测量工具允许你在 PCB 上的各点之间进行距离和角度测量。  要激活该工具，请点击右侧工具栏的 image:images/icons/measurement_24.png[] 图标，或使用快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl + Shift + M]。  一旦该工具被激活，点击一次以设置测量起点，然后再点击一次以完成测量。

note: type: Plain text
en: The measurement tool is used for quick measurements that do not need to be displayed
          permanently.  Any measurement you make will only be shown while the tool is active.  To
          create permanent dimensions that will appear in printouts and plots, use the Dimension tools.
zh_CN: 测量工具用于不需要永久显示的快速测量。
          您所做的任何测量都将仅在该工具处于活动状态时显示。
          要创建将显示在打印输出和打印中的永久性尺寸标注，请使用尺寸标注工具。

note: type: Title ===
en: Design rule checking
zh_CN: 设计规则检查

note: type: Plain text
en: The design rule checker is used to verify that the PCB meets all the requirements established in the Board Setup dialog and that all pads are connected according to the netlist or schematic.  KiCad can automatically prevent some design rule violations while routing tracks, but many others cannot be prevented automatically.  This means it is important to use the design rule checker before creating manufacturing files for a PCB.
zh_CN: 设计规则检查器用于验证 PCB 是否符合 “电路板设置” 对话框中建立的所有要求，以及所有焊盘是否按照网表或原理图连接。  KiCad 可以在布线时自动防止一些违反设计规则的行为，但许多其他的行为是无法自动防止的。  这意味着在为 PCB 生成制造文件之前，必须使用设计规则检查器。

note: type: Plain text
en: To use the design rule checker, click the image:images/icons/erc_24.png[] icon in the top toolbar, or select **Design Rules Checker** from the **Inspect** menu.
zh_CN: 要使用设计规则检查器，请点击顶部工具栏的 image:images/icons/erc_24.png[] 图标，或从 **检查** 菜单中选择 **设计规则检查器**。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/drc_control.png
zh_CN: images/zh/drc_control.png

note: type: Plain text
en: The top section of the DRC Control window contains some options that control the design rule checker:
zh_CN: DRC 控制窗口的顶部部分包含一些控制设计规则检查器的选项：

note: type: Plain text
en: **Refill all zones before performing DRC:** when enabled, zones will be refilled every time the
    design rule checker is run.  Disabling this option may result in incorrect DRC results if zones
    have not been refilled manually.
zh_CN: **重新敷铜后再执行 DRC：** 启用后，每次运行设计规则检查器时都会重新敷铜。
    如果未手动重新敷铜，禁用此选项可能会导致错误的 DRC 结果。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Report all errors for each track:** when enabled, all clearance errors will be reported for each
    track segment.  When disabled, only the first error will be reported.  Enabling this option will
    result in the design rule checker running more slowly.
zh_CN: **报告每个布线的所有错误：** 启用后，将报告每个布线的所有间隙错误。
    禁用时，将只报告第一个错误。
    启用此选项将导致设计规则检查器运行速度变慢。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Test for parity between PCB and schematic:** when enabled, the design rule checker will test for
    differences between the schematic and PCB in addition to testing the PCB design rules.  This option
    has no effect when running the PCB editor in standalone mode.
zh_CN: **测试 PCB 和原理图之间的一致性(parity)：** 启用后，设计规则检查器除了测试 PCB 设计规则外，还将测试原理图和 PCB 之间的差异。
    在独立模式下运行 PCB 编辑器时，该选项不起作用。

note: type: Plain text
en: After running DRC, any violations will be shown in the center part of the DRC Control window.  Rule violations, unconnected items, and differences between the schematic and the PCB are shown in three different tabs.  The controls below the list of violations can be used to show or hide violations depending on their severity.  A report file in plain text format can be created after running DRC using the Save button.
zh_CN: 运行 DRC 后，任何违规行为都会显示在 “DRC 控制” 窗口的中间部分。  违反规则、未连接的项目以及原理图和 PCB 之间的差异会显示在三个不同的标签中。  违规列表下面的控件可以用来显示或隐藏违规，这取决于其严重程度。  在运行 DRC 后，可以使用保存按钮创建一个纯文本格式的报告文件。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/drc_violations.png
zh_CN: images/zh/drc_violations.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Each violation involves one or more objects on the PCB.  In the list of violations, the objects involved are listed below the violation.  Clicking on the violation in the list view will move the PCB Editor view so that the affected area is centered.  Clicking on one of the objects involved in a violation will highlight the object.
zh_CN: 每个违规行为都涉及 PCB 上的一个或多个对象。 在违规列表中，涉及的对象列在违规行为下面。 点击列表中的违规行为将移动 “PCB 编辑器” 的视图，使受影响的区域居中。 点击违规所涉及的对象之一将高亮显示该对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: The numbers at the bottom of the window show the number of errors, warnings, and exclusions. Each type of violation can be filtered from the list using the respective checkboxes. Clicking **Delete Markers** will clear all violations until DRC is run again.
zh_CN: 窗口底部的数字显示错误、警告和排除的数量。每种类型的违规行为都可以用各自的复选框从列表中过滤出来。点击 **删除标记** 将清除所有违规行为，直到再次运行 DRC。

note: type: Plain text
en: Violations can be right-clicked in the dialog to ignore them or change their severity:
zh_CN: 可以在对话框中右键单击违规行为，以忽略它们或改变其严重程度：

note: type: Plain text
en: *Exclude this violation:* ignores this particular violation, but does not
    affect any other violations.
zh_CN: *排除此违规行为：* 忽略此特定的违规行为，但不影响任何其他违规行为。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Change severity:* changes a type of violation from warning to error, or error
    to warning. This affects all violations of a given type.
zh_CN: *更改严重程度：* 将一个违规类型从警告改为错误，或将错误改为警告。这影响到一个给定类型的所有违规行为。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Ignore all:* ignores all violations of a given type. This test will now
    appear in the **Ignored Tests** tab rather than the **Violations** tab.
zh_CN: *忽略所有：* 忽略所有给定类型的违规。这个测试现在将出现在 **忽略的测试** 标签，而不是 **违规** 标签。

note: type: Plain text
en: Excluded and ignored violations are remembered between runs of the design rule checker.
zh_CN: 在设计规则检查器运行期间，排除的和忽略的违规行为会被记住。

note: type: Title ====
en: Clearance and constraint resolution
zh_CN: 间隙和约束解析

note: type: Plain text
en: The clearance and constraint resolution tools allow you to inspect which clearance and design constraint rules apply to selected items.  These tools can help when designing PCBs with complex design rules where it is not always clear which rules apply to an object.
zh_CN: 间隙和约束解析工具允许你检查哪些间隙和设计约束规则应用于选定的项目。  当设计具有复杂设计规则的 PCB 时，这些工具可以提供帮助，因为在这种情况下并不总是清楚哪些规则适用于哪些对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: To inspect the clearance rules that apply between two objects, select both objects and choose **Clearance Resolution** from the **Inspect** menu.  The Clearance Report dialog will show the clearance required between the objects on each copper layer, as well as the design rules that resulted in that clearance.
zh_CN: 要检查两个对象之间适用的间隙规则，选择这两个对象并从 **检查** 菜单中选择 **间隙解析**。 间隙报告对话框将显示每个铜层上的对象之间所需的间隙，以及产生该间隙的设计规则。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/clearance_resolution.png
zh_CN: images/zh/clearance_resolution.png

note: type: Plain text
en: To inspect the design constraints that apply to an object, select it and choose **Constraints Resolution** from the **Inspect** menu.  The Constraints Report dialog will show any constraints that apply to the object.
zh_CN: 要检查适用于单一对象的设计约束，选择它并从 **检查** 菜单中选择 **约束解析**。 约束报告对话框将显示适用于该对象的所有约束。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/constraints_resolution.png
zh_CN: images/zh/constraints_resolution.png

note: type: Title ===
en: Find tool
zh_CN: 查找工具

note: type: Plain text
en: The Find tool searches for text in the PCB, including reference designators, footprint fields, and graphic text. When the tool finds a match, the canvas is zoomed and centered on the match and the text is highlighted. Launch the tool using the (image:images/icons/find_24.png[Find icon]) button in the top toolbar.
zh_CN: 查找工具在 PCB 中搜索文本，包括位号、封装字段和图形文本。当该工具找到一个匹配的文本时，画布会被放大，并将其置于匹配文本的中心位置，同时文本被高亮显示。使用顶部工具栏中的（image:images/icons/find_24.png[查找图标]）按钮启动该工具。

note: type: Named 'alt' AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: Find dialog
zh_CN: 查找对话框

note: type: Plain text
en: The Find tool has several options:
zh_CN: 查找工具有几个选项：

note: type: Plain text
en: *Match case:* Selects whether the search is case-sensitive.
zh_CN: *匹配大小写：* 选择搜索是否对大小写敏感。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Words:* When selected, the search will only match the search term with complete
    words in the PCB. When unselected, the search will match if the search
    term is part of a larger word in the PCB.
zh_CN: *关键词：* 当选择时，搜索将只与 PCB 中的完整单词相匹配。当未选择时，如果搜索词是 PCB 中一个较长的词的一部分，搜索将匹配。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Wildcards:* When selected, wildcards can be used in the search terms. `?`
    matches any single character, and `\*` matches any number of characters. Note
    that when this option is selected, partial matches are not returned: searching
    for `abc*` will match the string `abcd`, but searching for `abc` will not.
zh_CN: *通配符：* 当选择时，通配符可以在搜索词中使用。`?` 匹配任何单个字符，`\*` 匹配任何数量的字符。请注意，当选择这个选项时，不会返回部分匹配结果：搜索 `abc*` 将匹配字符串 `abcd`，但搜索 `abc` 则不会。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Wrap:* When selected, search results will return to the first hit after
    reaching the last hit.
zh_CN: *Wrap:* 选中时，搜索结果将在到达最后一个匹配项后返回到第一个匹配项。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Search footprint reference designators:* Selects whether the search should
    apply to footprint reference designators.
zh_CN: *搜索封装位号：* 选择搜索是否应适用于封装位号。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Search footprint values:* Selects whether the search should apply to footprint
    value fields.
zh_CN: *搜索封装值：* 选择搜索是否应适用于封装值字段。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Search other text items:* Selects whether the search should apply to other text
    items, including graphical text and footprint fields other than value and
    reference.
zh_CN: *搜索其他文本项目：* 选择搜索是否应适用于其他文本项目，包括图形文本以及除了值和位号之外的封装字段。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Search DRC markers:* Selects whether the search should apply to the violation
    descriptions of DRC markers shown on the board.
zh_CN: *搜索 DRC 标记：* 选择搜索是否应适用于电路板上显示的 DRC 标记的违规描述。

note: type: Title ===
en: Search panel
zh_CN: 搜索面板

note: type: Plain text
en: The 3D Viewer shows a 3-dimensional view of the board and the components on the board. You can view the board from different perspectives, show or hide different types of components, cross-probe from the PCB Editor to the 3D viewer, and generate raytraced renders of the board.
zh_CN: “3D 查看器” 显示了电路板和电路板上的元件的 3D 视图。你可以从不同的角度查看电路板，显示或隐藏不同类型的元件，从 “PCB 编辑器” 到 “3D 查看器” 的交叉探测，以及生成电路板的光线跟踪渲染图。

note: type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: 3D viewer
zh_CN: 3D 查看器

note: type: Plain text
en: The 3D model for a component will only appear if the 3D model file exists and has been <<working-with-footprints,assigned to the footprint>>.
zh_CN: 仅当 3D 模型文件存在并且已被 <<working-with-footprints,分配到封装>> 时，元件的 3D 模型才会出现。

note: type: Plain text
en: Many footprints in KiCad's standard library do not yet have model files created for them. However, these footprints may contain a path to a 3D model that does not yet exist, in anticipation of the 3D model being created in the future.
zh_CN: KiCad 标准库中的许多封装还没有为它们创建模型文件。然而，这些封装可能包含一个指向尚不存在的 3D 模型的路径，以期待将来创建 3D 模型。

note: type: Title ====
en: Navigating the 3D view
zh_CN: 浏览 3D 视图

note: type: Plain text
en: Dragging with the left mouse button will orbit the 3D view. By default this is the centroid of the board, but the pivot point can be reset to a new point on the board by moving the cursor over the desired point and pressing kbd:[Space].  Scrolling the mouse wheel will zoom the view in or out.  Scrolling while holding kbd:[Ctrl] pans the view left and right, and scrolling while holding kbd:[Shift] pans up and down. Dragging with the middle mouse button also pans the view.
zh_CN: 用鼠标左键拖动将旋转 3D 视图。 默认情况下，这是电路板的中心，但可以通过将光标移动到所需点上并按 kbd:[Space] 将轴心点重置为电路板上的新点。 滚动鼠标滚轮将放大或缩小视图。 按住 kbd:[Ctrl] 滚动可左右平移视图，按住 kbd:[Shift] 滚动可上下平移视图。 使用鼠标中键拖动也可以平移视图。

note: type: Plain text
en: Different sized 3D grids can be set using the **Preferences** -> **3D Grid** menu. Bounding boxes for each component can be enabled with **Preferences** -> **Show Model Bounding Boxes**.
zh_CN: 不同大小的 3D 网格可以用 **偏好设置** -> ** 3D 网格** 菜单来设置。每个元件的边框可以通过 **偏好设置** -> **显示模型边框** 来启用。

note: type: Plain text
en: When the PCB Editor and the 3D Viewer are both open, selecting a footprint in the PCB Editor will also highlight the component in the 3D Viewer. The highlight color is adjustable in **Preferences** -> **Preferences...** -> **3D Viewer** -> **Realtime Renderer** -> **Selection Color**.
zh_CN: 当 PCB 编辑器和 3D 查看器同时打开时，在 PCB 编辑器中选择一个封装也会在 3D 查看器中高亮显示该元件。高亮显示的颜色可以在 **偏好设置** -> **偏好设置...** -> **3D 查看器** -> **实时渲染器** -> **选择颜色** 中调整。

note: type: Title ====
en: Generating images with the 3D Viewer
zh_CN: 用 3D 查看器生成图像

note: type: Plain text
en: The current 3D view can be saved to an image with **File** -> **Export Current View as PNG...** or **Export Current View as JPG...**, depending on the desired image format. The current view can also be copied to the clipboard using the image:images/icons/copy_24.png[copy icon] button, or **Edit** -> **Copy 3D Image**.
zh_CN: 当前的 3D 视图可以用 **文件** -> **将当前视图导出为 PNG...** 或 **将当前视图导出为 JPG...**，根据所需的图像格式，将其保存为一个图像。也可以用 image:images/icons/copy_24.png[复制图标] 按钮，或 **编辑** -> **复制 3D 图像** 将当前视图复制到剪贴板上。

note: type: Plain text
en: The 3D Viewer has a raytracing rendering mode which displays the board using a more physically accurate rendering model than the default rendering mode.  Raytracing is slower than the default rendering mode, but it can be used when the most visually attractive results are desired. Raytracing mode is enabled with the image:images/icons/render_mode_24.png[raytracing icon] button, or with **Preferences** -> **Raytracing**. The 3D grid and selection highlights are not shown in raytracing mode.
zh_CN: 3D 查看器有一个光线跟踪渲染模式，它使用比默认渲染模式更精确的物理渲染模型来显示电路板。 光线追踪比默认渲染模式慢，但当需要最吸引人的视觉效果时，可以使用它。使用 image:images/icons/render_mode_24.png[光线追踪图标] 按钮，或者使用 **偏好设置**->**光线追踪** 来启用光线追踪模式。在光线追踪模式下，3D 网格和选择高亮不会显示。

note: type: Plain text
en: Colors and other rendering options, for both raytraced and non-raytraced modes, can be adjusted in **Preferences** -> **Preferences...** -> **3D Viewer**.
zh_CN: 颜色和其他渲染选项，包括光线跟踪和非光线跟踪模式，都可以在 **偏好设置** -> **偏好设置...** -> **3D查看器** 中调整。

note: type: Title ====
en: 3D viewer controls
zh_CN: 3D 查看器控制

note: type: Plain text
en: Many viewing options are controlled with the top toolbar.
zh_CN: 许多查看选项是通过顶部的工具栏控制的。

note: type: Table
en: |image:images/icons/import3d_24.png[]
    |Reload the 3D model
    
    |image:images/icons/copy_24.png[]
    |Copy 3D image to clipboard
    
    |image:images/icons/render_mode_24.png[]
    |Render current view using raytracing
    
    |image:images/icons/refresh_24.png[]
    |Redraw
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_in_24.png[]
    |Zoom in
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_out_24.png[]
    |Zoom out
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_fit_in_page_24.png[]
    |Fit drawing in display area
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_x_24.png[]
    |Rotate X clockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_x_24.png[]
    |Rotate X counterclockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_y_24.png[]
    |Rotate Y clockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_y_24.png[]
    |Rotate Y counterclockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_z_24.png[]
    |Rotate Z clockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_z_24.png[]
    |Rotate Z counterclockwise
    
    |image:images/icons/flip_board_24.png[]
    |Flip board view
    
    |image:images/icons/left_24.png[]
    |Pan board left
    
    |image:images/icons/right_24.png[]
    |Pan board right
    
    |image:images/icons/up_24.png[]
    |Pan board up
    
    |image:images/icons/down_24.png[]
    |Pan board down
    
    |image:images/icons/ortho.png[]
    |Enable/disable orthographic projection
    
    |image:images/icons/show_tht_24.png[]
    |Show/hide 3D models for through-hole components
    
    |image:images/icons/show_smt_24.png[]
    |Show/hide 3D models for surface mount components
    
    |image:images/icons/show_other_24.png[]
    |Show/hide 3D models for components of type 'other'
    
    |image:images/icons/show_not_in_posfile_24.png[]
    |Show/hide 3D models for components not in position file
zh_CN: |image:images/icons/import3d_24.png[]
    |重新加载 3D 模型
    
    |image:images/icons/copy_24.png[]
    |复制 3D 图像到剪贴板
    
    |image:images/icons/render_mode_24.png[]
    |使用光线跟踪渲染当前视图
    
    |image:images/icons/refresh_24.png[]
    |重绘
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_in_24.png[]
    |放大
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_out_24.png[]
    |缩小
    
    |image:images/icons/zoom_fit_in_page_24.png[]
    |适合显示区域的绘图
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_x_24.png[]
    |顺时针旋转 X
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_x_24.png[]
    |逆时针旋转 X
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_y_24.png[]
    |顺时针旋转 Y
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_y_24.png[]
    |逆时针旋转 Y
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_cw_z_24.png[]
    |顺时针旋转 Z
    
    |image:images/icons/rotate_ccw_z_24.png[]
    |逆时针旋转 Z
    
    |image:images/icons/flip_board_24.png[]
    |翻转板视图
    
    |image:images/icons/left_24.png[]
    |向左平移电路板
    
    |image:images/icons/right_24.png[]
    |向右平移电路板
    
    |image:images/icons/up_24.png[]
    |向上平移电路板
    
    |image:images/icons/down_24.png[]
    |向下平移电路板
    
    |image:images/icons/ortho.png[]
    |启用/禁用正交投影
    
    |image:images/icons/show_tht_24.png[]
    |显示/隐藏通孔元件的 3D 模型
    
    |image:images/icons/show_smt_24.png[]
    |显示/隐藏表面贴装元件的 3D 模型
    
    |image:images/icons/show_other_24.png[]
    |显示/隐藏 "其他" 类型元件的 3D 模型
    
    |image:images/icons/show_not_in_posfile_24.png[]
    |显示/隐藏不在位置文件中元件的 3D 模型

note: type: Title ===
en: Net inspector
zh_CN: 网络检查

note: type: Plain text
en: The Net Inspector allows you to view statistics about all the nets in a board.  To open the inspector, click the image:images/icons/list_nets_24.png[] icon at the top of the Nets section of the Appearance panel, or select Net Inspector from the Inspect menu.
zh_CN: 网络检查器允许你查看电路板中所有网络的统计数据。  要打开检查器，请点击外观面板中的网络部分顶部的 image:images/icons/list_nets_24.png[] 图标，或者从检查菜单中选择网络检查器。

note: type: Target for macro image
en: images/net_inspector.png
zh_CN: images/zh/net_inspector.png

note: type: Plain text
en: Clicking a net in the list will highlight that net on the board.  Clicking a column title allows you to sort the list of nets by that column.
zh_CN: 点击网络列表中的一个网络会在电路板上高亮显示该网络。  单击列标题允许您按该列对网络列表进行排序。

note: type: Plain text
en: The Group By field allows you to combine different nets together and view the total length of the combined nets.  For example, if you have two nets named `DATA0` and `DATA0_EXT`, using a Group By value of `DATA0*` will create a group containing both nets.  More complicated groupings can be created by changing the Group By mode from Wildcard to RegEx (regular expressions).  The substring (Substr) variants of the Group By mode will create groups for each set of nets that matches the pattern differently.
zh_CN: “分组依据(Group By)” 字段允许您将不同的网络组合在一起，并查看组合的网络的总长度。  例如，如果您有两个名为 `DATA0` 和 `DATA0_EXT` 的网络，则使用值为 `DATA0*` 的 “分组依据” 将创建一个包含这两个网络的组。  通过将 “分组依据” 模式从通配符更改为 RegEx (正则表达式)，可以创建更复杂的分组。  “分组依据” 模式的子字符串 (Substr) 变体将为以不同方式匹配该模式的每组网络创建组。

note: type: Plain text
en: For example, if you have the nets `U1D+`, `U1D-`, `U2D+`, and `U2D-`, the grouping pattern `U*D` will match all four nets in Wildcard mode, creating a single group `U*D`.  In Wildcard Substr mode, it will match all four nets, but create two different groups: `U1D` and `U2D`.
zh_CN: 例如，如果您有 `U1D+`，`U1D-`，`U2D+` 和 `U2D-`，分组模式 `U*D` 将在通配符模式下匹配所有四个网络，创建一个单一的组 `U*D`。  在通配符子串模式下，它将匹配所有四个网络，但创建两个不同的组：`U1D` 和 `U2D`。

note: type: Plain text
en: **Pad Count** and **Via Count** show the number of pads (surface mount and through hole) and vias
    on a net.  **Via Length** shows the total height of each via (not accounting for which copper
    layers the via connects to).  In other words, Via Length is equal to Via Count multiplied by the
    stackup height of the board.  **Track Length** shows the total length of all track segments in a
    net, not accounting for topology.  **Die length** shows the total of all Pad to Die Length values
    set for pads on the net.
zh_CN: **焊盘计数** 和 **过孔计数** 显示一个网络的焊盘（表面贴装和通孔）及过孔的数量。 **过孔长度** 显示每个过孔的总高度（不考虑过孔连接到哪个铜层）。 换句话说，过孔长度等于过孔数乘以电路板的层叠高度。 **布线长度** 显示一个网络中所有布线的总长度，不考虑拓扑结构。 **晶圆长度** 显示了网络中所有焊盘设置的 “晶圆到焊盘长度“ 值的总和。

note: type: Plain text
en: The lengths shown in the Net Inspector differ from those shown in the length tuning tools,
          because the Net Inspector shows the sum of all tracks connected to a net, and the length
          tuning tools show the distance between the closest two pads or branching vias.  See the
          Routing section for more information about the length tuner.
zh_CN: 网络检查器中显示的长度不同于长度调整工具中显示的长度，
          因为网络检查器显示连接到网络的所有布线的总和，
          而长度调整工具显示最近的两个焊盘或分支过孔之间的距离。
          有关长度调整工具的更多信息，请参见布线部分。

note: type: Title ==
en: Introduction to the KiCad PCB Editor
zh_CN: KiCad PCB 编辑器简介

note: type: Title ===
en: Initial configuration
zh_CN: 初始配置

note: type: Plain text
en: When the PCB Editor is run for the first time, if the global footprint table file `fp-lib-table` is not found in the KiCad configuration folder then the KiCad will ask how to create this file:
zh_CN: 当 PCB 编辑器第一次运行时，如果在 KiCad 配置文件夹中没有找到全局封装表文件 `fp-lib-table`，那么 KiCad 将询问如何创建这个文件：

note: type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
en: footprint library table initial setup dialog
zh_CN: 封装库表的初始设置对话框

note: type: Plain text
en: The first option is recommended (*Copy default global footprint library table (recommended)*). The default footprint library table includes all of the standard footprint libraries that are installed as part of KiCad.
zh_CN: 第一个选项是推荐的（*复制默认的全局封装库表*）。默认的封装库表包括所有作为 KiCad 的一部分安装的标准封装库。

note: type: Plain text
en: If this option is disabled, KiCad was unable to find the default global footprint library table. This probably means you did not install the standard footprint libraries with KiCad, or they are not installed where KiCad expects to find them. On some systems the KiCad libraries are installed as a separate package.
zh_CN: 如果该选项被禁用，KiCad 无法找到默认的全局封装库表。这可能意味着你没有和 KiCad 一起安装标准封装库，或者它们没有被安装在 KiCad 期望找到的地方。在某些系统中，KiCad 库是作为一个单独的软件包安装的。

note: type: Plain text
en: If you have installed the standard KiCad footprint libraries and want to use them, but the first option is disabled, select the second option and browse to the `fp-lib-table` file in the directory where the KiCad libraries were installed.
zh_CN: 如果你已经安装了标准的 KiCad 封装库并想使用它们，但第一个选项被禁用，选择第二个选项并浏览到安装 KiCad 库的目录中的 `fp-lib-table` 文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: If you already have a custom footprint library table that you would like to use, select the second option and browse to your `fp-lib-table` file.
zh_CN: 如果你已经有了一个你想使用的自定义封装库表，选择第二个选项并浏览到你的 `fp-lib-table` 文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: If you want to construct a new footprint library table from scratch, select the third option.
zh_CN: 如果你想从头开始构建一个新的封装库表，选择第三个选项。

note: type: Plain text
en: Footprint library management is described in more detail <<managing-footprint-libraries,later>>.
zh_CN: 封装库的管理 <<managing-footprint-libraries,之后>> 有更详细的描述。

note: type: Title ===
en: The PCB Editor user interface
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器的用户界面

note: type: Plain text
en: The main PCB Editor user interface is shown above, with some key elements indicated:
zh_CN: PCB 编辑器的主要用户界面如上图所示，并标明了一些关键元素：

note: type: Plain text
en: Top toolbars (file management, zoom tools, editing tools)
zh_CN: 顶部工具栏 (文件管理、缩放工具、编辑工具)

note: type: Plain text
en: Left toolbar (display options)
zh_CN: 左侧工具栏 （显示选项）

note: type: Plain text
en: Message panel and status bar
zh_CN: 消息面板和状态栏

note: type: Plain text
en: Right toolbar (drawing and design tools)
zh_CN: 右侧工具栏 (绘图和设计工具)

note: type: Plain text
en: Appearance panel
zh_CN: 外观面板

note: type: Plain text
en: Selection filter panel
zh_CN: 选择过滤器面板

note: type: Title ===
en: Navigating the editing canvas
zh_CN: 浏览编辑画布

note: type: Plain text
en: The editing canvas is a view onto the board being designed.  You can pan and zoom to different areas of the board, and also flip the view to show the board from the bottom.
zh_CN: 编辑画布是正在设计的电路板视图。您可以平移和缩放到电路板的不同区域，也可以翻转视图以从底部显示电路板。

note: type: Plain text
en: By default, dragging with the middle or right mouse button will pan the canvas view and scrolling the mouse wheel will zoom the view in or out.  You can change this behavior in the Mouse and Touchpad section of the preferences (see <<configuration-and-customization,Configuration and Customization>> for details).
zh_CN: 默认情况下，用鼠标中键或右键拖动会平移画布视图，滚动鼠标滚轮会放大或缩小视图。 你可以在偏好设置中的鼠标和触摸板部分改变这一行为（详见 <<configuration-and-customization,配置和定制>>）。

note: type: Plain text
en: Several other zoom tools are available in the top toolbar:
zh_CN: 在顶部的工具栏中，还有其他几个缩放工具可用：

note: type: Plain text
en: image:images/icons/zoom_in_24.png[Zoom In icon] zooms in on the center of the viewport.
zh_CN: image:images/icons/zoom_in_24.png[放大图标] 放大视口的中心。

note: type: Plain text
en: image:images/icons/zoom_out_24.png[Zoom Out icon] zooms out from the center of the viewport.
zh_CN: image:images/icons/zoom_out_24.png[缩小图标] 从视口中心缩小。

note: type: Plain text
en: image:images/icons/zoom_fit_in_page_24.png[Zoom to Page icon] zooms to fit the frame around the drawing sheet.
zh_CN: image:images/icons/zoom_fit_in_page_24.png[放大到页面图标]缩放以适应绘图页周围的框架。

note: type: Plain text
en: image:images/icons/zoom_fit_to_objects_24.png[Zoom to Objects icon] zooms to fit the items within the drawing sheet.
zh_CN: image:images/icons/zoom_fit_to_objects_24.png[缩放到对象图标] 缩放以适应绘图页内的对象。

note: type: Plain text
en: image:images/icons/zoom_area_24.png[Zoom to Selection icon] allows you to draw a box to determine the zoomed area.
zh_CN: image:images/icons/zoom_area_24.png[缩放到选择图标]允许你画一个方框来确定缩放的区域。

note: type: Plain text
en: The cursor's current position is displayed at the bottom of the window (X and Y), along with the current zoom factor (Z), the cursor's relative position (dx, dy, and dist), the grid setting, and the display units.
zh_CN: 光标的当前位置显示在窗口的底部（X 和 Y），同时显示的还有当前的缩放系数（Z）、光标的相对位置（dx、dy 和 dist）、网格设置和显示单位。

note: type: Plain text
en: The relative coordinates can be reset to zero by pressing kbd:[Space]. This is useful for measuring distance between two points or aligning objects.
zh_CN: 按 kbd:[Space] 可以将相对坐标重置为零。这对于测量两点之间的距离或对齐对象很有用。

note: type: Title ===
en: Hotkeys
zh_CN: 快捷键

note: type: Plain text
en: The kbd:[Ctrl+F1] shortcut displays the current hotkey list. The default hotkey list is included in the <<pcbnew-actions-reference,Actions Reference>> section of the manual.
zh_CN: 快捷键 kbd:[Ctrl+F1] 显示当前快捷键列表。默认的快捷键列表包含在本手册的 <<pcbnew-actions-reference,Actions Reference>> 部分。

note: type: Plain text
en: The hotkeys described in this manual use the key labels that appear on a standard PC keyboard. On an Apple keyboard layout, use the kbd:[Cmd] key in place of kbd:[Ctrl], and the kbd:[Option] key in place of kbd:[Alt].
zh_CN: 本手册中描述的快捷键使用了标准 PC 键盘上的按键标签。在苹果键盘布局中，使用 kbd:[Cmd] 键来代替 kbd:[Ctrl]，使用 kbd:[Option] 键来代替 kbd:[Alt]。

note: type: Plain text
en: Many actions do not have hotkeys assigned by default, but hotkeys can be assigned or redefined using the hotkey editor (**Preferences** -> **Preferences...** -> **<<preferences-controls,Hotkeys>>**).
zh_CN: 许多操作默认没有分配快捷键，但可以使用快捷键编辑器（**偏好设置** -> **偏好设置...** -> ** <<preferences-controls,快捷键>> **）分配或重新定义快捷键。

note: type: Plain text
en: Many of the actions available through hotkeys are also available in context menus.  To access the context menu, right-click in the editing canvas.  Different actions will be available depending on what is selected or what tool is active.
zh_CN: 通过快捷键可用的许多操作也可在上下文菜单中使用。要访问上下文菜单，请在编辑画布中单击鼠标右键。根据选择的内容或处于活动状态的工具，将提供不同的操作。

note: type: Plain text
en: Hotkeys are stored in the file `user.hotkeys` in KiCad's configuration directory. The location is platform-specific:
zh_CN: 快捷键存储在 KiCad 的配置目录下的 `user.hotkeys` 文件中。这个位置是特定于平台的：

note: type: Plain text
en: KiCad can import hotkey settings from a `user.hotkeys` file using the **Import Hotkeys** button in the hotkey editor.
zh_CN: KiCad 可以使用快捷键编辑器中的 **导入快捷键** 按钮从 `user.hotkeys` 文件中导入快捷键设置。

note: type: Title ==
en: KiCad Scripting Reference
zh_CN: KiCad 脚本参考

note: type: Plain text
en: Scripting allows you to automate tasks within KiCad using the https://www.python.org/[Python] language.
zh_CN: 脚本允许您使用 https://www.python.org/[Python] 语言在 KiCad 中自动执行任务。

note: type: Plain text
en: Also see the doxygen documentation on http://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html[Python Scripting Reference].
zh_CN: 另请参阅 http://docs.kicad.org/doxygen-python/namespaces.html[Python脚本参考] 中的 doxygen 文档。

note: type: Plain text
en: You can see python module help by typing `pydoc pcbnew` on your terminal.
zh_CN: 您可以在终端上输入 `pydoc pcbnew` 来查看 Python 模块帮助。

note: type: Plain text
en: Using scripting you can create:
zh_CN: 使用脚本可以创建：

note: type: Plain text
en: *Plugins*: this type of script is loaded when KiCad starts. Examples:
zh_CN: *插件* ：KiCad 启动时会加载此类脚本。 例子：

note: type: Plain text
en: *Footprint Wizards*: To help you build footprints easily filling in parameters.  See the
    dedicated section <<Footprint_Wizards,Footprint Wizards>> below.
zh_CN: *封装向导* ：帮助您通过填写参数的方式轻松创建封装。
      请参阅下面的专用部分 <<Footprint_Wizards,封装向导>>。

note: type: Plain text
en: *File I/O* '(planned)': To let you write plugins to export/import other filetypes
zh_CN: *文件I/O* '(计划)'：允许您编写插件以导出/导入其他文件类型

note: type: Plain text
en: *Actions* '(experimental)': Associate events to scripting actions or register new menus
    or toolbar icons.
zh_CN: *操作* '(实验性)'：将事件与脚本操作相关联或注册新菜单或工具栏图标。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Command Line Scripts*: scripts that can be used from the command line, load boards or libraries,
    modify them, and render outputs or new boards.
zh_CN: *命令行脚本*：可以从命令行使用的脚本，加载电路板或库。
    修改电路板或库，并渲染输出或新的电路板。

note: type: Plain text
en: It should be noted that the only KiCad application that supports scripting is the PCB Editor.  It is also planned for the Schematic Editor in the future.
zh_CN: 应该注意的是，唯一支持脚本的 KiCad 应用程序是 PCB 编辑器。 未来还计划在原理图编辑器中使用该功能。

note: type: Title ===
en: KiCad Objects
zh_CN: KiCad 对象

note: type: Plain text
en: The scripting API reflects the internal object structure inside KiCad/pcbnew.  BOARD is the main object.  BOARD has a set of properties and a set of MODULEs, TRACKs/VIAs, TEXTE_PCB, DIMENSIONs, DRAWSEGMENTs.  Then MODULEs have D_PADs, EDGEs, etc.
zh_CN: 脚本 API 反映了 KiCad/pcbnew 中的内部对象结构。电路板（BOARD）是主要对象，它具有一组属性和一组组件（MODULEs），以及布线（TRACKs）/过孔（VIAs），文本_PCB（TEXTE_PCB），尺寸标注（DIMENSION），绘制段（DRAWSEGMENT）。 然后元件有 D_焊盘（D_PADs），边缘（EDGEs）等。

note: type: Plain text
en: See the BOARD section below.
zh_CN: 请参阅下面的电路板（BOARD） 部分。

note: type: Title ===
en: Basic API Reference
zh_CN: 基本 API 参考

note: type: Plain text
en: All the PCB Editor API is provided from the `pcbnew` module in Python.  The `GetBoard()` method will return the current pcb open at editor.  This is useful for commands written from the integrated scripting shell inside the board editor or action plugins.
zh_CN: 所有的 PCB 编辑器 API 都由 Python 中的 `pcbnew` 模块提供。  `GetBoard()` 方法将返回当前在编辑器打开的 pcb。 这对于从电路板编辑器内部的集成脚本外壳编写的命令或操作插件很有用。

note: type: Title ===
en: Loading and Saving a Board
zh_CN: 加载和保存电路板(Board)

note: type: Plain text
en: loads a board from file returning a BOARD object, using the file format that matches the filename extension.
zh_CN: 从文件中加载一个电路板，返回一个 `BOARD` 对象，使用与文件名扩展名相匹配的文件格式。

note: type: Plain text
en: saves a BOARD object to file, using the file format that matches the filename extension.
zh_CN: 将一个 `BOARD` 对象保存到文件中，使用与文件名扩展名相匹配的文件格式。

note: type: Plain text
en: same as above, but it's a method of BOARD object.
zh_CN: 和上面一样，但它是 `BOARD` 对象的一个方法。

note: type: Block title
en: Example that loads a board, hides all values, shows all references
zh_CN: 一个实例：加载电路板，隐藏所有值，显示所有位号

note: type: Title ===
en: Listing and Loading Libraries
zh_CN: 列出并加载库

note: type: Block title
en: Enumerate library, enumerate modules, enumerate pads
zh_CN: 枚举库，枚举模块，枚举焊盘

note: type: Title ===
en: BOARD
zh_CN: 电路板（BOARD）

note: type: Plain text
en: Board is the basic object in the PCB editor, representing the document.
zh_CN: `BOARD` 是 PCB 编辑器中的基本对象，代表设计文件。

note: type: Plain text
en: `BOARD` contains a set of object lists that can be accessed using the following methods, they will return iterable lists that can be iterated using "for obj in list:"
zh_CN: `BOARD` 包含一组对象列表，可以使用以下方法访问，它们将返回可迭代的列表，可以使用 "for obj in list: "进行迭代。

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetModules():` This method returns a list of MODULE objects, all the modules available in the board will be exposed here.
zh_CN: `board.GetModules():` 这个方法返回一个 MODULE 对象的列表，板子上所有可用的模块都会在这里可见。

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetDrawings():` Returns the list of BOARD_ITEMS that belong to the board drawings
zh_CN: `board.GetDrawings():` 返回属于电路板图纸的 电路板对象（BOARD_ITEMS）的列表

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetTracks():` This method returns a list of TRACKs and VIAs inside a BOARD
zh_CN: `board.GetTracks():` 该方法返回一个板（BOARD）内的布线（TRACK）和过孔（VIA）列表

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetFullRatsnest():` Returns the list of ratsnest (connections still not routed)
zh_CN: `board.GetFullRatsnest():` 返回飞线（ratsnest）的列表（连接仍未被布线）。

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetNetClasses():` Returns the list of net classes
zh_CN: `board.GetNetClasses(): `返回网络类的列表

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetCurrentNetClassName():` Returns the current net class
zh_CN: `board.GetCurrentNetClassName(): `返回当前的网络类

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetViasDimensionsList():` Returns the list of Via dimensions available to the board.
zh_CN: `board.GetViasDimensionsList(): `返回电路板可用的过孔（Via）尺寸标注列表。

note: type: Plain text
en: `board.GetTrackWidthList():` Returns the list of Track Widths available to the board.
zh_CN: `board.GetTrackWidthList():` 返回该板可用的布线宽度（Track Widths）列表。

note: type: Block title
en: Board Inspection Example
zh_CN: 电路板（Board）检查示例

note: type: Title ===
en: Examples
zh_CN: 例子

note: type: Title ====
en: Change a component pin's paste mask margin
zh_CN: 更改元件引脚的锡膏层边距

note: type: Block title
en: We only want to change pins from 1 to 14, 15 is a thermal pad that must be kept as it is.
zh_CN: 我们只想将引脚从 1 改为 14,15 是一个必须保持原样的散热焊盘。

note: type: Title ===
en: Footprint Wizards
zh_CN: 封装向导

note: type: Plain text
en: The footprint wizards are a collection of python scripts that can be accessed from the Footprint Editor.  If you invoke the footprint dialog you select a given wizard that allows you to see the footprint rendered and you have some parameters you can edit.
zh_CN: 封装向导是一个 python 脚本的集合，可以从封装编辑器中访问。  如果你调用封装对话框，选择一个给定的向导，可以看到封装的渲染，你有一些参数可以编辑。

note: type: Plain text
en: They should be located in for example `C:\Program Files\KiCad\share\kicad\scripting\plugins`.
zh_CN: 封装向导应位于 `C:\Program Files\KiCad\share\kicad\scripting\plugins` 中（以Windows为例）。

note: type: Plain text
en: On linux you can also keep your user plugins in `$HOME/.kicad_plugins`.
zh_CN: 在 linux 上，您还可以将用户插件保存在 `$HOME/.kicad_plugins` 中。

note: type: Block title
en: Build footprints easily filling in parameters.
zh_CN: 通过填写参数的方式轻松构建封装。

note: type: Title ===
en: Action Plugins
zh_CN: 操作插件

note: type: Plain text
en: Action plugin associate events to scripting actions.  Currently only register a new menu is implemented.
zh_CN: 操作插件将事件与脚本动作联系起来。  目前只实现了注册一个新菜单。

note: type: Plain text
en: New menu are available inside menu *Tools* => *External plugins*.
zh_CN: 插件菜单可以在 *工具* => *外部插件* 找到 。

note: type: Plain text
en: TODO: Does not match current nightlies (2021Nov08).
zh_CN: TODO: 不符合当前的夜间版（2021Nov08）。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Refresh*: reload plugins (create new menu if needed).
zh_CN: *刷新*：重新加载插件（如果需要，创建新菜单）。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Open Plugin Directory*: opens the user's plugin directory.
zh_CN: *打开插件目录*：打开用户的插件目录。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Add date on PCB*: An example plugin.
zh_CN: *在 PCB 上添加日期* ：示例插件。

note: type: Plain text
en: *Warning*: As all other python scripts, the undo/redo function does not work (yet !).
zh_CN: *警告*：和其他所有的 Python 脚本一样，撤销/重做功能不工作（还没有！）。

note: type: Block title
en: Action plugin example: Add date to any text item with content '$date$'
zh_CN: 操作插件示例：将日期添加到内容为 ‘$date$’ 的任何文本项
